JATAITA PARIJATA
( qrrq rTrRGTrf, )
Witlt Att L.tr gl islr'[ rnttsln tiortnttd Copious Erptlnrntorq rrotes nrt d Ernnrpl es
BY
V. Sultrantanya Sastri,Il.A.
A s s t t . S c c r c t a r ' \t,( ) t l r c ( j o v t . o f M y s o r c ( l l c t d . ) r r r t t l ' ln r n : l a t o r o l ' S r i p u t i l ' l t l d l r t i . I l r i l r l t . l a t a k a . I Iorasara, Uttarkairmritactc.
Vol. II
@
RANJAN PUBLICATIONS
16,Ansari Road, Darya Ganj,NewDelhi-11 0002(lNDlA)
CONTENTS Page Adhyaya V I Adhyaya VII Adhyaya VIII Adhyaya IX Adhyaya Marring of Horoscope On Raja Yogas or Planetary Conjunctions; leading to kingship 3t9
372 On Conjunctions of two or more Planets 495 583 The Effcct of Gulika, year Etc. 649 Ashtakavarga
fqqqTlfi"q' qEnq: q
b
q
EG6
wir.sllqTarq: <tq+fmqm:
{oan$q15qtll'
1t e.
l\e1 vt\
tcl qYQ
a.
to
qret.qrfrsqrf{ qrao-qrtsqrq:
x xx*xxrKiKx)Kixxsi*
#
qrdftqTftqre qsts*{Ft:
ll wilifi.rTs-riqH: ll
Adhyaya VI. Nfennrnu op e l_loHosoopp.
Six slokas' ziz. 5e5,. +8, '[9, 50, 52,99 and l!0 taken from Brihat Jataka. have been
qffrl *ftrri'rqrilcnqiiqaT
ilq\Esornfrsii ftrnqtgrqrfl{.rs n q ll
8x)
%*
lfcTclR||A
Adh. VI.
Sloka 2. When the Sun occupies in Mesha a Na, vamsa of Tula and is aspectedby a malefic planet, the person born will be money less. If Venue be in the sign Virgo accupying a Navamsa of Virgo, a beggar is born. When the Sun is in his depressionsign occupy, ing the extreme depreoeion point, the perdon born, though foremost in the greatesrof royal families, will soon be bereft of fortunc, sons,wife and meansof living. NorBs.
Tbis Sloka is from qiiffiGT
cl. srqcoi
rc rqdrnaiq$iq*free\ tt
eAfrq'IE *f*di
A^\a\\\.
qrilT: FnfiEr{ |
;r drTtrSeRIF{: 3TRilrT6aa{;fi't t}
ffi
\^
sl. t.
qtrsecrg:
gzt
q+t qaliqrlqrDrs ftlfr g,rr r qrdiq: ftqgdaftqfi rr e{fEfaefi +-qrqt ssfitii qr,ii qe,ilt t ,ii qn, gtn:ftq firedsE frqft tt
qaqi {r* t erq,{fiilfif}e .Trrr qra] qt grq] fiei fl ,at&r fr.ifd ll
322
ilctcritcrt
Adb. vI.
qqTi,^fiFahmqq.ilqgei f,rgn)Ertti(ils I -. qriirfi qdtt tv\ firgr: art urrqru0s*ist qrd-e*: ds-iqsdgtrrt{r;rrlJs.rffi| arq ilBrr
Slok,t 4. When Saturn occupies either a Kendra position or the rising sigo and is unaspected by benefic planets, a person born in the +ru*r (Kalahora) lartlc *rcftc,{fr: (SripatiPaddhati), Adhyaya B, Sloka t4, Nores] of Mars becomes a slave and a beggar. When tlie Moon in conjunction with Mars occupies\zlesha and is aspected not by benefic planecs but by the Sun, the personborn is a mendicanr. If Saturn, thc Moon and the sun be in Kendra positions,rhe persor) born will be dull in appearance,indigent and feecling upon the leavings of other people. c/. sqirirtmq0r
+-r& il fiCIilRqfirdntdrqdtreD
qi *qlrt rQrl*Uat q;|snat qmqfi wrdr firgr qq fffiiilo* qq) fri't rril! | q$qrmdtC ftrqUtt qrqqiqontr qriT; rTrrrrir: qilqffiuq fiarflalii rr\ trrrr
Sloku 5. Whcn Saturn is in a l(endra position, the Moon in the rising sign and Jupiter in the 12th bhava,the personborn will be none otherthan a beggar forlor' and in exile. when the lord of the qth bhava occupies the 12th and a maleficplanet is in a Kendra position,the personbor. will be addictedto evil, eating
Ijl. c7
qIsstmTi
823
Sloka 6. When Jupiter in conjunction 'with Rahu or Ketu is aspected by mrlefic planets, the person born will do baseacts. Wl.ren Jupiter in his depreusion is aspectcdby a planet which is also in his depression sign, even a person thar is born a Br,rhminwill commit wicked crimes. If the lrtloonand the lord of the risine sign be in conjunction with the Sun and aspected by Saturn, the pcrson born will be slothful. If malefic planets occupy the l0th bhava an.l be without benefic the personbcrn will be a m:nial. aEpect. Nor-ns. t*irftrnqilr
qlE H*fr qfEqr firrd qu*ercil qrqf4ilf*e +{ | qniq|t f,tqqqf}qa" il ftr Bc}rqftdiz{t: sr( ll
The latter half of this sloka reads thus ln :{rd ({
qrGiriltqqotfr+ ff* q-qReefr isq:q1"gqdqlq flfa.+ itqq nf,tfia: rr r11rQ}s-srh T*{fiil qTt-,itts?irr
324
lrnm'Crftqr;
Adh.vr.
sl, g.
c/. e-sj,it?idrfor
qgrsr|r{s
NoTES
tz6
By the the term *t (Krura) as applied to a house ln the first qn (prda) of the sloka, all the five horrsesof malefics, aiz., Mesha, Simha, Vrischika, Makara and Kurnblra are not meaDt, but only l\'Iesh:i,Sirnha and Kurnbha. Here tlre difierence between the terrns r{tr4i (Paparksha) and m({{ (Krurarksha) nray be noted. The one rneans " all the hou.". ovrnedby malefics,,, while the other confinesthem to " their odclsigns."
\\\r
Sloha 9. When bcneficand maleficplanets occupy Kendra positio.s, and the Moon aspected by the lord of the rising sign is in a Navamsabelonging to saturn,tlre personborn brings his race to an end becoming bereft of wife and children, When Mercury and Venus occnpy the 7th bhava,Jupiter the 5th, a malefic planet rbr: 4th and anothermaleficplanet the gth, all the bia.ra, i' this case being calculated from the Moon's prace, rundersuch a yoga are born those with whom theii race dies. c/. .rsirfi?drql]r
826
.ref'tlfuRl
Adh. vI.
tl+ frohqRt*qt*ff{rrr}frf*rfrqr+.r! nl ou
Slrr[a ].0. Wh:n the Moon is ar rhe close o[ a moveablesign, or in the beginning of a fixed one, or in the middle of a dual Rasi and is without srrength, and when the rising sign is unoccupiedby planets,Rajayola come$to an end. 4 s1ffir
qnrrrtfrRilrs <$fhxqtrlq{iquftilscrilgqlu ?q ll
SioAa 11, If, at a birth, the planer owning rhe rising Navamsa be the Sun,the Moon or Jupiter;and if it rhouldoccupy in its depression signa Navamsa owned by its enemy and the lord of its depression sign, the personborn will be the follcwer or servantof another.
owdinEqrnrqsrrrqulamtiqtlqill t
qTqht$uHsI ;Hqqq-r{Tri
*'ilrr wqot
ilqfr RMul(*
u tR tl trq$qqr
Sloku 12. When the Moon is in the lOth bhava, Jupiter in the ?th and a malefic .plauet in the 9rh, the perEonborn becomesthe ruiner of his family. If Venug, Mercury and the Moon occupy Kendra positions and Rahu be in the rising sign, the person born will live like a base,bcrnwretch, lost to all s:nse of duty enjoin, ed in the sacredscriptures,
gl. 13,15
qlrscrr4:
321
Nores. (Fitsl half). Vrilc aks Adhyaya XIII, sloka zo, inltd. ( t. attet nh n. aJ.sql,ii?arqFr
Sl. Aa 13. When Venus in its depression sign or in a Navamsa owned by Saturn occupies (Dur, g:t,.fi;r a stthana (such as the 6th, the gth or the tzthLhavaj and is aspected by Saturn; and when the Moon in .o";r". ction with the Sun occupiesthe Tth bhava, th" p.rron born will be in perpetualservitudewirh hi, morher.
Slaka 14. When Jupiter in its depression or the Sun in the sameposition occupies *-tr a (Kendra) in con. junction with a malefic planet the pcrsonborn will commit infanticide. When a maleficphner is in *+ (Kendra)and has no benefic " aspsct,andJupite, o..,r'i., the Sth bhava,the person born will be th: ,tnugtrr.r"i-it animals of the cow and deerkinds _j.e. will be.on. th. purveyor of beef and venison.
qr*qlUil qrqgi rti gfr {Rnqrq+ f{rgwr r qqrt gqE&{t+ H gt rilFrqrft6irr GDr tr qBtl
328
ililrqftd
Adh.vI.
Slola 15. When the Moon and \,Iorcury in con. junction with a malefic planet are in the lOrh bhava and areaspected likewise by a maleficplanet and when the Navamsasthey occupybelong to their depression eignoand have no benefic aspect on them, the person born will be a {owler all his life.
NoTES. This sloka apearsralso in qliTd(d.
ffi'{tfi
Sloha I7. If the Navamsas occupied by Venus and Jupiter be owned bv their several depression or inimical signs and if Saturn also be in a Navamsasuch as deecribed above,the person born will suffer afflic tions and live in pain and unhappiness bereft of wife and children. Norns.
Slokas l3-l7 are also quoted in qsl{r?il,uq.
sl. 18,
qSs,qrc:
329
benefic planets occupying the l2th, the 8th and the 6th bhavas,they destroy the Rajayogaof th: horoscopeno less than those planets which occupy maleiic 60th portions in their depression and inimical signs. Nores.
It is not possible to give an example for the yoga described. in the text, uiz , malefrcsin Kendras being at the same time aspected (6th,8th or lZtlr). If the first half of by benefics in Dusstthanas the sloka be interpreted :rs " if all male6c planets be placed in Kendra, depression or ini'rical positions and be at the same time aspectedby benefics occupyiugthe 6th, 8th or l2th bhavas,', the following horoscopenray be suggested as arr example: _-
Mercury Venus
For the same e{Iect the yoga described in qlttsdt (Saravali) is slightly difterent, While the two c o n d i t i o n sV t z . , ( l ) t h a t a l l t h e
:
Moon
---
lLagna
I I
I
330
,
qrilEcrftfla
Adh. VI.
s i o n o r i n i m i c a l s i g ' s a n d ( 2 ) t h a t a l l b e n e f r c s h o u l db e p o s i t e di n Dussttharia( s6 t h , 8 t h o r l 2 t h ) h o l d g o o d ,i t i s s t a t e dt h e r e t h a t t h e malefics slrould rt::.[.c as:ocitLled uith ss aslcc!e i l,y the benefics. c/. t{Edr
gq/:t-q,tfi,Jq;)qarsfiqqli q41zqa: tt
il-niqmffqfraffirrdrg\sr qfaqqqrfi|
T(ftq8q{Uf,rq{rqr ll qq ll Eo*{gdrs;q6s1q1d1
S/oArr19. If Saturrr, the Moon and the Sun occupy Kendrapositions and are not aspected by bencficplanets, the personborn will be a drunkard, If thc sam: planets occupymalefic6rJthpcrcions owrled by their inimical and depressionsigns, the person concerned will be wickedly inclined and commit adultery qith another's wife, Norns.
Fitsl hdll.-Vide 71so :l6lia gl itrftu. Latltr half. I . ' . r r t h e s a . n r ee f f e c t , t h e f o i l o w i n g y o g a i s a l s o
mentionert inl,tlal;h{at
aii Uir q{qi uqr\ idqq{iltqiArTrqst I d g.*:*wtam& urii q EnTiq$r(qr eil( u(o11
\lolrl 20. IfltVcnus in its rlepression s i g na n d i n conjunction with a maleficplanetoccupy the 9th bhava and be aspected by a rnalefic planet, the person born w i l l b e a f o w l e r . l f a b e n e f i cs i g n r e p r e s e n tt h e t 2 t h bhavaand Venus .Jccupy thereina Navamsa owned by Saturn,the persouborn will be e.rcessively addictedto $e t v a r r t , m a i d s .
sl, 2L-22
ltgf sc{tq:
331
Norrs.
in qiiqr?tlrqft,uiz' T h e s e : r n Ch r l f o f t h i ; s l c k r i s q r i t e d i l ' { : r e a t
ttt*drrrr tl
{qa{Rrft\tiqt ulir qorRhqR
r ioqigssqdi ffgTFTqhgaimqfr
S t o k a2 1 . l f a t a b i r t h t h e l o r d o f t h e r i s i n g s i g n by the lord of the 8th has no strengtli and is aspected bhavaand if Jupiter is obscured by the Sun, there wil I i*r IReka)(emptying cortiunctioncallecl be the planetary or purging). If the lrrd of the Navamsa occupiedby the lord of the 4th bhava be obscuredby the Sun rvhii': b-vtha lord of th: L]th bhava there will being aspected againbe the yosa termedi+r (Reka)'
\ \ \ - a AA ^A qBErrfr{i;rtrrr{?T gqqdt t;{{gi6 (Itll
qt;T{r geq fqoqil{E diqs( tsIIrT I : q;rrtcqq{ditil qit gw! t'qi**Ftlqnrr qm ontt{rnqiq iiqb t*rf,{{rel' fiq tt<rtt
\\ \ A n --\
\-
Sloht 2). When thc lord of the 4th bhava is by the lord of the 6th ; when tlre lord of the aspected 9th in conjunction with the lord o{ tire 8th occupies the 5th bhava and wheo the lord of the rising sign is the personborn getsitr (Reka) for his lot' depressed, When benefic planetsare in the 8th, the 6th and the t2th bhavas, while mtlelic ones occupy Ken:lra and
3 32
qr(tqrRqrt
Adh.vr.
Trikona positionsand when th: lord of the 1lth bhava inju, is without strength,the person concernedsuffers rious effectsof the iorqirr(Rekayoga).
q?qqnqtrRt{i'sturu?{reffii ar{t
'lg 25,27
strstqm:
833
fuirrurt
q<qefimqrnr! qrdflt{ | qr* g qhq{qfr Tq{tRtrA
iffiqr ftgr*orcdve$r u R\ fl
Sloha 71. A single malefic planet,a pair of male, fic planetsor a triad of them occupying any one of the nine bhavas(menrioned in the latter half of the preced, ing sloka) and aspected by depressed, inimical, malefic planets,will produce the effect of the Rekayogarespec, tively in the early,the middle or the concludingportion of the lives of the person concerned.
rttu-nsqtt
ftft* frqi.r Hsqr {Rr{s cftqqGil
*{t gribilqrrfrdqwr frqr{tnr rgsI qrce{rMm} f\qffi qfr* fi{Gnrm}
tqqrqq{rds{ftG* fiRq*fti}Cdf n REn
Sloha 25. A persc''n born under the Reka yoga has neither kncwledgenor wealth ; he is penurious, bostile, iustful and wrathful; his mind is alwaysdistreseed ; he is disagreeable, having no beautyor grace; he is crafty; he lives on alms; he is filthy and quarrelsome;he is full of envy and rage: he reviles godsand Brahmanas and he is rated daily by his (wife and sons) whole family.
qrilfqriT{rre
v l a v v Y v v v ! v v v v v v v v v e v v v v v v v g r v v v v g ! v ! ! v v l v v v '
Adh. VI
v v v r w s
qrrtEtr(frqotiftriEi qt
ll n qRa{rnr:
${ii*lqiHfirtrEudR eil( t
*.naffiafiq sfltY(fr
the the lord9f. SJofta28. When Jupiter' being bhava lord of the 9th 8,thor the lst bhrva' exceedsthe lord oi the 11th occupying a i"-t*"g,tt, and when the is s:orchedby thz Sun's rtriri"t .ther than a Kendra per$on born will b: l';;;';;; lt *"^r, in strengch, thr:
iniig.nt.
or Mercury' Sloha29 If Jupiter, Marg' Saturn and otscured by the Sun's rays, occupy beingdepressed or the 5th bhava at ,i" irrft, the 6th, tne 12th,th: 8th
sl' 3&'31
qfr'w1q:
g$5
birth, he wiil be a beggar' lf Saturnin the a prson's and if Mercury by maleficplanets 9th bhavabe aspected bhavaa in conjunctionu'ith the Sun occupy in the lst sign, therervill be a owned by its depression Navamsa beggarborn.
Srqagxrfia;Ea{Qgrl
oir{(IEitqol 6qr{lllqaFil
{o ll Eftrr11 *qRqa\qiiqrrfqart
Staka 30. If Jupiter,Mercury, Venus' Saturnand ith fFe Mars occupythe Eih,the 6th, the l2th, the "f. bha' LZth the of lord if the and in any order lCth bhavas in position and obscuredby the va thoughdepressed superior to the lord of the raye be nevertheless Sun'o born will be a beggar' the person rioing sign in strength,
Nores
lRrrqft{rt
Adh. vI.
Sloka 3L. If at a person'sbirth, Venus, Jupiter, signoand the Moon and Mars b: in their depression the lst, the occupyfour out of the six bhavasnamely, 5th; that person 10th;theltth, the 9th, the ?th and the the lst bhava will be indigent. When Venus occupies Jupiterthe 5th, Mars the tlth and the Moon the 3rd, beingidenticalwith the depres' bhavas eachoneof these born will be sion eignof its o:cupantpltnet,thc person a beggar.
_l
'"-'"1 |
(t l
Moon
Nores.
| Juniterl
I**" I
ut + q(fit{GsRta
wtr ftnsrrgtfitao{ilt
sign and Sloha 32,. When the lagnais a moveable by a moveable the ricing Navamsa is also owned Resi rnd it ie aspectedby Saturn as well ag by depressed Jupiter, the person born will be a beggar. the 6th The came will be the cace whenJupiter occupies than his own. 12th cign other bhavain a or the
sl. g3-36
qdsc{rq:
337
srrffisr gvrfttu: sqifr"I+sqv{rRqqI {Ati ffi: ll G q mr fifrql: r+g "q+ftq\6r-dqt ' qr:srufrPqfinmngai q|grrif rqsft{fa
dgqfr4Rqrwrgd<qqrilsqq@r$git: ll q8: 1 mdqfaq ar*rftt Fgqt friqq< 116; q?qfif,a ll H {F qTd\ firfiii erE{r}Trq6Fq: aaqfr{qqsftgftqd: gdrlilal {'rq: flqot:trS I wrfr fu"qfffiaqtqq: ll garqqG qT<gqrtr* qflfii e.3m+s trq' fiqtqTq fre]ftna t wg fihq tt 66fr1: qglii fifi.it qK: sFlaqi aqerqi {iTftfr aaqil{lsrci} qErt qRfr nril qi( ll *aqqt: flat-t; T{t
Sl, 86187
qirre} tt nqtt Fqi Ti erft* t qrqfr qa,iTtHTsatauaatga:t q.etfr qfi+t qrRqt ilq nqh ll ft;|g nurqdl qi ftqa,t vnrag$
qrfrffiqaq qlqT{: tl ErRqm"
{iqr gftfr q-q'g}u q gdt *}q r fiq}n rr trq',tqR *t .Bq,ifqlsq aq qfrsqqtt fftt i\ qil {E: ftaq-qgil q}q r gc#qqqrfrfi sqdt*rqftgEqtt
ll ffi11
ftqqrftdmfrftFd fr{h* R{ffi:qm I frqr$ ffirfr ftqrdr{frrrtd ilnr{r
ffihffidilq.srsi ffi qnqtqrrffi{E* ft*rqtd Ersll ls lt
Sloka 37. The characteristicsof a person alflicted is with qitdirr (Daridrayoga) are such as these:-He
340
qrifs|T|frgrt
Adb. VI.
be defective; he is crafty; he is reproved and rated by his family ; he has to live by begging; he is irr difficult, ies ; his spcechis disagreeable ; he is addictedto lust and gluttony: he would earn money by foul means; he daily gives vent to his spiceand speakspungentwords ; his heart is always set on other people's wives ; he is mean; often times he is blind, mute and idiotic.
qt{i ttaq( Effif I uoailqrqr( SB? ERfrqlt rrqrosiqsrqtt,a?Tf S-{Rgrfit il lc tl Sqdtq GrTitr
Sloka 38. A person born in a qfiefrrr (Daridra yoga) is fond of quarrelling; he may be a leper; he destroys what is beneficial to others ; he is unlraceful and given to boasting; he has no reverencefor Brahma, nas; he has a had wife and a{flicted with diseaserl ugly nails.
It ffiq1;11
qh rfr q.rrEi ftrtir tri rFfr mwr rrr$r
ot q\ iqgtrqqt qreifi{rqi qrsr{E(an( ft lq tl
S/<;ft,r 39. When the Sun is in the 10thbhava,the Moon in the ?th, Saturnin the 4th, Mars in the 3rd, the Lagnain a moveablerign and Jupiter in the 2nd bhava,the person born in this yoga at night will be the servantof another.
*Iil T,ftsnffii {.G qTqrqfr Rqfroqt Ert r;'riki qsri+E st"qiCIiikt iuq{il rrEfun Botl
Sl.;ftrr40. When Venus occupiesthe 9th bhava, the Moor, the 7th, and when Jupiter is the lord of the
sl. 41,43
qdrstqrq:
34t
2nd or the 1st bhavaand when Mars is in the 8th and the Lagna reported to be an immoveable oign,per$onE deetined to servitude are born.
r tuqaii-ruir{q=frdegfrq'ldqq.tgh
Slohu 42. Whcn Jupit.:r attaining an trrftt?r (Iravathamst- t,itle Adhyaya L, Sl. 4'7 ) occuples a san, of an r<sqtr (Uttama dhi and when the Moon possessed varga attlc Adhyaya l, S/. 45) is outside the Kendras arrd when Venus is in the rising sign at a birth at night during the dark half of a lunar montb, the person born is a menial.
ql+iiorqgsqrsr{iu(tn( u 81 rl
842
qT"r'rtftld
Adh, vl.
Sloka 43. A pereon will bea menialif at his birth Mars, Jupiter and the Sun oc:upy respectivelythe of thc 6th, the 4th and the 10th bhrvas. If the sandhis Moon occupyingthe Navansa of a malefic planetbe in a beneficsign and if Jupiterbe in conjuncrion with th: lord of the rising sign,the peison born will live by servinganother.
rrisqimqoq rr
qrqrflrr qwfrql sftil{rs.qi+crtt*l gwit*i qres{*rqrFEa rt itq FTrlqfidia r ia$rd ttrqt I fr"qr*rqRrJ(qsEw
irrornierrqFtrrRqgt *\ qdeq* u B\ fl
Sloka 43. These are the characteristics of a person (Parapreshyaka-being yoga cuGq+ called at born in the person call). Such and a is generally beck another's evil-minded ; he is fond of quarrelling; he is harsh of speech; he is a reviler of the Brahmanacommunity; he has a liking for people illiterate, he is indigent and depraved; he is spiteful and wrathful; his pastime is lying; he is deceitful, lustful and intemperate; he is clever in gimulatins tenderness and false pride.
sl' 46'48
qissqrq:
343
n wg-ffifrr: tt
qr( ttuqll qrt qq*sGgisi qrqirqdisgfa{mrq
Sloha 46. When the rising sign is ie (Mesha), qgu (Vrishabha) or \rgq (Dhanus) and is aspected by a malefic planet, the personborn will have tooth disease ; is either ?th bhava and Mars the when Saturn occupies in conjunction with Rahu or is without strength, the person born will be defectivein limb.
,.f. c'rffid .eti ${eet: ttt qtaii{t{qt: I u ciiiEsq njqrqoi ii ?r-cq;aErld
Sloka 47. When the Moon is in the 10th bhava, Mars in the ?th and theSun in theZnd, the personborn will lose somelimb.
344
{rcrcrfT,ill
Adh. VI.
benefics, the child may get speech afterwards (after a long time). Nores
Fhst holl--,The above result should not be predictedunless the characteristic combinations mentionedare complete. If the characteristics are incornplete, an inordinate largeness of the organsnamed shoulclbe foretoid, Some commentators take the word ie"iu (Trikona) i' tbe slolia to mean {oii-srur (Moolatrikoria) of Mercury , that is Kanya. But this has to be rejectedon the authority of ,itiir (Gargi) w-hoclistinctiy says:-
$-dtrii,wqi;aei: vti*! gdiri r q+: wirQ*: i'ntDrtq orrfr irRq rr iqerat,i'rnt'i q-d e]r,i. qf,riqrrr rr
unless therefore all the three rnaierrcs are thus placed and the I\Ioon has a malefic aspect, the predictio' should not be made. If there be o'ly two malefics thus placed, tl.renfrugality or smallness of speech, and if only o'e, r.vaveri'g, slow or stammerrng speech should be foretold. lJrrt if such Nfoon has the aspect of one or more benellc 1r1anets, the person will begi' to speak later than when he would otherwise be na.turally expected to speal<, It must thus be remembered that the aspect of malefics is also required to make the native rnute, and the aspect of benefics to counteract it.
sl. 49
qr{ra-$r
qdsrqrq:
t SFrfs{ {rtirfi rgt r-qrftq-et o{{tQ rsdii qwftrs*.itilm "(r*frqrtrrRrft q srsf qrq +( qirqesl nBqtl
Sloka 49. (1) If Saturnand Mars occu,)ythe Rasis owned by Mercury, the child will have or Navamsas .teethat birth. [This refersto the time of conception]. (2) If the Moon be in thc Lagna identical with by Saturn and Mars, the child will Katakaand aspected be a dwarf. [This also refersto the time of conception]. (Adhana Lagna) be Meena and is (3) If the srrljnnoe by Saturn, Mars and the Moon, either singly or aspected conjointly, the child will be short in stature(crippie). (4) If a malefic planet in conjunction wich the Mclon occupy a Riksha Sandhi (at the time of coocepr tron), the child wrll be dul[. These yogas trke cffect on only when their authors fail lo have bencfic asi)ecr tbem. 44
346
drdtcft{Ie
Norrs.
Adh. VI"
(l)
In the case of actual birth under the dbove yop, the native
will have often tooth trouble. (Z) tn tire case of a nativity, the above yoga holds good provided the Moon is in the Lagna and in l(ataka. (See Brihat Jataka-XX). qKrqoi
tig oi{reFqg qntr a drctFd'iteqt? srs: I $raar.rmati aftiirri'r lft egc: eiq tt t trfrrid fiqi +i&OrSorffieBser<t F6s: riifrqi q eE gsrrfftftriir: SrTrdrrqft crfr:t s aqqi rreFd d'rrtr,drqq.ddifkar, qH u
fruut*frumet qlqrsiqfi{t;t{AotI
Slo&a 50. If the rising sign be the Iast Navamsa by Saturn,the Moon and of Makara and if it be aspected the Sun, the child will be a dwarf. If the last Navamsa of Makara is rising with three malefics in the three. of the Lagnabhava (the 2nd, 3rd and lst decanates the child will be without armsr feet or head decanates), as the casemay be. Norrs.
eRHoi
sl. 51,52
qgrsqrq:
a47
But this is opposed to the opinion of q,i (Garsa) .from whose works the next sloka has been quoted.
348
ftncrRwi
Adh.vI.
and Mars, the child will be born sightless;if rhe same Ascendant be aspected by benefic as well as malefic planets, the personborn will b: blear,eyed. Tire Moon occupyingthe 12rh bhava from the Lagna will injure the ieft eye while che Sun in the same positionaffects the right one; rhese malef rc yogas mentionedhitherto can be escaped from in casethe authors of such yogas happento be aspected by benelicplaners, Norrs' r-f. qRt{dr
Est Siutfirqi Eriq-'{:qqqfA ar rr eilfiqqtEqfsT rfiahiqt gqEqror gQr: r qqqFiar{itsft qry d,trrsgil flqqt{dt tl .qqqtnqda-a) qrc rgfi+rnafi Qla' t
\\.ln:\\. e\\
(qRitq
r.\n
?iFqqdEl
qlrqdl qq.I: ll
Also qql*Earqior
q;4r{gsQ{t fqdfrrpqna}sfhfiarnug, r
qr;gqq ih: nfiaqrr{ruql{ grTl{iirtf,{.ztqq: il
I3hattotpala, the commentator, ad<ls that if the l.agna ftr (Simna) be occupied by tlrc Sun alore anrl b q a s p e < . t c dh v N T a r s antl Saturn, the chird wirl ire rrri.d rf rhe right eve. IIe wiil be blind of the left eye if trre N{oon ^1o.e should occupy rht (Sirnlia) a n d b e a s p e c t e db v M a r s a n I S a t u r n . See also 31el<a55, irt{rr. Mars and Saturn are the plenets that See yog;r rnerrtioned jn ( I ) this sloka, znd (Z) Rrihat Jataka XXIII-10 qriotecu l n d e r n o t e s t o s l o k a J g i 7 7z f a. The Sun in the 8th c;ruses rlefec:tive e 1 . e s i g h t . ( t r r 1 aB r i h a t 'Ihe .lataka XX-3). Sun ard the Moon in the 6th and the gth cause blindness. The Sun, the Moon,
_x\e\-\c\
s|.63-64
Wl5sqg;
34e
Mars and saturn also causeblindnesswhen they are simirarly placed (i.a., when they are in the 6th and gth). c,f. sKlqdt
WG* qqefufio*
.qi rqh( grrqis{qd t} Aianq{.qr.t f rfoqrrr{rfk Ed}f,nflf wri frfi Eftorqs{RTi n\B tl
Slt,ha i4. The Sun and the Moon occupying the 12th bhava whether conjointly or apart destroy the
350
{rcr$frca
Adb. VI.
right and left eye respectively; malefic planets in the cth and the 8th bhava have the power to take arvay thc sight, the planet in the 6th destroyingthe left and that in the 8th bhava destgoying the right one. c/,sddftilFTrQ
r ftd*fr omelqafiqIfrt{Tgrnqgiltil}q
ilqer0iEi{urqrgt-qKftqqK:IgilTc {r,q{ il \\ tl
SlcAo 55. The Sun whether in the lst or the 7ch by Saturn bhava when in conjunction with or aspected will in no long time destroythe right eve of the person concerned ; but if the Sun be in coojuqction with Rahu and Mars, other conditions being the sameas bafoJe, rt is the lefc cve that will suffcr in this cass.
31.59,59
q&stqr{:
s61
born will be blind. tf the Moon occupy the 8th, the 12th or the (rth bhava and Saturn be in conjunction with Mars,the person born will b: sightiess.
NorEs. This slokr is from sliTqt(({. The following are some more slokas frbm flir..(d to the same effect:-
leading
qt qtlss\ rrrfroilq;s{ts*+ r
M
Slofra 58. If the Moon be in the Och,the Sun in the 8th, Saturnin the l?.th and Mars in the 2nd, under sucha yoga,the personbbrn, be he Indra himself, cannot but be blind.
4/. gqswa+
qBnqit{;qqd q qr+ "q+ fl"} fiw,t q.i}q r gm*r qHgq;qr+qr 3riii qq&r qi gir qr tt
362
qtdrtl|frme
Adh. vI.
Sloha 5e, If the lord of the Znd bhava being in conjunction with the lord of the lst, occupy a g:rqrrt (Dustthana.6th,8th or 12th bhavas),it will result in loss of sight. If the lord of the eye, i.e. the 2nd bhava being in conjunction with Venus and the Moon occupy the 1rt bhava, the person concerned will be night,blind; but if the lord of the eye occupy a position of exaltation or be in conjunction with a benefi; planet, no such malefic effect will happen,say the astrologers. NorBs.
This and the 5 succeeding slokas are quoted in "tkTdtlt. The under;nentioned slokas yogas leading to blindness. from wkf.]i(ff give some more
1ffirn;11
qlqt Egqt wr* q'} sqld q atq Er;qq.ll Q" ll
SJoftc 60. When Rahu, Mars and Saturn are together in the Lagna,the person born will have enlarg' ed scrotum. tf the lord of the 1st bhava be in the 8th and this againbe occupiedby Rahu and Mandi, the same effect is produced, say the wise astrologers.
t ud Ao* qols*g+srlqtfrqftqrgrrdr
sl. 61,68
t.
S/ofta 63. When Saturn in conjunction: with a aleoby a malefic planet occupies male{ic planet aspected 46
gi l
|tdfcrftrri
Adh. vl"
the 2nd bhava, the person has to dread dangerfrom a dog. When Saturn il in conjunction with or aspected by the lord of the Znd bhava,rhe same result follows.
ll. 6?.69
qa3cqr{:
866
when Mandi in conjunction with Mars is in th: 3rd of the bhava, astrologersspecificallyascribe the disease yoga. ear to the Norr's.
Vidc also Adhyaya XII, sloka, 43 inftd.
07. When the'?rd bhavais oc;.rpied by a also by anothermaleficpla' maleficplanet arrdaspected of net, the person bcrn rvill becomeliable to the disease the ear. When the lord of the 3rd bhava occupies malefic 60th portions of a sign, then also do astrologers of the ear to be the result. &clare disease
tfu
S/ofta 68. When the Sun in conjunctionwith a ic planet malefic planet and aspectedalso by a malef the 6th bhava,the personborn will suffer from occupies excessof bile. When the Sun occupiesthe 8th bhrva, and a malefic plan:t is in the Mars is wichcut scrength 2nd bhava,the sameis to be predicted. cJ. rei'ir?arqlq
crqeGgh arrltfirrqalnRif rr
,bqrq.igqgisdi+FgO
61i{r+q8ftt-gsitktvr
*tfot'qftd ftqfrqqft
*il qarw.rtawin16n qq tl
866
{rCTCTftiliI
Adh. VI.
Sloka 69. When Mars in conjunction with Mercury occupies in the 6th bhavathe Nav.rmsa of a malef ic planetand is aspected by the Moon and Venus, the personborn will sufferfrom an ailment due to a morbid stateof the phlegm. When Mars aspected by a malefic planet occupiesthe 8th bhava and Ketu is in the 2nd or the 8th, an ulcer will be produced. cf. u*irfqorqfrr
Sloha '71. If the lord trf the Lagna,Mrrs anrl Mer. cury being in conjunctiorr,occupya very unlrropitioug bhavaand aspect the 6th, they will produce, say the sages, a diseasc of the anusor somenasty diseasesuch as piles. Nores.
In the secondrqtt (pada)of this sloka, q{ i{tt: dic+Ud uq} sr i. another reading.
sI,72-76
qErscqrq:
35?
ffi
35s
crf,rqrftqre
Adh.vr.
conjunction with Mercury and Ra.hr,occupy the rising sign, the personborn will of his ou/n accord cut off his ,nembrum aerile. lf the lord of the 6th bhava be in conjunctionwith Mrrs and:have no bene[i: aspect, the person concernedwill become liable to a disease affect. ing the organ of generation.
qi it) ftganrau eil q or\ led q qUI qfrqwri ffi Rwt Eilqrftqrr{ a-tsttnqil n \estl
Sloho 77. When a moveable sign is the lagnaand it is aspected by the lord of rhe 6th bhava; when Mars is in the llth bhava; wh:n the 9th is represented by an immoveable sign and wheo the Tth bhava is a dual Rasi; under this yoga, peoplebecomeIiableto the fever inducedby the incantrtionsof their enemies.
q-qefql il qfafiqoiqr(tr\edtl
Sloha 78. l{ Jupiterbe in conjuncticn wirh Saturn, if the N{oon in qtradrature occupythe l0rh bhavaand if Mars be in the 7ch,the result will be a defecrof limb in the person born. If the Sun and theMoon occupy
5r, ?9.80
369
either Simha or Kataka, the person concerned will have consumptionas the conseguence
ffF;r f\qDt firls,tqrqrt ftarargdt qot oaqhrr{rFrrn4{:rtrt q8a.ai t q-qal not ft'n frT Urrarfr 1fr narrrhgel
qlqlqds{lTaigc4lg: : ll eFsqlilqrl qrFqfiFqereqr;erq: elrt qrqgd\ I g;qlEqlfAi\ ,itqrqaqe} ndiRar: tt
-i
.S/oft,r 8C. lf the initial portion of ugn (Dhanus) be Eun and Moon Lagna, the occupy Lagna the if the the or a Trikona, and if Jupiter,be in the 3rd bhavaor in a Kendra po sition, the person born under this yoga will becomeinsane. Norus, reads ascl-crgit cfi s;qmftin rqlrltil-cfi. The last quarter
360
Also c./. snrfira{r
qtirsrrRilt
AdL VI.
Sloha 81. If Mercurj, and the Mclon be in a K.en, dra positiorr or fail to occ$py benefic Navamsas, the person born will have aberrationof the mind. If Saturn, the Moon and the Sun be in Kendra position, the person will be idiotic and addictedto wine. concerned
cl. qkffiri{I
i+<rqft.
El. &36
. v w v v v v v v v t 9 v 9 Y ! ! v !
q&sqrq:
861
qe
sdt$frnqtfrfttqM:qrRqi$T{I atq I
@qr-*qq+{g+iE}qt
ll d\ ll
Slola 85. If the 5tb and the 4th bhavasbe occupied by malefic planetsand if the Moon in particular be in tbe 8th, the 12th or the 6th bhava, blindnesswould follow as a result of the yoga. The persottborn in this yoga mu$t of coursebe blind when there is no benefic aspect uPon the planets concerned. There will be no evil effect when benefic planets occupy the bhavas referred to above.
46
362
qrilE'Ttftila
Adh.vr"
S/ola 86. Whcn (malefic) planets other than thc lord of the Lagna occupy the Lagna, the astrologermay predict leprosy; it will be black leprcsy when Sarurn occupies the Lagn:r as described above; ir \r.ill be red leprosywhen the Sun so occupies the rising sign; white leprosy if the occlrparlrbe Mars. when the Moo' in conjunction with Saturn or Mars occupies a Navamsa belongingto qrs6(Kat,rka), dit (Meena) or r*r (Makara) and is unaspectedby, or unassociated with benefic planets,thc astrologer may declare the yogato be pro, ductive of lcprosy to the peopleaffected.
cnoqQei;fi etqfiqgcrri
qoqu{redtriiti q{E-de{ |
sL 88,90
cglsqrq:
383
39. When the rvaninq)loon in conjurtction S/,rA'rr s i n t h c r i s i r r r ;s i g n b c l o n g i n gt o w i t h m a l cifc p l ; r r r , : tis or in thc Bth or tlrc 6th hhav,i, thc astrologer Sa(urtt ()rsome strclt ailment as s,p i e e u fllrtrrierlcc may prcclicc the result of this perticulary.:ga. Wlren the Moon is the 7th betweentwo m;il:fic plaitclsand S,tturnocctrpi':s b o d i l y s u ffering m u t : h t h c p er s r n b o r n r v i l l i r a v : bhava, slllt'tn and con' from the combin:d .'[fc.:tsof ;ilrsc':ss, surnption.
CtqTCTfrETI
Adh.vr.
have indigestion, a diseasedspleen and colic. When Rahu or some malef ic planet occtrpies the I.agnaand Saturn is in the 8th bhava,the personconcernedwill be afilicted with a stomach complaint. ef. ssl'lr?-drtrrbr
q=puft.rgq*rffi gfr srfit ntftt qe*isqfroqqrtt qrorq{ tgqft Rsdiqtrd qli s& fqgi qRqrqE nqt tt
Siolc 91. When Rahu occupies the 4th bhava and the lord of the Lagna is without strength and aspected by a malefic planet,the person born will suffer from acute pain in the chest. When the lord of the Lagna is depressed and in an inimical houae,Mars occupies the 4th bhava. and Saturn is asp:ctedby a maleficplanet,colic will be the result.
qmluffit'ntrrffi
qdlnqrfrqnsifrrc+ se i{ggrqir
o)'qrqfrfif\f qiiqqqrtwtftt
{'},{i gfr
t
Sloha 92. When the lord of the 8rh bhavais weak and the rising sign is aspectedby a malefic planet and the 8th bhava is occupiedor aspecred by Saturn, the personborn will be smitten with a diseasethat will prevent the taking in of food. When the Moon in conjunction with Mars occupiesthe 6th b\ava, jaundice due to vomitting and deliriun will afflict tbe lrrson
sl. gsg4
qdsqrq:
865
concerned. And when the Sun, the Moon and Mars are together in the 6th bhava,the effectof the yoga may be colic and erysipelas.
cf . cElqt,t
qrfffi qGfio{Ttsftqrt
qtsqnsnegt uffirftuq t
Sloha 94. When Jupiter occupies the 4th, the lOth or the lst bhava and a Kendra is occupied by utFq (Mandi), the personborn will suffer from an illnessdue to the effect of his having comefaceto face with an immortal. When Saturn is in the 7th bhava and a benefic planet occupiesa moveablerieing sign, and the Moon io aspectedby a malefic planet, the person concern'
366
srif{$wRqfi
Adh.vr.
due to his ed will undoubtedly suffer from a disease ghosts andf iends. havingmet goblins,
Norrs.
This sloka is fronr qTd.[{<f. The rhis sloka is q;rdi instead of qis. reading in the 3rd pada of
Sloku 96. When Saturn occupying the 6th bhava in conjunction with ndiq (Mandi) is aspeced by the Sun, Mars and Rahu but is unlspectcdby or unassocia-
':
ted with benefic planets, thc person[:orn wiii suffer {rom atr illncss caused by a complication of cough. ic planetis irr asthmaand consumption. Whcir a malef (rth, Saturn in the 8th the 12th bhava,tire Mootr in thc and when rirc lord of thc Lagna occupies a Navamsa owned by a malign planet,the pcrsonborn under such r yoga wilt be liablc to drynessof the nosc resuitingin loss of smell.
cf q'ithflr.trqltr
mi q* ftgnttr?trget
5/o/irr 1i7. \When liatunt is in+at tKatakii)and the born will iravcdropsy" the persoir N{oorrin rr+r lM.rkara), w i t h M a r s o c c u p i e st l r e in conj'.tnctirrn When Suturrr 6th bhava, and is aspccted by the Sun and Rahu; anci whcn thc lord of thc L:rgna is wichout strrngth, the r e s u l tw i l l b e a l i n g c r i n gi l l n ' : s s .
eJ- qqi'if'rtrqfr
868
{TqTt|tfrfl'i
Adh. VI.
qd s+ gqtrflir(qfr
Slofto 98. When Mars is in his own house,Mer, cury in the 4rh or the l:lrd bhava and Saturn in the lst, the personbr:rn will be a dwarf. The result is the same when, other conditions being identical, Saturn is in conjunction with thc lord of the Lagna.
R;IAr{rHqrtqeqttaFnin
gnF$dtHq,'sErtgqrlt Gilit{n qq tl
Sloka. 99. When the Sun and the Moon occupy, one of them the 12th, and the other the 6th housefrom the Lagna,the personborn will be one.eyedand will have the unique fortune of possessingan one,eyed wife as well. When Venus and the Sun conjointly occupy the 7th, thc 9th or the 5th bhava,the person born under this yoga will havea wife defectivein somelimb. Norss.
I'he Sun is in the l2th house fronr the Lagna in I and lZth from the 7th in Ir
sl. 100
.+
q*ssqrq;
369
The principle is clear from the above. The left eve will be aftected by the above yoga. In the other case the Sun in the 2ncl arrtl :he l\lloon in 1he Sth (the 2nd frorn the 7th) will aflect the rieht eye. If Venus be in conjunction rvith the Sun in the 5tlr, 7th or 9th house fronr the Lagna, the wife rvill alniry:; hc ailing' ic-do (Vikala:suflering).
cl.
rnfii
'F
47
,'l7O
{|rilsqmtsnc
Adb. V I.
seems to extend the prinr;iple to the 5ttr and the 9th housesalso. D i s e a s e s c . r f t e e t h a n , l t ( ) n g u e : l r e r n t l r , ' i t t e db 1 ' t h e 7 t h h o u s e ( C h . l l l - 7 7 F r g . l ) . T l r i s r : ;i r l s o t h e p l r n r - r p l e of \\'cstern.rstrolotsy. C/. i\lan Lt.u.
rrf qk &ar.r nqig qr{r : iri"qq{rdl+nef-ia :) ra | (wr,;gq-dqq;qr qnqf;dtffiqas{rrrra +oilqqra firfn iqrarqNl
,\1s() ,ll/ii.'.1
i A \ E{I{fl(r$n{I: TT'IT: flIEzli qTn{il q:il: I .i r.
{riiqqnEgqq{gtsqic}
ot wmorrtqGqrqord r
iqqrqek"JAlrg fE'{-{tg uniiirq{ogq gqdih rnr: il lo( il
;'loku t0l. When.lirpitcr oci-,rpr('s b e n c f i cv a r g a s arrr-iiqi{r Vargottuinamsa) as such rn tlie Lagna or the 1 4th bhava ; or rs elsewhercpossessing abundarrtstrength; wh,:n tlrc oth,:r planets arc in tirc 2nd, the ll th and conrrcctct-l lvith well.beirrg and prgsperity ; other bh,avas and rvhen the lord of ,r.,. risrnq sign is powerful, che born gets on !,.r^:ll .ind is,h;rpp1r, [']ctstJn
sl. 102
cfrsrcrq:
371
i ile{w tqq}Hwr }cqrqfrnrwr?ftaiw t qfttlffcrfr qqlfrq{gqu{Kr( t tlnriil: n t"Rll qft lltq-T{6-Eqn iqanri}tftt qrdrqriiqri
qgf ll sftiTifirTfftrllTqt
Sl"hu 102. By the graceof the Sirnlnd all the other planets,what are called qrilslTFr:tlataka bharrgaha) con, sisting of rrqdr{rrs: (Rajayogabhangaha),irrfrrrrr (Preshya yogaha), qRefrm' (D.rridra yogaha), s{Fdafrrrr: (Angaheenayogaha), ianqirlr' (Reka yogaha)and rtfldtmr (Roga yogaha)have beenfully treatedof in this chapter.
T h u ' ; e n d s t h e l - r t h' \ d h 1 a t ' a c - r u 'w h a t r r ) a r se h o r , t s < : o [ r ei " n the work JAtrrkalrArijirta conrpiled b1'\''aidyanltha under lthe auspices of the nine planetS.
-----vqf,&r+{y\\--
---
ffiqaqlswrt:
u u-wfrrntqrq: tt
Adhyaya VlI.
ON R.e,re yocAs oR plaNET.r.Ry coNJUNctI()Ns LEADTNGro KrNcssrp.
t=srrr?qnsrr.ratqfrisfr{osqrqRiltft
rilqrqFs{*'qtr ggqfl: guflEftqrqt n t tl
Slohu 7, When the planetsoccupy Kanya,Meena, Mithuna, Vrishabha, Simha, Dhanus and Kumbha, the peroonborn will he a famous king, great in possessing an army, mightv elephantsand horses; if the planetsbe in Thula, Mesha, Vrishaba and Meena, an enperor comesinto the world in this yoga ; if the planetsbe in Vrishaba, Dhanus, Meena and the Kendras, a person destinedto rule over the earth and acquire wide fame seesthe light.
NotRs. In this as well ns in the next slol<a,the author has described rnanncr the ftrtH{ ('irnhasana)and other in a verl' "cn<lensed yogas. Wrth a vrew to rtral<e thern clearer, thu followirrg are below:extractedtrorn other works and appended
37L
SI, 1
(l) lrewrir.n:
qtfrsrqFrl
3?3
trqqnh
w frerqil it.r, *oqralgq* a\ I qrt q\ <.1g't qt&qqi\ qc' tl goft+ra: I E;ft ctsgm]q)+TA$ qqft zqi frt ftusi qrir:tl zqsRq)
rrn5qri
+-qrfrqt$frir qG tqfi: fhil${: frfia: fih qt qnZgrq*qdiit e R fpqsq: t q, frreqqlqdi ft qgq) {qrftrrit qd q*$stqrfqufqqgarrdfqnqn's+ tt
(Z)'lgam,ii.r:'itqetart
il] feqrqe)qrsftqi qli si il r qtd,* q.iritsq agai,tsfiitflntrr q*,qfi qr{t{i:flil: q{f,tqq' , qrnrit urrf,rq* qilt{r z,i\ req 11
-*TI{gil(}
t74
qRroqrRqr+
Adb" VII
l\ g\ a\ qrsfittqa:tqrt qdtqQ r u *orseqif .itt ilq,iltrsqilaq: .it qri| 'rqnoi'ft s {EfA fi*sfa {rgqrU$: I qqfA eT',it fQsfi* zqir ,{qftTfr q sotq:rr
(o) errsdr iirqqnd
n**qciriq qlt*rqol gqr I oa RqT glatsfE rr cdr+.qft'qi rr qrar *mr ryrge,itai fiqhi fiqrqqilqeqiqqfi sfrq:siqr;qzfQ"qq tt
rngqg*
qttq tq n'qsqt"hnqd qiifftnr gtnrd+frrT{n{qg5zrcgrtgerffi :1 nwrfi ftg*qqsa+,{t {'q{Ruqtf,{rq-qta-qtii gnnadt fiqr+il rTrnq: ll
(z) rtcr.+rq: {tq"rmft
gorwG\g,nf,til fumqt r
tg,nrtrt*niis.i n"qq] qqE)qar t t*,qrfq=qg{t: {IHf,: Fqliifirr{:,
qsfriqoq] il {i!:spqq}rq: 11
sl. 2
wr5q6a
(r8*$qrq:
315
qG gorqr.rmtelqttFgt+t:fldol fiCIflfla *t r
\r K qgcfrq(Iqtqnflfr: S{{t: qqai ath z{Iq. tl
(s) T(qgF-.rctq:'iqara.i
qdqrodr q-'qrtqsarrqt'qqztqlfr
fiircrltf|t
Adh. VII
the 2nd, the 9th, the lst and the 7th be occupiedeach by a planet,the person born will becomea just king.
ilt{*fisRil
sL6
tt*sqlqr
t'l7
rrMffi
ffi qtsqqrq;r.frgtrttr r
aflqll \ lt
@HafttqFlitrFrirr
Sloh.a5. When the Moon or tlte Lagna occupying a (Vargottamamsa)cfitci{r is aspectedby the other pla' nete placed in the 4th, the l0th and the 7th bhavas, the perEonborn ir a leader of men. Norrs.
According to ifinltmg (Brihatprajapatya), i(rc.oJ (Saravali) and other works, and as per Yavanas' vierv quoted in {EwTil;E (Brihatjatata), four or more planets (other than the Moon) aspecting a Vargottama Lagna or Moon will make the person born at that time a King. cJ. IEsdrc{
Also WrR-d
qfta-afiqffii<qrftfrfka'qq'rqlqitzq:tl
qikiseil+\ qR il {rii\ F{tfth q qsilBfqftqrli: r
*qt: flgqqeqftfiqlodliRil erffiqftf,q: wg riqqFa
Also t{lusq Also sle{Frul
qd'qrfaftiR: {rfhftqrnqra}fth r
s nqqft flfiq: qg Eqrqqtoii{uf
3?8
irrlcrRrlt
Adh. VrI.
But our author has .gonefurther by restricting tho position of the planets. According to slokas 30-31of the 2nd Adhyaya,Saturn i n t h e 4 t h o r t h e l l t h h o u s e ,M a r s i n t h e 6 t h o r t h e l O t h h o u s e , l l c o u n t e df r o m t h e L a g n a a n d J u p i t e ri n t h e 5 t h o r t h e 9 t h h o u s e a or the l\Ioon, are also capable of aspecting either of them respoctively as all planets are while they are in the 7th house. Our author has rejected the aspectsof Saturn from the llth house, of I\{ars from the (rth houseantl of lulriter from the 5th and 9th houses. I{e only accepts the aspectsof Saturn from the 4th house, of l\{ars fronr the lOth houseand of lupiter and other planetsfrom the 7th house. llis object would appear to be to place all the planets in the three Kendras, +th, 7th and l0th and in such a manner as to be "capable of bestowing their full aspect on the Lagna or the liloon ls the .case May be. The least number of p l a n e t s t h u s s i t u a t e d a n d c a p a b l eo f : r s p e c t i n gt h e V a r g o t t a m a Lagna or the \'{oon is four. "r-di{gmfri: i.e., "by planets other than the Moon " has reference only so far as I4na yogasaro concerncd,for the Moon cannot aspect itself. But the question is " Will the aspert of the Moon on the l.agna nullify the yoga if it 'Ihe is in the negative. In this arrswer c o n r p r l e t"e? is otherwise case, the Moon's aspect does not count, beinq productiveof neither good nor evil antl the l\{oon cannot be one of the planets making up the least nunrber of four above stated. Cf. g{.sitFldT.
C* C*C:15+6+
.l;li
yogasin a1l.
sl. 6
rv vv r vvvvv Y-v E t v vvvvv
qEfrss{rq;
vvvvv ! v v Y v ! v v v v v ! vv Y v v Y v v vv s Ylv
879
v v
qf&qrsfltun ugste+{tttfkt
qrfrwgorqfrftguosisi I r$dttar
ffi
tt Seqrq:sqflnsfqfiqRq.
380
lrce\tfur*
Adh. vU.
According to UtqTqlTetrifesilil{ and other works, threo or four planets in their exaltation r*q (Srvochcha), or in their own signs eki (Swakshetra)and are at the same time trine to one another, make a person botn in thc tolal famitlt, a King. Five or more such planets will make (nv lers0tt a King. But two such planets in the first case or four such in the second case will only make the person rich. Cl. gqerretqaT.
qeGfl+dtt:ar56pttqd't
erfggr;fiqfA' erlgogfudr<t:1g qgfrKr*: Q)jl} wft fiavrq r
t-sqm6
g*ffiqqqTq sg{t&
qtsRMrqlrrrrrt frrrqi
s{i\iryrtt"rffisdiiuus1
Sloka 7. When Venus is in the Znd bhavawhich nor owned by an enemy is neither the planet'sdepression q,nd wlren the lord of the Lagna iE strong, the percon
sl. g
qg*stqrq:
38r
born will becomca kinq. When the Moon- occupieE at night its own Navrmsa or one belongingto a very friendly planet and is aspected by Venus alone, a king comesinto the ',vorld.
:f. soiiii{r Norrs.
S/oAa E. Whcn Venus occupyingthe Lagnais in Meena and in a Navamsabelongingto Meena,th-eperson born is a king; (2) when the lord of the rising sign is
fiTCritqri
Adh.vlr.
strong in its exaltation and aspected by the Moon, a seesthe light ; (3) when the lord of the royal personage Lagnaoccupiesin the exaltationhousea Navamsabelong' ing neither to the depression sign nor to an enemy and :hat exaltationsign turns out to be a Kendra and has no other planet, a ruler of the earth is born under this Yoga. cl, qa*kr
ftt dtqi{t
Also gtttqofi
"}
rTfqqqq ll {grrddrq*a:qrfiofaqfl
(Laltu halJ). c/. Stoka 48, infra.
Slokl 9. When the full Moon is in the gth bhava a friendly house and occupyingits own, exaltation.or when Saturn and Mars occupy the lOth atrd the 2nd bhavas from the Lagnr, a lord of the earth is born, When the Moon is full and strong occupyinga Kendra by both Venus and other than the Lrgua and is aspected Jupiter, under such a Yoga is born a sovereignwho will generou:ly make gifts of land. Norns.
(Fhst hrlll. According to t{t{oi (Saravali), any planet in with its exaltation sign will bestow Kingidentical bhava the 9th bhava occupiesor aspectsit anl two other of that lord ship if the planets are in tlreir exaltation signs as trell. cf.
BL 10
(Srcond,half). Also 't-{atadr
qq*sqnq:
c7. sloka 47, infra.
883
qfi fiqaL I ftar+.\ftqqi iqefrsrrr famrur tt g*q euqe,dgb qrit qil nlftwrugeu: q\ n{ii owtd:gg{' frtr efr qfqfq ft'riq I
This yoga 6nds an exception when Tauttts happens to be the Lagna with the Moon there. c/. ilrr:wdi.
S/o&a 10. When a planet is in the highest exalta, by a very frier:dly planet, a tion point and is aspectcd into the world. A king's peer takes king is rrshered g he 1lth or the b i r t h w h e n V e n u s i s s t r o n g o c c u p y i r rt 12th bhava. When 2 or 3 planetsare in their cxaltation a n d t h e r i s i n gs i g n p o s s e s s , s i g n s ,t h e M o o n i s i n K a t a k a thc personborn will be a king honored ed of strengtl'r, everYwhere' NorES.
(Fi,st quarter). ,f. noaTii+t
884
Also gnrS-d
.r{t5qrftil*
Adb. VII.
{qRfr*des:+itfi sfq{iqfi(rr
See notes under sloka 6, sultra. According to Yavana's vievr quol.edin lirihat jat:rlia, one or two planets in thcir. exaltation, one of them being in the Lagna and the Mclon in .dzqi (Krtakr) will create Rajayoga. l6 such Rajayogas are possible under the above co;nbination. cf . yalatl.n
-\--^r \ \ ^ \ \ \ A qfll8riTg ?l,{TdqHerT Ql5r{ {liltr \ ^ qrsil tlqr{I: Fg: 1l
(Lattn
halJ.)
Ordinarily 3 cir four planets in their ex?iltationwi11,it is said, make a personborn in a Royal family a King. F'ive or more planets in exaltation will make any persona King. r../. ga-.nwfqg.
C:\
^f'
\n
Sloha 11. If all the beneficplanets be in the scqq (Upachaya) (3rd, dth, 10th and l1th) placesand the malefic one$in rhe lst or the 10th bhava, the person born will be a cruel king quelling his numerousfoes. If the Sun in conjunction with the Moon and in the Tth bhava occupy the exaltation and other Varga positionE while benefic and malefic planetsaspect themr a king or
SI, 12
eg*sqrqr
386
a king's equal of a very fickle disposition, will come into the world
Notrs, A manuscript copyreads the first quarter as follows:
Hfiofrrqwra fiqJeqt<gqqrcrrqfrpqrramor, t
eTRqilTqau{irT: rqil fqqqi qq{t q{qrgq: tl
(Lattct half). ol. HRFT6T
drqcaelqQqaqumfr{flQa:
Fqacexai {FfiGFrt.tt't;Eqtrn: I
qrflqftaqqalqqi qrrt
fr+fhtfiwqs6u*maf r
gfMgiln
Gq;rfrqr
mnwREt*
Adh.vII.
Moon and Jupiter be in the 3rd, the 9th and the 5th bhavas and have strength, the person born will be a king comparable with the God Kubera in respectto his rvealth' NorBs.
(First hatf). c/. q-d{k*,r
( tro.o{Erq t.qrd
trnqAqrMll tl ll
Slofrrr1-1. If at a birth, a planet be in its depression and if the lord of the sign occupiedby the planet or the lord of its exaltation sign be in a Kendra position in respectto the Moon's place or the Lagna, the person born will be a king and a just ruler. cf. q-o.f,.rfrr+r
$1.t4-t6
Also qRffilrfisr
qgqlsqrq:
387
ffiertaqturfi ffit
f,tqftqaiaql{FE fra:};qffiqq; 1 q{o} nqlt A qrkrq} Til rri{ '1 qnqnrfr q(nHG qrtrqilitsqil
dqe*gEqEfrrsqttrqrifirqi rrt( r oil dqut Wqtgft r-* qnq{t Grt'fffiqFEt q{t qfl uqrilnrfr rr+{ ll t\ ll
Bloha L5. When the lord of the lOth bhavais in the 8th, occupyinga Navamsaownedby its exaltation sign, its own uftr (Rasi) or a friendly rrr?r (Rasi),or has attaineda cnrrain (Paravathamsa), the personborn will be a king of kings. If Jupiterbe depressed in the Lagna
crcs-riftlte
A&. VII.
of the 8rh bhava (64th frum ihe Lagna)bc that of a rriir (Rasi) owned by the maref ic orr"ner in question, under this yoga also will be born a king of kings.
iirt oaqfi a ft"fqilg{iutrqi q+( | qrrtaaTnqiti ffiqt {-gR{t {r ?qi et Er{rfti g}-qgrun gh r nqiiqr n I q fl
St.oka16. \l/iren Jupiter, being rhe lord of the rising sign, occupiesthe r2rh bhava and when saturn, the lord of thc 3rd bhavais in thc r2th prace in respecr to Jupiter or when the Sun occupiesthe ltth bhava from th,: Lagna, the personborn will be a king of kings. If the iord of the Navamsaoccupied by cherord of the 9rh bhavabe in the 5th or the tih bhava,a king into the world. If Mercury be in conjunction ""r., with or aspecrei by ,iupiter, the person born will be a king.s favorite. Nores' r/.- qqi{f-{or,{r?r
gil "r4 rql art nal qrfinqrfqq r uq} gii q4ar:rr fiard {rq{l;ir
irrrqlfitqlrqrgsi{iilfqna} g& r gzruraqt qrsRZqhts) qqat, rt
qT-t Sloka. ( D l r ^ r , u r .l a g n a ) s a l j s f i c s t l r e c o r r t l i t i o n s of llre above
sl. t7-I8
8*rs4rq:
389
o* ffi
390
ltlrclRr|t
Adh. VIL
qt *qqq.trrrSililqtqr{c{gfr
Sloha L9. When Saturn is in strengtb and has attainedsqsEd (Uttamavarga, when Jupiter occupiesa one,and when the Sun Navamsaother than a depression by benefic pla, is in a benefic Navamsa and is aspected nets, the person born will be in the good gracesof a king and equalto him If Rahu be in the 10th bhava, if Saturn occupying the llth be aspected by the lord of the 9th bhava, and if the lord of the rising sign be un, associated with a depressed planet, the person boro under this yoga will be like a lord of the earrh. cf. ssirft?'ilft
sl. 21
sFrilstqrq:
891
onis$gilftfi graErqrqrt=frqt
-fhe Sloka 27. following are the three yogasunder person born becomeawealthy. In any one of which a the first yogar the lords of the 10th and the 9th bhavas counted from the Lagna are in conjunction and aseocia ted with the lord of the 2nd bhava; in the 2nd yoga, the lords of the 10th and the 9th, reckoned from grr (Subha), i e. the lords of the 6th and the 5th bhavas from the Lagna occupy each a sign owned by the other and are asgociatedwith traqfh(Dhanapathij i.e. the lord of the 2nd bhava; in the 3rd yoga, tbe lords of the 10th, from the 10th, i.e. the lords and the 9th bhava calculated of the ?th and the 6th bhavas from the Lagna occupy with qtcft mutuallyaspectingKendrasand are associated (Dhanapati). If the severalpairs of planets mentioned above be aspected or associatedwith the lord or the karaka(orro) of the 4th bhava, the person born under each of the several resulting yogas will have at his command much wealth and many vehicles. Norrs.
The first 3 quartersof thrs sloka are also capable of beine i n t e r p r e t e dt h u s : " If the lords of (t) tfre l0 and 9th houses counted from the (Z) counted fronr houses the 9th house the and 9th lOth Lagrn, (3) from reckoned the lOth houses housebe in the l0 and 9th and conjunction, occupy each a sign orvnedby the other, or occupy mutually aspecting Kendras, or be associated(at the same time) ithw the lord of the secondhouse, the personborn will be wealthy."
39rl
af. qoqtft+r
{tcTniilti
Adh. VII.
sl, 2I
,f . rRtlr(
uqtsnlr.l3
393
U,itqd+ii aG:frqil*a =qtt: tt ..1-qtq*aw rl t,t ngare-aif ftq.t r qErrl qmfhilfl*il qrsfti*,qfiqn]
The association of the lords of the Kendra and Kona olaces is capable of producing Rajayogas.
cl.
onat-qi:{di
taR+)qqna: sfih
Also
q{Fq{qI
$twordfeirqnzqrq{d: II
jg: J_l' il1 _ _,_ _ _ _ :yg: """__ _ "_ """, "__ "", """,
qeqtfEqfigh qrnlrftqilFrtrnqu
'
gql dgq+ rmr qdt qr aFflqlsR Er rt ffq: qfi +fia-d qrqsfQ qfrq.r,t
aqrqr'qprrt,{qftqntilsfl rfirq t
ail rdq-61qofiflquaqqqt-
sgqrn +'iftf{qqrrq} tRqad qgrqlasR\qft qtnnr.itfr qifq 1 1 qil il-qirl aawga*ris{,rai qorrrdt qs qqqfts frt nG{: I qaqfll{orfr flqr inr-qrerfi egffi qqqfr' lt grsrctqonrq{oqrcil
In these cases it is not very nccessary tbat the lords of the Kendras and Kcnas should be two difierent planets. One planet may be the 1orclof two Kendras or a Kendra and a Kona and yet a good result will be produced though not to the same extent as when they are owned by two separate planets.
cf. sta-Tqr?4+r
sl" 22
sffi5sqzt:
395
6: {{tllkl
glq: m{Iiq'[;qKqrs--qqlI
3 r/6
|IirucrRilt
Adb" vrr.
Also qttrq
From the above, it is also clear that benefic plauets in eralta_ tion make the king virtuous and that if the planets in exaltation which go to raise him to kingship be both malefic and benefic. he will be of a mixed nature. (Jeevasarrna) adds that malefics in exaltation do noi- bestow royalty on the persor) born under their auspices; he will be wealthy and at the same time cruel, angry and quarrelsorne. r {. And {iqaqi
sl. 23-24
sErTr$qr|t:
397
Stoha 23. When Saturnis in *c (Kunbha) iden, tical with the Laqnaand whcn four planets occupy their is born. When *e (Mesha) exaltation signs,an emperor occupiedby Mercury is the rising sign and Jupiter is in the exaltationsign, a ruler o[ men comesinto existence.
{"rtssg1-6 ilqru(wrqrlqq ll R8 ll
Sloka 74. If the Moon occupying the rising sign qeir (Vrishabha)be aspecredby the remaining six pla. nets,the personborn will bocome king at an early age. If one planet be in the exaltationsign while the rest are in their own or friendly signs,thc yoga will secure to gooJ person irnder the born it, a portion o[ thc thinga of life such as it is the good fortune of kings to have. Nores.
(First half ). supru. Also +11{l{,4 c ' f . t h e l a t t e r h a l f o f s l o l ; a6 2 i n A < l h 1 ' a y a Il,
\A
Sg{wae;g ieqd qq-d qG qasttd: q{qfi aq}qqrfir qrqFfl] gqqqqqftP:r: n \q rqfd qgqqtq:mri*q: gtq, tt
Also toiiitqt
qqqdt-$q{frqrqqftqrmq
ftqnqEfifrftilqqofirFnqre);qo: I
398
cntscrftcrt
Adh.vrr.
gfm${q;i vtrr q;(qfr qit (g'J{qri qi\i irrTfirrrT{ | qqgqffiQ rrrggi il: <IT( etftrrwogilf {i{qrsq;rrf il lq ll
S l o h o 2 6 . W h e n t h e M o r n i n c o n . ; u n c t i ow n rth ugu (Dhanus.), |upiter and Vcnus occupies Mercury is in Lagna, e;;rr (Kanya) the Mars in and Saturnoccupying the 4th bhava rs in Tr+{lN4akara), chep.rson born will b e a m i g h t y k i n g h e l d i n h i g h r e g a r db y a l l o t h c r k i n g s . ifi;qilTrTFlS{qHqqrfia{:
fl rff glTrrrgtflgg(trTro! |
\C
Slokt 27 Tir,: pcrst-rnat whose birth lr.4ercury, the Mocn, Mars, jupiterand Saturnoccupywn(Kanya), fra (Meenr), icEa (Mithuna), ugc (Dhanus) and rr.D' (Makrra,lrespe:tivelywill bccomeking" Arrotheryoga leadirr;i m kingly iortune is wh:n .the full Moon wirh
sl. 28
e8frsEqrq:
999
abundant strength occupieswir (Meena) identical with the rising aign and when Mars and Saturn are in qlt (Makara) and 6q (Kumbha) respectively. Norrs.
(First half ). In this yoga, the rising sign must be q{( kara). c/. gqsna-+ (Ma-
t qt o* ntqftgqd-qqqt,
{I{Ir$Tq: (atrif: gggEqil: g{orilii: I
Also emildl
(Second l*tf ).
c/. tRta.li
crdr|rtlitr
Adh. vrl.
by the Moon becomesa king. Again when Maru, the $un, and Jupiter occupy iespectively wor (Makara), *l (Mesha) and iirr (Kumbha),the person born is a krng. (First hqlf ). c/. qr,r{6.
onrf{\6qgi qR Krfqd
qritqqirrGilr Wgnqhr:
gs{e{Wffi g nsil|
Sloku 29. If the full Moon in conjunction with a planet other than the lord of the Lagna be aspected by Venue, Mercury and Jupiter, the person born will be a king. Again, if Jupiter, Venus and Mars occupy ctrvItn (Vargottamamsa)and malefic planets be not in Kendra houses, the personborn uncrerthis yoga becomes a ruler of men. c/. racor
frif{is AAogw qt
orrftt q{{i ftrqRri Er
qEtq:I dFqdqurgirs,'c+ urr gqrsrgf gtqfiq6; ar( il Qo11
S/oAa SrJ. When all the planers occupy ftTqo (Seerehodaya) cigna and when the Moon o..rrpyirg eao (Kataka) is aspectedby benefic planets, th" p"i*on born is a king. Again when the lori of the risiig oign
s, 31
s$*$rtrq;
401
occupiesthe 9th or the 10th bhava and when the Moon is in the Lagna, the person born will be a ruler of the earth. c/. qnrs.R
nl.tftiiis{ir*
Stoka 37. The Sun has traversedthe first hali of egt (Dhanus),the Moon is just tirerd; Saturn possesied of much power is in the Lagnaand Mars is in the exal, tation sign : If this be the planetary position ar a person's birth, he will grow into sucha mighty king that his enemies, overwheimed by his fiery valour will do homage to him from afar, regarding him rvith awe and giving up all idea of measuringtheir strengthwith him in battle. Nores.
cf. This as well as the two succeeding slokas are from tn<f+&. gt-drtrf
of g*s}'dtfidqqqolrq rgfr:
c/. Also rm<{Rr
Q{rqlsrrc-q
4ry1
in a quadruped sign.
qrtrt$Rqa
Adh. vn.
His own as well as his exaltation signs are 'l'he quadruped both ones. second half of qgi{ (Dhanus) is also a quadruped sign and the Sun is stronger there than in the first half.
qrrfgeiq$r il it ll qEfr;rtrnQrt
Sloku 32. When the lord of the Lagna occupies an sqszr(Upachaya)placein respectto the Moon, when the benelic pldnetr occupying Kendra positions are in beneficNavamsas, and when the malefic planetshave no strength at all, the person born will be a kirrg equal in might to Indra (the ruler of the immortals).
SloA,r 3il. If, at the birth of a person, the Sun be about to go to the exaltationpoint, the Moon be in s&e (Swakshetra) and Jupiteroccupy oao (Kataka), the person born will hold sway over a region teeming with many gemsand precious$tones.
qq frshi rGwq]fi Er
eqt{saTrGgnrtrrqTtr fr{HftI Eatqqg|gqrrr $iF( ftnofqElueiarq n iB fl
Sloka 34. If, at a person's birth, the Sun in a Tri, kona poaition be in the qgH.rur (Moola Trikona) qr exaltation sign and if the Sun, Venus and N{ercury, being respectivelyin the 3rd, the 6th and tbe gth bhavas from the M<.ron, occupy Navamsas belonging to them
El. 86-86
sa*srqrq:
408
severally, they makethe per$on born a king who wilf guardhia kingdomjust as a cowherdguards his kine.
Nores.
The following is the yoga given in qltt+ii for the same effe:l
SloAa 35. If the Sun, the Moon, Mercury and Venus be in the 10th bhava occupying friendly Navam, aasin a sign which is not owned by an enemy and where they neither becomeinvisible nor depressed, the persol)born under this yoga develops into a great king in whose royal progresa,the dust is laiJ by the ruttish flow exuding from elepharrts composinghis train. Norss.
This as well as the next four slokasare taken from grn4d. The yoga menbioned in this stoka is applicable only to persons born in the royal family.
Slotrr 36. If, at the birth of a person,Mars occupy in strength the exaltationsign and be aspected by the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter, that personthough low,born will become an illustrious ruler of men, capable of protecting the whole earth.
404
fiftnftflt
Adh. VII
iu""o.
sL 88-42
g8*sscr'{:
408
ilruTlTrftqe
Adh.vrl
10th and Marsthe lst, the person born will undoubtedly become a king
qngM
qft r {r qqr{frgdr
qatr&qr q'rqqt
SloAa .t6. Ir the lord of the rising sign occupying the exaltation sign aspectthe Moon, the person-bori
s\.41-4s
sEc}ssrrq:
under the yoga cannot but becomea leadingking in the world subduing millions of his foes by means of hie tnfantry and cavalry. armedforcesconsistingof elephanto, cf . srnoJ
\loho 48. When the lord of the rising sign occunor pying a *-qrna (Kendra bhava) is not depressed, in house, nor inimical nor in an by the Sun, obscured conjunction with another planet ; the person born will be an emperor'
cf . irF{fqFo
qgfQerqdi qE erq) {dgd: fto +.oz*rilsR il t qfrilft dqr qq qqqiq q fiqfifrewq. tl eTfard
grq;(Rililer!
gf,itfiq{qn
iltr qG {{tqtorgiwqfiffirt ll Bq lt
Sloha 49. If, at the time of a perlon's birth, Jupiter, the Moon and the Sun occupy the 5th, the 3rd and the fth bhavae,the person born will be a king as rich ac Kubera"
408
ltiNrfrlte
Adh. vrr.
orq qnlqqt qfi qnt q;qsFr U{dEr:I qqfi nErq{fr{r, flq<ZqqFEd: flrg: il
Sloha t2. Mars occupies in stregrgth the gth rieing sign Makara, Saturn is in the or the lith bhavaand the Sun in conjunction with the Moon is in tbe 7th bhava,the person born will be a fickle,minded sovereign.
*-rqr guq{rnqti grrrfiqifrqil qrftr t olq' {sgitrm'torRqe} w?iquqrfudt qiq ll \? ll qrii'rsqf,rdl qR q-<r q--'{ftqorqfirit
Sloha 54. If, at a person's birth, the lord of the Lagna occupy an stTilq(Upachaya) place, the Moon the 9th bhava and the benefic planets occupying benefic Vargasin Kendra positions have sttength, the person born will be a king. If Jupiter and the M<;on be in Vrishabha, and the lord of the rising sign occupying a dror(Kona) be exempt from the aspect of Saturn and Mars, the personat whose birth this yoga obtains will becomea ruler of the earth. ( Lutter half). ct. sl(Fdi
410
crfifcrftrt
Adh.vII.
ffi
fiqwffi$ffirrfrrftffirr
r
d tt \\ tl
SloAc 55. If, at a person's birth, the Sun be in Meenaand the Moon in Kataka, the personborn becomes a king. The planets one and all fail to bestow the royal fortune when aspectedby inimical or depressed planete.
q-qafr RuaRg{a"qrfqfr
Sloha 66. A single planet occupying his highert exaltationpoint and aspected by friendly planetsprodu, (or ces a king a leader of men), Such a planet though single wilI makethe personimmensely wealthy if lre be also associated with another friendly planet. But when planeteare in inimical or depression signs, the persons born under the inauspiciousyoga, are (t) without wealth, (2) without comfort, (3) without intellect, (4) sickly, (5) a{flicted with captivity, (6) involved in murdersand 1?) other equally wicked crimes (succes, sively as the number of the badly placed planets rise graduallyfrom 1 to 7).
Norts. This sloha is frorn F3rihatJataka. By the word fdz (Uitra) in fd+qiqtq (It{itrat,ogat), it is natural friendship iis.iq"T (Nisarga maitratva) that is meant and not the dt({Ifu{ (tatlatika). First half . The interpretation given above is what has been given by Bhattotpala, and in the face of it appearsas most unlikely. For, from a reference to Ilrihat Jataka XlX.I, it will be seenthat the Moon in Taurus aspectedby the Sun, Mars and Mercury produces no good eflects ; aide alsa XIII-I of the same work.
s|.67
qEgTSt"TTq:
+rl
The word gq'q: (Uchchagaha) haS been translated in the text as "occupying his highest exaltalion point." C/. ern-+rrftsnqqrk{ c(dlqisfrgil e} qR qqrqfr: VII-tt Supra. May not the word iqa (Ivlitra) in fltse: (Mitradrishtaha) mean the Sun ? By the word rgq: (Uchchagaha) Varahamihira appears to imply Jupiter, Mars and Saturn. Mercury and Venus are not taken into considerationas these can never come in opposition to be aspectedby the Sun. This yoga is possible in the following way :(l) Mars in Makara and the Sun in Kataka. Q) Jupiter in Kataka and the Sun in Makara. (3) Saturnin Tula and the Sun in Mesha. The Sun thus in opposition to any one of these three planets i n e x a l t a t i o n t o g e t h e r w i t h a f r i e n d l y p l a n e t n r a k e st h e n a t i v e wealthy as well besides a {r (Nripa a king or leader of men). It is only such rich people that suffer from very longstandingdiseases s u c ha s d i a b e t e s p , l e u r i s y ,e t c . , ( l , l r i h a t . i a t a k a X , XIII-Z-9)
qtqiftqfriqdialafigt qqilftrqtqr: r
4t2
r|dftTlRqt
Adh. VIL
Saturn in Makara is therefore capable of conferring the appearance of royalty. As for Kumbha, Satyacharya has declared that sign Kumbha as ascendant is not auspicious, 'Ihe yavanas did not agree with the above view, but were of opinion that it is only the Kurnbha f)wadasarrrsas (in all lagnas) that are bad. This view has been supported bv (Srutakirti) but again opposed by ?afiiiil Vishnugupta iiqSt "/. g
fiuolgs
offqd) q qtre* qqt: t O,rqrquqrtil qlq s{qi onqdFurTfissodr srd ll qzqlqretrfrqi q qd d.fr{{rreilil0tT{ | flqF$qfion) q;q;qil,it q aqrq, tt
\r
Varaharnihira, cloes not agree with Satyacharya's views. Nor does he al)pear to agree with Vi ;hnugupta in thinkin,{ that the above views of Yavana are incorrect and that it is only the Kumbha lagna in a birth that is bad and not the Kumbha dwadasamsa. For Aquarius as Ascendant for Rajayogas and leaders is one among the several ascendants of rnen according to Varahamihira. in the present case seerns there-
oi v.qtfqrfraEoirErcqffqu{ u \c tl
sl. 68
g8r{rsEqr|t:
413
Sloka 58. The good influence of planets is at its r o a x i m u mt,h r e eq u , r r t e r sh , r l f , a g u t r t e r ,a t i t s m i n i r n u m or nil accordingas th- planetsare in th: exaltationsign, qorQt'rur (Moolatrikona), sta (Swakshetra), fra&n : (Mitrakshetra friendly sign), rafrz (Satrukshetra =ini, mical sign), depression sign or (cJmbustion)conjunction with the Sun.
NorEs' I n t h e c a s er . , fb e n e f i c s , := (Ll.h.ha) t r i kona) a. {zie+irq ( \,Ioo1 r.+gt (Swakshetra) fqeq{x(ntitrakshetra) azta (Satrukshetra.) aiq (Neecha) e 1 d {( A r k a g a . C o r r r b u is ot n)
'fhis order should lte reverserl for the nralellcs.
1
j j t ,
Ful l eflect
.i! I 'j 1. 'l rr
tt
g+ro (Subhaplrala) will inr:rclse if in :,i (li, hcha). -{{qiTl{_ c;4 ( :\subhabhevaphala ) rvill inr.reasc onl5. in qj'{ (Neecha). B e . e f i c s a r e g o o d i r e x a l t a t i o . , N l a l c f l r : sa r e g o o t l i n d e l r r e s s i o n . I\falelicsare bad in v*1 (l1c1'.h',1. 'fhe proportions given above are rvith respcct to benelrcs. In t h e c a s e o f r n z r l e f i c sw e r l t u s t r e v e r . s e t h c r : f l e r : t s ; e.O. a benefic g o r r lr . s u 1 t ; ( i . e . f u l l . ) ; i n r l e l ; r e s s i < t . lll6 e f l e c t . A r n a l e l l c : i n i ' l - t ( N t , e rh : r ' rr ; r r s t g i v e ' j g o o d e f l e c t a n d i n ea (Llch,:ha) I /.32good eftect. f'his rvill be founcl to hold sood for frnance. jIrJldr:in eraltatio'gi'es'ery
qfi' dti q{q(ft( qftr}ur fFqterq*i eS dqgqr{'ft f{*ir rrg}rq r eirnqrt ftqft r U'i Aq\ f,tqlsfi
q)ffi n*rrqfA&"dsqlFqlqq fl q II
i \
414
{tfirFtfttcRt
Adh. vll.
ffi
S e ea l s o V I I I ' l 1 6 i n f r a '
n qsrr{gw*rrr; ll
q6ftqtqttqg$ufrqqrnr " | EfUgt! Sq{etqimqEgrr
hrrRqcr qfq qil qurdqqE{i( ll \q ll qrs6rrqrcmrqiqqn
Sloha 59. Accordiilg ag Mars, Mercutv, .lupiter' thc greateststrength and ocVenus or Saturn possessing cupying a Kendra is in the qoB+ior (Moolatrikona), .t-u (S*^kshetra) or srq (Swochcha),will the result' rra (Bhadra),i'e ing Rajayogabe namedta+ (Ruchaka), (Hansa), croac (Malavya) or r{{t (Sasa)the beautiful'
cf "r', tttrl4"i
qi) q qoe+q qfift: elqFqtql qt' afi'}iid'lrct qq t {nls IwFaE"ts qtz"ditqn: {ri'ts'lt,f}ii tq*r qqwqlll qiqlsa ,qif fa(ogc;l: t t\ r+it s rr+rt-eq 66
*,qq iitqr eq+r."qqeQqlpqqTa6q{afiiflil:ll
Al so
al4q,l {il t{
81. 61
qgfr5qnr:
416
Sloha 60 The person born under the auspicious yoga will possess physical strengtn, (Ruchaka) tao fotrune, fame and iine qualities. He will have a know' ledgeof sciences ; he will be versedin the sacredhymnc, the method of praying with themand the art of producing a king or a king's compeer' magicspells, He will become t{e will have a lovely attractive person; he will be libzral, victorious and wealthy. He will live 70 yearE an army with a in comfort and happiness,commarrding good supply of fleet horses. Nores.
ln the following 3 slokas from (I(4o1 the eflect of binh in the ts;h.{'}qis given in more detall :
rsRq(Ura {tf,rw*r I ilsqHrtrT+r$*ae<1qft q'i s dq +tti $d'-{qeqq.tt q"qrftqngq|Fqoql HA Err{tfl{ r fl;uq1qoflaft{t( unfu qsfAsql
dreTnoEilffg: qqlft tqRtq Q?fi:11
Also $.s-{iftqr.ch. vI-sl. 2.
1t
4t6
qerqtftile
Norrs.
Adh.vrl.
I t i s n c t c l e a r w h y t h i s s l o k a i r a s b e e nb r o u g h t i n h e r e . T h e r e a d i n gi s s l i g h t l y d i f l e r e n t i n n ' . 2 ' r f t d tc l a . .
oetfqq: ft;qrn: +ilfi q.},rrfi{l;I $o5qqrcq{I qa{il;qrqftmqmfi qqfiq\if g dr qrd:tl g?tftt ft;qqt q.*q: qlFqq{ITiI r 1lu}rr+iir qdlsd .iltsfboqreFdr qtr{igr} zqfiqfhq,rr guqrfqt goqfiqraErt gr?q qq *l' 1 rarwfb, ulfqq. rg* agurrqgnit a\'qw* qqqrfqgr,tt {I-qtdit trqt n}*qe} {fi;4: ql.glrf,TqrFtqn: I qrdi fiRi *(fiq, ieil,ii ,i\qrRm, qqdrqlqftflq' rr orqTqlt$-qt +rrtg: Fflr qJ,iiqrqt'd:T ;rR: I g|qgu, ll tflqr$, tfiir q-qg6)S6ara, nq-S
sI. 62-6ff
Gtsrttssrq:
417
{rmqrrq}
qqqftI qtrlwqlerd
II urqnlagqRdrggrlomT{qqfiPql
dlq+rrilfr+r nd rguiqqrd?gorr
{
qrs{tfriqilrgifiiigoryrqdiGqqrq lt qRll
Sloha 62. With the faceof thetiger, with the ma' jestic gait of the elephant, with a broad massivechest, with lcng brawny rounded arms and of a commanding stature, the man born under the Bhadra (rrq; yoga will be a king high'spirited and diligently devoted to the befriendingof kinsmenand well'wishers. He will reach the ageof 80 displaying commrnding genius and enjoy' ing vast fame and extensive wealth. NorBs.
This slolra is talren 6.o- q1114d' Three nrore slokas from that work on the sanle yoga are extracted below:
ggi g*qqdldqlsoFfi Raq fdl{t(: 1 irrar TSTfRSa q'F'{dE:gqlill: || q HrgelaqrTqqqlT g,qqfr trglti6r15
418
rrcrc|ft!rt
Adh. vtl.
well,formed; he has the voice and the phlegm of the Bwan; he is fair,linbed; he is blessed with a beautif ul wife; he is himself lovely like the God of love ; he has every comfort at his ccmmand; he is intent on acqui. ring a knowledgeof the sacred scriptures ; he is acute; has great merits ; his life is 82 years; he is beneficient and devotedto virtue.
Notos. Tbe following about this yoga. slokas from (rtlsd give more information
qnaFqq] gxui)QR: ror<ifanqrfrr: ilr, {tqrq}o{sfrrq} $er' *uqo, I tqr ;qisaqrw.e grr0fi fr nqrorqt. ,ifearrarfi Ok..rlsgerfr t"dq qootqfi: tl
Ia6: qrq{'rlgltrght ilr q m ftrt, tt ufreralg rut dg i qfr qqlfii{tqri: I
^ a \ . \ \\ s
Sloka 61. The person born under the wrsaqqtq has the gestures,the graceful bodily $tructure and the eyes o{ a female; he is handsome, meritorious and powerlul ; he is blcsscd with children, wife, vehicles and '* ealth ; he knows the meaningof the sacred ecrip, : he rs cle tureE ; he rs learnecl ver in the application of
sl. 65
ef,dhlqf{:
119
the three regal powers-energy, capacityand counseli he is liberal ; he is fondly addictedto other women and he wili attain to the ageof 77. cf. strtrdl
q FTfrfr q ftqqqgalftntrr$HFqt'i fl1q' flilqftfif6ilq: grr;q: I w iisrlr: sqfAfiq]qrghrTgqrft qte",iisq fresfhTq:Hsfii:q{rutT{ tl q+r 1frqn flnrfi qflrsorfi)."1q mqnatqn ftrdq I rTra--qflflqga: n Uqfhiq orZRHrTrilfh;gqqrRqnT1 tl
aEQrrnlqqft, wlsi nfrsfnqlit frErqqn: I qiig wr' qr,i.qql qrfAegqRe: aarflgijg lr qqlarjt qafifqrn\a'grarRf*fiqrit.it qqft firnaaa: +He: r
4n
rr"r'rlRqt
Adh. vII.
rTero:gfrif dsW: ru-dtJn qqtfh seftflnrfi *tfi nsqqmfld+: fHfrqfr: *8fr q++:tl
C/. no{ifr+r ch. 6 sloka 4.
qE{rrd$'urr{r srfuqlrrrffiilg n qq tl
Sloha 66. [n such planetary conjunctions as ql*'i'r.r (Adhi.yoga, airie slokas 113 115 infra.) the powerful planetto which the yoga is due and which has the aspect on itself of lesspowerful planets will producethe effect of the yoga in its (nr (dasa)period. Nores.
This is a quotation from q,irq. The time when a yoga takes effect is as describedin this sloka in the case of all yogas except those which are effectiveall through life and the Rajayogas where the 4{ri (dasa)and q;dt{t (Antardasa)periodsof^thelord or the occupant of the Lagna or the l0th bhava will bring about kingship. cf. {{cskrd
ll rrrfiqTq+rr:ll
qrdhtlqt gt rrftrgdrgrqfbeq.ffir r qt qpfidTrrsrf {uqqr flqr{ftr.qilt rrr;q{aftf{qqr{Trftilfqdir! fq?iirriq rrQutr
Sloha 67. If Mercury be in the Znd bhavawith respect to the Sun, if the Moon be in the llth with
sl. 68-69
qafr5tzlrT:
421
respectto Mercury and if Iupiter be in a +fu (Kona) the yoga is calledBhaskara with reference to the h.4oon, (rrrt+t). Thc personborn in the qR.{q'trr(Bhaskarayoga) is brave,lord like, versed in the interpretation of the handsome,wit[i a rvealth of musical tones, scriptures, good at reckoning, resoluteand comperent.
qriii ilrf?frrqroprrhsqqmqrf.qq: il qc tt
.S/oio ti8. If Mars be in thc 3rd bhava from the Moon, Slturn in thc Trh frc:n Mars, Venus in the 7th from Saturn,and Jupit.-r irr thc ?th from Venus, the yoga is styled Indr,t. fh: pcrson born in this yoga wili bc cclcbratcdramiable, r.rorthy of r,lyal rank or in a n Cp o s s e s sIe s o m es i m i l a r p o s i t i o n ,e l o q u e n t of wealth, fame,bcaut) and prowess liverse ornamelrts,
gsq qlurqfiger g{gii: gi {rfi qriilri: fi;qqmqqnh&Rqnii 'ipit qrda*r t qtrTii E{tgiTfr ft{roUqqfr{ui(it ilrqia(
wql mqiimqgS{d {FilsrIEI di{Tqlll qq ll
Slofra 69. If Jupitrr occupy a Kona from Venus, the Mocn the 5th bhavafrom Jupiter, the Sun a Kendra from the Moon, the rcsulting yoga is termed cedFr (Maruthyoga), i e. wind yoga The personwho has his (Vayuyoga) wili be eloquent,broadbirth in the arg,i'rn big,beliied,conversant with the tcriptures, br.-asted, thriving, clever in striking bargains, and of royal rank or in some position approachingthereto.
4m
qril5qffi.rIe
Adh. VII.
rtMq:rt
onrQftRqtt qfq qr r{(er
$1.?3-76
8qlss{rq:
423
SloA,rsiz 73. lf the 2nd. the 12th and both the houses from the Moon be occupicd by planecsother wtnt than the Sun, the yogasare termed g<nr (Sunapha) (Anapha) and gtstr (Dhuradhara) rcspectively. In the of thesethree yogas,the artrologermay declare absence the effectof *qqsr{m (Kemadrumayoga).
cl. .Fo{Tfq-{r NorBs. .\
g *ngr: tt ftqtfiifqf,iiRfiarqr
Vide also sloka 83, infro.
I wi qqr* qR alqe} qnt{r+qrfi qftaqlrrq qii;go{Iih*ri iiqrrqiqmihi qngf (qI <rq ll \eull
5hku 74. When chc Moon in conjunccion with by a male{ic Navamsa and is aspected the Sun occupies the a depressedplauet, the person born experiences (Daridrayoga). The very 6ame effect of ti.re qftqq'rn o f t h e p e r s o nw h c s e b i r t h e f f e c tf o l l o w s a l s oi n t h ( ' c n s e takcsplaceat nighc tim': wlren the 8th bhava from the by a malefic or occupied waning Moon is eithcr aspcctcd planet.
Sloku 75. When the Moon seized by Rahu or by a malefic planet, the personborn Ketu is aspected soon gets into poverty. When the houge representing
424
crf,lFrrrfr.ire
Adh. VII.
Slctka'7(t, When the Moon aspected by a l-.cnefic p l a n e tw o r s t e di n p l a n e t a r yf i q h t i s s l i z e db y R a h u o r Ketu in an cclipsc, the person born is indigent. The sameis the effect when the Moon occtrnies in the aigrr Thula the qri (Varga) owned by an ininrical sign and is a s p e c t eb dy a d e p r e s s c o d r i n i m i c a lp l l u . . t
;i +tqi?drqirRq+iqiqri'qrifui
qqt{ KgqlTq(iq{UQq( qildlsEqr
!\' \ \ .\ n r!1. \
qraiqrr?qiia'rlqqgd'iiaqerqiHi tr \e\e tl
S l o k u 7 7 . W h e n t h e M o o n o c c u p y i n ga K e n d r a or a Kona is in the ef lVarga) of its depression or i n i m i c a ls i q n a n d w h e n J u p i t e r i s i n t h e 1 2 t h , t h e ( r t h or the tirh bhava from tlie Moon, the person born will be indigent. Again, if the Mor;n occupying a malefic * { r ( A m s a )a n d a s p e c t e b d y a n i n i m i c a l p l a n e tb e i n a moveablc sign or if the m;rlefic a m s a o c c u p i e db y t h e Moon thus aspectedbelongto a moveable sign and if the Moon h;rvc riot the aspcct of Jupite r u1,.on it, the p o v e r t y o f t h e p e r s o nb o r n i n t h i s y o g a w i l l b e u n p a r a l , leled
sl. 7g-&
sg*sqrq:
426
eachby the other or occupy one and the same sign, the personborn under this yoga, though of a princely family (Kemadrumayoga). of hcqq+rrt the effects will experience
ftqffiqffiq: 11
\3
ll
Slolc 80. There is no yoga producing poverty a Kendra is aspect' when the Moon or Venus occupying eclby Jupiter. Again when rl," Moon associatedwith a benefic planet or belwe:entwo benefic planets is aspectedby Jupiter, the qilari'ru (Daridrayoga) does not exict. 64
426
q{dtqrRulil
Adh. vil.
g qgrtr hqnqitotwfi t utatrfuqi)1frs-q"w ' qE'je t'i qtnqise{{I r,qili iuqi hfirh'qqqinhsq qqirgffiqf(qr q i tr dRtl
S/o/a,z ri-1. When plarrets otlrerthlrr th': Sunoccupy the 2nd, thc 12th,or both the 2nd and thc l2th houses from the N{oorr, thc rcsulting3 yo,1as arer,:spcctivciy styl, ganr (Sunapha\, wanr(Anapl-rr) ed and gtrrr (I)hurudhar;r). Ir is declarcd b v t h e m a j o r i t yo f a s t r o l o g c r s tbat in thc abscnce of the 3 yog;rs dcfinedabove, there is the *c4cdrrr (Kemadrumayoga). Rutthereare otherswho wou-ld
iC-\
sl. g3
qg*sqrq:
427
not allow the *lrecqtrr (Kemadrumayoga)where the *;{ (Kendra) (calculJted from the Lrgna or tira Moon) is associated with a planet. Scme there are who declare that the 3 yogasganr (Sunapha), uanr (Anapha) and gturrr (Dhurudhara) are to be reckon:d from the presenceof planets other than the Sun in the 4th and the 10rh Ken, dra from the Moon instead of f rom rhe 2nd and the l2rh housesfrom the Moon; and the absenceof any of th:se 3 yogas indicates the presenceof ilcac (Kernadruma). Another classwould declarethe three |ogm in ref erence to the.Navamsaoccupied by the Moon, i.c. f ind the Rrsi owrring the Navemsa which the lr{oon occupies ; if reckoningfrom this Rasi,thc 2nd or the l2th R;rsi or both be occupied by planets oth.:r than the Sun, these three yogasexist. *cec (Kemadrurnr)is the abserrce of any of these3 yogas. But rhe holdersof theselasr two viewsn are not recogoised as authorities in the scicnce of astrology.
NorBs. l'his and tlre next trvo slol<as are taken frorn grsll"Td. Nole.--In, the yogas ytropctttn,lc,l lty lhis sl.oku, tlrc Sun is rtlutoy:; l;.ept ottt ttf consi,,lerrttiott.. hqlf ). Thi: authoritics rclied on l;y qrt{tqt?r with regirrd to this half of tlrc slolil a[)peirr to be {ri(i{t, rll;itr{i{ and {ra!ll{r{ an<l srrch otlrer n'orlrs, rvlrerc. in the absencc of the 8 yogas Qtiz.) ('1.rq, s;f[t and -.o'1rr), 'L-q4{ is rieclarcd as positive. (ltirst
cf . r,i< e'i<r.
Bi+RdEg 1r qr qr fFqts'qfFqaqqi( r 3iil ,j}{rRfq'Sfiodr: qFRirqqfiq'}: tl qrqsrqrEqiEgrg{rsfq qI gn$T qf,qfift,ilrT: eT;q,lr tqdq: Fd:ll
x But parasara the last two views. has recognised
428
Also qr-qtqq
lrurrcrftlla
Adh. vII.
t\
+flrsdlar q:i offrit-qqftsqET tl qRa: .ilq' *saq] nTrT dEr ndr t qqf;dfiflqnrqruqrfiqrqftngdt: tl
That is, if the 2nd or the l2th house counted from the lvloon or any of the Iiendras-whether reckonedfrom the Moon or thJ I-agna-be not be occupied by any one of the five planets, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn, the resulting yoga is Kemadruma, &c.
SI. 83
cl. Also gqr+<
SgrIIStzrq!
429
*ffirAftn*fiGaq hraq' t
The correct interpretation of the words therefore are (l) +ti or " if one of the Kendras arq cftad( at eagt Efo - That is, ("nl' abovr-' " the five of planet one the Moon be associatecl with a " If I(endra be devoid of named) ; ( 2 ) t4;r[io+,rsqat et{'a the l\{oon or be occupied by a planet " (^ny one of the five above n a m e d ) . T h i s i n t e r p r e t a t i o n w i l l c o r r e s p o n c lw i t h t h e a b o v e q u o t e d Garga's principle as aiso that of Kalyanavarman who says :
tf,iq q}'lt qaf}aqfqrRi: t gqsrqsrgtg{I: qzrf4$: 1 qqflF\, tfi rqqt-1 fr-tr=eft qt n qil.iiqr: h=aqdqfil:il{i$a I
d80
{rcwrRsri
Adb. VII.
Devasarman went still further than Srutakirti and declared theyogas with refereuce to the Nav4msaof the Nfoon. c/.
5t 83
q8fisqrq:
431
ere Iiemadruma does
sitfi I rrtuig: t{f,nr} qil qr s?' q)'iitqrTlul: AFahqAi q tt italg"q rre'il qgsqqcmtt'raq qHQar:hoqqdg t trui grii .ittrafqhre.,i\seq
! :--' gE Fa qe FlqQlq $gr gql Hise q lelq{q ll . -c .^ \ ,on
q5 q;qqlTlg qq qdTEtffdq(
See also the follorving sloka frorn {t(I{dl'
\ \ \ . A ^
5 , 1 0 ,1 0 , 5 a n d I o r 3 l r v a r s - f C + ' b + b + c + c l . S i m i l a r l y
I J ;i l. ; with tlre Anapha yoga Norv take the case of a Strnapha yoga where the srcond house from tht: Moon is occupied by only one planet' In order to make yog;r tlre l2th house from tlre Moon rnay conlhis a Dhurudlttro tain one, trvo, three or f,.,ur planets. This can be in 4f 6+4+l 1.l.l.t or 15 ways. So, for one Sunapha yoga where the [C+C+C*C] l23t 2nd house is occupied by one planet, there are l5 varieties of
4gZ
qtwrfrcrt
Adh.VII.
Dhurudhura yoga possible. Therefore, for the 5 varieties of Sunaphayoga with I planet in the 2nd house there are 5 x I 5 or 75 varieties of Dhurudhura yoga. Next, in the case of a Sunaphayoga with 2 planets in the 2nd house, to make this a Dhurudltqre yaga, the l2th house may contain ooe, two or three planets. This can be in 3*3J-l
333
[C+C+C]
t2;]
Sunaphayoga with 2 planets in the 2nd house, l0 x 7 or 70 varieties of Dhurudhura yagas are possible. Similarly in the case of a S u n a p h ay o g a w i t h 3 p l a n e t si n t h e Z n d h o u s ei n o r d e rt o c o n v e r t i t intoa Dhurudhura yoga, the l2th house may contain one or tvvo planets. This will be in 2* I or 3 ways. For the l0 such riarieties of Sunaphayoga with 3 planets in the ,nd house,we have l 0 x 3 o r 3 0 v a r i e t i e so f D h u r u d h u r a . In the same way, for the 5 varieties of Sunapha yoga wi th 4 planets in the Znd housewe have 5 varieties af Dhururl,huro. In the case of the Sunaphayoga which has all the 5 planets in the 2nd house,no Dhurudhuru yoga is possible. The total number of varieties of Dhurud,hura yoga is thus
7 5 + 7 0 + 3 05 +: 1 8 0 .
q{qitqilfaq I qfq-{Ri(q} qr
51. 86
eqfrsqrq:
433
NorBs. The prhciple here is that planets in the Znd (from the Moon) give rise to accumulation of wealth and planets in the l?th (from the Moon) give rise to enjoyrnent without c:rring for accumulation' The position of planets is with respect to Rasi positions instead of bhavas. cf . gctld(
" gtr ? I gnEtndflqcfl1ql{rtaqKgtqitlqilfirr{qqgq q16lrq. ll Zqfigqq{'i qlfid qlfngo qqqfA gnstoltqerEq' d A . a. .\a{ c c
t ftqqnleqgilfigih{r: qf\n+tfHtqqu0i}qq:
ll fiqoqitega\fiqq<,iTfiqqqi nqiEqqrqq: tRqElrilTtgtnil{ tFftnEila 3
*urt ribagsfiq(qiqfttulr
a9
Sl".fta 85. Taking fteely to the joys of life as they of wealth and vehi' crop up and blessedwith abundance cles. the person born under the gtgtr (Dhurudhura) yogais bounti{uland waited uponby faithful attendants. yoga,though But thoseborn under the *q{c (Kemadruma) they may be of a princ*:ly dce, become obecure,miser' drudgingas menials able,given to baseways, peuurious, and wickedly inclined. Norss
of Personsborn under 5+,3tt(Durudhura) yoga earn (because (because of planets in the 2nd) and at tlte sarnetime enjoy or spend In the case of trrqq (Kemadruma), the planets in the l2th). yoga should be predictedonly rf, as stated above, there are no pla' nets in any of the Lagna Kendras or with the Moon in any one Lagna Kendra. lJotFfi'(:-
qqqnnl ll c\ ll
gRsRqe, qtiqqrogRggtmuagEE+lfr r
66
tr,:-._*^-
rrurwf{ile
Adh. VII
iil;f,tasT(rJ$qgBRl+
|| s.-qrEqagdgrqrirrr: ||
wrftnqqr{qilfr ffffffTrrt gt tt uq tl
S/ofra86, The person at whosc lrirth Mars is in the Znd bhavafr im the Moon rvill become ;r king a'd in that capacity he will trefiercc, crue!, hypocritical, stroltg minded,wealthy, v;rliantai:d irritable.
N<lt'rrs. V a r a i r a r n i h i r a t l o t - - s, o t < l i l ] e r e . t i a t c t h c r . 1 1 e r ; t . ft l r e p l a n e t s b y t h e i r p o s i t i o . s i r r t h e r l r r r lo r i . t l r e I l t r r I r o , . c s o f a r a s t h e yogas ntentit-rned i u s l o l i l s \ / j . I 0 5 ; r r c c : r - r r r r . e r n e dI. I e a t t r i b u t e s the efiects to the yrlarrcts clLusi.g the loga t h e i r L r e i n gi n t h e 2 n d o r t l r c I _ l t h h c . r u s c cf. {{GikTd without referenceto
sl. g7-90
qF{frstqrq:
Sl,:.k r 8'1. ('onversantwith vedic orJinances, fine arts and rnusic,well.shaped, highly intelligent,of ,gree. able speech and pious will the p.rron be at whos" iirrh Mercury occupies thc Znd hous. from the ]r4oon.
ilqgqqrqt q q;qrftvqi gt ff dc tl
S/ofrl 88. The person born in the gml (Sunapha) with Jupiter in the 2nJ house from the Moon'"*..r, in e\rery branch of knowledge, is prospcrous, has a good family, gets into the gooCgraces of his sovereign-and becomes lordly and famous.
ct-rqqiqrteqdqrq rgRwq I
Sloka g-. When Saturn is in ,the 2nd bhava in respectto the Moon, the personborn will get the esteem
|Irfcri?{lt0
vrr. Adh.
of all people in towns and villages,and will be wealthy, talentedand versedin every kind of business.
llfll
qrfr Tuil.gdf firfr gsqirsrqgl I
qr.q{teqqgn{qfr{ur Gaqrqt
Sloka 92. When Mercury occupies tbe 12th bha. va from the Moon, the person born will be capableof discoursing cleverly on musicand drawing, learned, eloquent, handsome, of great renown and held in venerationby kings
ilqqyfisRlqrqtqrrfr{gpmr*nqt
sI. 96-98
whose nativity, Moon.
aE*ssqg3
487
qrfttt q\ ll Udaqrtfrgrqt{ry;(q;tqrri
Sloha 95. When Sarurn occupies the l2th bhava from the Moon, the person born is long armed,merito. rious, possessed of numerous cattleand similar posse$, sions : he is a leader and his words carry weight and are accepted ; he is yoked to a bad woman.
ll gautirt: tl
'Ihe person ar whose birrh the Moon Bloha 96. is between Mercury and Mars is untruthful though possessed of merits,clever but very dt:praved, censcrious and avaricious,and addicted to unchaste women paEt their prime.
qrilTqrftcre
Adh. VIL
cruel,cheerful,virtuously inclined and wealthy, but liableto swervefrom morality underthe influence of fear.
Sloka 99. The individual ar whose birth the Moon is between Mars and Saturn will be addiccedto vile women, wrathful, rich, treacherous, contending with numerous enemies but unscathed and uncontrite.
qqhqrqrrqk{rr$ wm,frlqsilrf*{il1t
Sloho 101. When the Moon isbetweenSaturnand Mercury, cl'reperson bcrn may have to go from one country to another ; he will be revered, have moderate learning and wealth but evince great aversion to his kith and kin.
sl. 103-106
cFc}surnt:
499
eirrs qI iiqgQradgqs
ngnta qqqfh q{Rflan ll loQ ll
Sloha 106. The whole effect of any yoga ouchas is invariably realisedby the perEon haebeendescribed planeto born under the yoga, when the yoga'maLing
440
{nifqrTrt!
Adh. VII.
occupy their exaltation, their own or friendly housee. The sameis equally true, say Parasara and other autho, rities, when the Navamsasoccupiedby the yoga,making planetsrelateto their own or friendly houses.
il eTer ffiermrr: tl
qEuqrT(ffarig(trcfgtRnI t
Sl. 100-110
Cl. qid-dfq-dr
s(*srqrq:
Norrs.
441
"
If all the planets be in the lst and the 7th bhavas, the resulting yoga is called {+,a (Sakata). Atso s(lEfrR( (Varahamihira) rn his EqqqfA*(Brihat Jataka) ch. 12, Sl. 3 gives the following defii(Sakata) identical with Parasara's: nition of -<r+a
The {trnaqiq (Sakata yoga) mentioned in sloka 168 infra is difterent from this. The yoga referred to in tlris sloka is devoid of its bad effectsif Jupiter, while being in the 6th or the 8th house from the Moon, is in a J(endrafronr the Lagna'
srft w$
qrRqrarie*'fr: ll u srQr
qqTRwagfl:gGIIfr;iiirqmgqqEdltc:I
442
rrcTc|ftrif
Adb. vll.
,, cattle if in the aigria (()opuramsa);and dominion if in the fttrscir (Simhasanamsa, uide Adhyaya1, St.45,46).
Slokt tt l. A planetthat attainsthe qnrEaart (Para. vatha Varga) brings to the men born under its auspicee, learning and renown accompaniedby gre;rtprosperity. If the planet reach the higber Qa*+wq (Devalokabhaga), the lucky person coming into the world under the hrppy yoga comesto possess an army containinga large numberof cars, horsesand elephants. lf the planet in power at the time of birth be in the highest trrq(kT (Iravathamsa), it secures a kingship to the personborn.
Norss. These are the effectsof the yogas mentionedin slokas +5-46* of Adhyaya I and zrretaken from q<iatFtq.
eftT{nfr+rr:
qq sTrr iT ;Tt*n ft dd fi gr
{ri{fr fiqqfta-il?*tg'rrfr r
$1.112
tKdssqr{r:
44.3
if it be aspected by Jupiter, rhe person born will be wealthy, if it be aspected by Venus, he will be happyin both casea without regard to when the birth takee place-which may be by day as well as by night.
NorBs. This and the next sloka are taken from Rrihat Jataka. F r o m t h e e f f e c t sm e n t i o n e d i,t w i l l b e s e e nt h a t t h e M o o n i n a Kendra from the Sun is bad whether in the conjunction (lst), in a square(+th or l0th) or in opposition(7th). I{ere Varahamihira differs from Parasara with regard to giftatz;r (Purnima Chandra). The Moon situated in the 2nd, 5th, 8th and llth frorn the S u n i s m i d d l i n g ;5 t h i s a n e g a t i v e t r i n e a n d 9 t h i s a p o s i t i v eo n e . T h e M o o n s i t u a t e di n t h e 3 r d , 6 t h , 9 t h a n d l 2 t h f r o m t h e Sun is good in result. Here Parasara also agrees. Cf .
: qges"iqqsqFq :I *qR qftaiaqarflqqilai*t;r ufaairqficr,ilirqrir ranrqqnrqtl uqlEfrdtq qFlsrI iqii {Ffr vrfiieenfifi{ft"rirFrfir,{: dgil]Sfr{,{: n C lat{ e* fiqr iegiTfaiqn
0n.^4.\C
T h c s l c , k a i n t h e t e x t c a r rA l . r , l r e a r t l r r f n l l , , $ i n s t w o i n t e r pretations:(l) If the birth be in tla1, tinre anri thc N{oon be aspected by Jupiter, the person becornes rvealtbl'. lf the birth be at night
444
ltrnqtftqrt
Adh.vrr.
time and the Moon be aspected by Venus, the person born becomes happy. If the Moon be in his own Navarnsa and aspected by Jupiter, the native will be wealthy. If the Moon should be in the Navamsa of a very friendly planet and aspectedby Venus, then the person born wiil be happy. (2) Wtteth"r the birth be at night or day, if the Moon be aspectedby Jupiter and Venus together, the native is sure to be rich and happy. The amount of wealth will be in a less degree if the Moon at birth be in his own or in a friend's Navamsa and be aspected by Jupiter. In the same qr'ay the happiness will be slightly less if at birth the Moon being in his own or in a friend's Navamsa be aspectedby Venus. cf, wfl{d
C\
qqf*q,
st tr qrrRitqh{fil,irrr Fdr
afurqtrftEltftqruffq I
wqfr{ftrqfrrrEre{{T{q
*qrgqTftqnir{qqrq qtil! n ttl tl
S/olu 113. With the benefic planets occupying the 6th, the 7ch and the 8th houses from the Moon there results what is called the Moon's aTffi{r (Adhi, yoga) wherein takes place the birth of a commander (PoliceSuperintendent or head), a minister or a ruler (of a district or Province). Those rhat are born in the Moon's w&e'lrr(Adhiyoga) are ar the height of prosperity and pleasure, overcometheir foesand live a long life, being exempt from diseases and dangers. NorBs.
The yoga,will be lowered a little in effect if he Sun should
sl. 113
a8*silqr{:
446
be in opposition to the Moon. The efiects described in the third quarter of the sloka will take place if only two benefics instead of three as above be in the above places from the Moon, and those mentioned in the last quarter result if only one benefic is present in one of the above places from the Moon. The benefic planets referred to are Mercury, Jupiter and Venus. Bhattotpala saysthat the interpretation put by some that all from the Moon, the three places,uiz., 6th, 7th and 8th houses should he occupied each by one of the three to constitute an entrqirr (Rahiyoga) is not correct, and quotes in support thereof the following from tdEfifr (Srutakeerti) who recognises 7 sorts of qflcl.r (Adhiyoga).
:I n}+ftQfuF-tlnfr <rewniffi5ftrilq
446
qtofqrR||t
Adh. VII.
But {sqMili{ (Kalyanavarman) classes the q;ilk{rq (Chanwith Raja yoga when the planets Mercury, Jupiter dradhiyoga) and Venus are not eclipsed nor aspected by malefics. gf. Rl{dl
ll oerfuirrrr tl
g$d qTqqrirr&r oqqR{rtrsqdr t
of. qn+rirr
{qft il enfrqlrrif,(qft:gqqfriit
st, 116-117
.RFTIISInIFT:
447
q& dlqr:qddghfhnr: orTlrqBq{rei q;{tqusqfd: f*hrftqfi: dqi {qai rfh: r qlqlgieqfititqoq,ilerrfBqlitqqo. qra' 9{rr. *laq,{e tl fl;dtd rTqnrfstrqfiflii
Ir rrq+q{tiiTT: tl
*-nffi i+gtr {rgq *qruqlg{qqqiifrr et thtd'(gtr qr{rTq f,rqre{iiriq*qfi aTr( 1 ttE tl
S l c h u .1 i 6 . W h e n J u p i r e r o c c u p i e s a k e n d r af r o m the Moon, the yoga produccd is calledqw.ie(t (()ajake_ sari). Again if the Moon bc aspectedby planets, Venus, Jupiter and Mercury without being depressed or obscured by the Sun, thc yoga produced is rrsr+s0 (Gajakesari).
-::""""","""""""
Sloka ll7. The person born in ghs Tqffifr{r (Gajakesariyoga) ie energetic;has much money and what will and does grain; ie inteiligentandmeritorious please his king. cJ. urnqdcr
il stTt*rTr ll
qq wqaqt uRrosqffiaI qR q s{iir tqr t ll I ld ll eq Eitfi{qotufr lt}qrg,iltilqfttnuqdq(
Stoka118.If at the birth of any person,a benefic from the Moon or reckoned planetbe in the 10thhouse ih" Lrgn", the fameof that personwill remainunclouded in theiountry and his prosperity will be unfailingtill the end of his life.
q;4la,#;qqol6q: Ut{ifrtilfierrefr tt
st. 121-122
qn*sqrq:
44s
Stofu L}O. The person born in the qcqriirl (Ama' layoga) is highly reveredby his sovereign, has great enjoyments,is liberal, kind to his rel-tiveu, benevolent and worthy.
Notns. The effect of birth in an 3{qoT{iq(Amalayoga) is thus described in q.oth?fir (Phaladeepika).
rr ut{frfrrnR
arrqqasneffitqrt Gtilgqqqiisfrqqiqrqrid&3 1 ftq.I6g6gqqn{tq qrar
qgqilggifi't{IcTgaqt wik ll tRq ll
occupy the l2th, the Znd or Sloha 121. If planets both the bhavas from the Sun, the resulting yogasarc (Vesi) and srrqqrt respectively named tlt lVesi), A,?r (Ubryachari). When the pianets concerned occupy born their own, friendly or exaltationsigns, the persons in the resulting yogaswill be on a par with kings in regard to the vast wealth and comforts they c.rn command.
450
{fq6crftil}
Adh. VTI
drqrF*il{qqfirrqil qiqr
nwl?ergu{ioqtt$ifilt I
rinritwum{rcr trt
ll tqu ll
Sloha 12.1.Those that have their birth in the srrqq?qt{r (Ubhayachariyoga)produced by benefic pla, nets are princely individualspossessed ol corresponding for comforts and beloved their amiability wealth and lratrrrc. But those that are born in and compassiorrate are the slrqqfi lUbliayachari) with malignant planets for in s,:rvice w i c k e d ,a f f i i c t e dw i t h d i s r a s c s ,c n g a g e d circumstances, aud irr indirgcnt other pe,:lple
cl. slnati:l
onaifhfi+na-qqiqaifrr qui6a r
qtqil qirtt:ll eqqRqiiqattqqqit r=e.'rfifgarar iiqrqi ffgr.qi-I Tfiqrt r qn : errifh'irisfR+t 3{rq;qrjEaq+;il tt "Eeiaqaqrf-+r qrqqfafir..ryrfr.i qIfr |
sl. 126
egdtstqrq:
161
qft\,i*Q{u&: s{fuqq; 11
qtgqFi} q\=a{Ra, gt+t ilfr qqT{ sR t
R'qitrqffi -g arlfharrgqqqqhFqrc rqnti, ufiq: g\: egrgld el{sflr: F4I:I stqrdq'r#fi'gxat w\equlr6{i aatknlt, g\oq gq'ii q.i,iiq qrqfhi'tt gg,t grdq'l ieiii gaqrfiq(t 11 $: n{rine ii{ fAqfiaur6Q,
ll eIEgrrffi
11
llt;tllfrltt
vrr. Adh.
termed gH (Subha) and cglr (Asubha) respectively. When the 12th and the 2nd bhavaefrom the Lagna are occupiedby malefic or benefic planete, the yogaEare (Papakarthari)and *'$t.*d'ft (Soumyakarrhacalled qrqo-dR ri) respectively.
cf. qra-+rir
: ggrr( I sreBdfqert6-gfiriitfiQ
Eqqg&Fqqat: e{gqreq} +{ft HrTrpqldr tl qtdt qqqR qfiareiit ggqtfri fqqrnito: r qlrnFqa: g(rqn: 1 fieitgrar: gqqT eruqlq]ilqrdl qrqr{tqlry}ftH;f,r{iI qrgrcqgRq qrl : 1, aqqrq\sfifi+,orq
sl. 128-129
ss*$qrq:
+6j
ll qmq3 11
*sig *-rqfig uqdt* on-tryftqR qnqGtnqtft n tRd ll inifhfr ,rrit q{eqnqiqr
Slolc 128. If benefic planets be in Kendra houses and if the 6th and the Sth bhavasbe either unoccupied or occupied by benefic planets, the resulting yoga is cda (Parvatha). Again, if the lords of the Lagnaahd be in Kendra positions with respectto the 12th bhav.rs eachother and aspectedby friends,there is the c{e*rr (Parvatha yoga).
cf. q{4
Also 3rddtail
qprrrf:in!q+a,ilTrqrfi iiqrRffttds
r(ttrt I
454
cf . sril*rtrr
e \\ \ q{Grrq qril
{Rrr\IIFile
Adh.vrr.
$t-{o{T{:
qfti g ftoifilt Er mt"rtur
-qh-(u{n\ sTofr rir gtrg ar oqrft\ {si qii uruor w( |
dqq* gt*qfi qR ilr{r {tq tt li" tl
Sloka 130. If the lords of the 9rh and the 4th bha, vas be in Kendra positions with respect to eachother and if the lord of the Lagna have strength, the yoga produced is 6r0 (Kahala). If the lord of the 4th bhava occupying its exaltrtion or its own sign be as, pectedby or in conjunction with the lord of the lOch bhavr, the yoga will be suchas the foregoing.
q;gt(ul)fiT{rfr{iqo.il-q ft=qd}a} r
offl{t{ii qe.qfi,ilrr' qEonfl{: 11 qqqrqGfitflqq: r iqqrfaqqnqai sitf,tqii qarqlTit ult er.+rqt qt: tt
sl. 132-133
trg*scqfrt:
456
qrfbqrq]rr,
qR qtta o{rG{rHUErrI qaiqftrim.rerarjrrss qrd'r I RqGqtfritqrtr iiuqfhgini *{itrsqgorqR ilqri{t rt t 11 tr
Sloka 132. If the 7 planetsbe in ? houses from the Lagna,the personborn in the yoga is a king in command of many elephantsand horses. If the rror (N1ala-the wrt-athof planecs)be from the 2nd bhava, the person b o r t t i n t h i s 2 n d y o g aw i l l b e a k i n g o w n i n g h o a r d so f 'q7calth, dutifully reverenutowards parents, resolute, of stern aspectand possesscd of eminent virtues.
gffirr tegcrrrnw-
q)riiqrrEnqtq{tq:u 111tl
S l o k u 1 3 3 . I f t h e q r f b + t( M a l i k a ) c o m m e n c ef r o m the 3rd bhava,the personborn in it will be heroic and wealthy but sickly. If the starting point of the qrfuEr (Malika) be the 4th L,hava, the personwho has his birth therein will be a very liberal sovereign enjoying the good fortune due to his governing many countries.
qfr qriOqr gTIEn arqft&Erar{r {ifitqt{ qrp qErIEq afiaag<+qm] E{til {}q. I
458
Crurtilftqlt
Adh. vII.
qdiffisr
Sl. 136-13?
\. TlS{lSsmlr
457
Te{TITIg{t nrarqrtgd{qefqtan
468
qffiscrfrrn
Adh. VII.
Sloku 137. The person born in the qrrrtqJrr (Cha, marayoga) wili be either a philosopher, wise, eloquent and hcld in high esteem by kings, or a king who being comprtent by birth &c.,to enter on the study of the sacred scriptures, has urasteredeverything connected tberewitli. This personagewiiI live a year a{terthe t a l eo f 7 0 y e a r si s c o m p l e t e ; d i.e.71 years.
cJ, .iK+t{{r
ll {t$qftq: lt
er;qJ;q*;(rJErfr ga6rq r?i
A\
a9
Sl. 140-141
qs*sqrq:
459
end may live 8l years(one year after the tale of eighty ia completed). cf. smfli{r
n+mq:ll
qr;drqqrar{lg frq{tg
fr;il dqtgfrfiqairqqqr
460
qrilFqft{re
Adh.vn.
yoga)are lordly men, of gord birth, long-lived,exempt from diseasesand danger, poss:ssed of much wealth, lands,sonsand wives, of greatrenown, enjoying much happiness on accountof their virtuous lives, eminently heroic and of grcat experience in the affrirs of the world.
TtaGFTrrts
qRqffii sqqftrrdrft
{6rd t Csfqfrqrrqaiq.ri o{riqt qogfe ffifrqr
qrq, ll tBl ll $e,qrq6qzTgarr{T{r{il
S / . f r a 1 4 2 . l f t h e l o r d o f t h c N a v a m s aw h i c h a planecin its exaltationoccupies bc in a Kona or Kendra position; if the occupant of the Kona or Kendraposi, tion in qucstionbe in its exaltation or own houseaod have abundrnceof strengrh and if the lord of the Lagna be powerful at the sametime; the yoga produced is Ts (Mrudanga) and confers on the personborn nobility of mien and fame suchas it is the good fortune of sove, r e i g n st o l r a v e .
|fpffitffig
n\
S/oArr143. When thc lord of the Tth bhava is in the ltlth bhavaand when the lord of the 10rh is in rhe exaltationsi n and also in conjunctionwith the lord of the 9th, the auspiciousy,oga called "frqrq(Srinatha lord 'fhe is produced. of Fcrrtur.e) personborn therein will be like Indra, the king of the celestials.
sl. 144-146
But seeq-dfr{t
sglrsqtq:
461
nr, rfi ,{fiqlFsttlfitl: trrqRdq rfat e,fi ff5o-5frtt q}a t elqqaigee{rgqq11; alqtq,ittl<'{I ll aaqrfiq{rqaslfldatr
{TlTfl{Istr
.irqrrnqtetr gil{i {qlft\ ff[t
Sloha 144. When the lord of the 10th hhava is in tlre 5th, when Mercury is in a Kendra ; when the Sun powerful ; when is in its own sign and exceedingly Jupiter is in a Kona in respect to the Mocn and when Mars occupiesa Trikona position with regardto Mer' cury; the resultingyoga is callednrrqr(Sarada).When Iupiter is in the t lth bhrva from Mercury and other before obtain, the sameyoga is conditions metttiotted saidto exist.
ftqTffiflfutoe trqorar
tt t8\ ll crrili eqliftrdruft urrqrret
Sloka 143. Those that are born in the mrqrfrrt (Saradayoga) take particular care of their wi'ree, their
462
ctf,iqtR'rfld
Adh. vII.
and their !ons, their relatives,their personalappearance they are their sovereigns virtues; in favor with i they IJrahmans an I Gods ; show revereilce to their preceptors, they take delight in literary pursuics and have a good dealof amiability, religious meric and strengthi they are attentiveto their duties in this world.
ureq+q:
ardrrmqri qet qEgiI
qgqd, rrt qrt frqlst IR<I{f,6fll qBEll
S l o k a 1 4 6 .W h e n a m a l e f i cp l a o e t i s i n t h e 9 t h bhava from the Lagna,when the 5th bhava is occupred by beneficas welt as malefic planets, and when the i.c, the 4th, or the 8th bhava from egce (Chathurasra) the Lagnahasa malefic planet, the yoqa is termed rtiel (Mathsya).
i6'ro{ s Wunft;gdor*IlEo$q{R I
qrfti{qraqqiq qiqqirr{T!ffi3ll lue ll
Sloha 147. The personborn in the qit'{ (Mathsya) : he will be very compas' yoga will be an astrologer strength, sionate ; he will have virtue, intelligence, mcrir, f a m e ,l e a r n i n ga n d r e l i g i o u s beauty, c\
ETTqtq,
frrqr:essfizt{rsdtqril | sarr$Titgig qffwrrricwrrt"qfrrqr itr'rq{qr qft t&frrrrllqBcll
be in S l - t a 1 a S . I f t l : e b e n eifc a m o n g t h e p l a n e t s t h e ? t h , t h e : t h a n d t h e 6 t h b h a v a s a n d t h e m a l e l i ci r r t h e 3 r d ,t h e 1 l t h a n d t h e l s t b h a v a s ; a n d i f t h e A m s a s or Rasisoccupiedby the planetsbe invariably those oi
sl. 149-l5r
Eqrss{rr{t:
46tf
qqlr*rr'
qp+t qqqrr& q*t ilq{ffirt I
olt *-.n**
Sloha 150. When the lords ol the 9th and the Znd bhavasare respectively in the 2nd and the 9th bhavac and when the lord of the lst bhava is in a Kendra or a is produced. Kona, the yoga called wg (Khadga.)
"f,irn
u l\" tl RtRer
1A
ctf,tqrnqte
"'J the prowess ; they are cleverand gratefully remember kindnessee doneto them.
Notes. is another reading in the fourth quarter of the sloka; F-flt!fl: wbich means their orders are readily obeyed.
ll alqfi+qr ll
t-Kqaftfiurt qpi't qdrqt t q.rd q oqqtfrq ll t\Rll onTfEt {dRer
Stoka 152. When the lord of the 9th bhava is in a Kendra identical with the planec'sMoolatrikona and when the lord of the Lagna occupieothe exaltation sign of abundant strength, the resulting and is poeseseed yoga is declaredto be oqCl'ih (Lakshmi yoga).
qrrqtgtgtil w'qrrq: I q+i qG arq+oafigii qftdqlffi'ft'Efr frei qqq{ifdqT tqd F{i;ft( g{,flfr qilffiqmErsrr: I elqrq-q{i} q0qfr{i} qKTq atdtrn: P
Aerrifr*qTqqrfrtrwr<irrrarF,ral
sl. 154-166
cf. qrrarttr
cS*sglc:
{05
CInfrtqordq eqfifr{ $Ra: rr q.iinqnt gli ,rrrt afut Uqqtr qfrfic: sqqt qdlwt er{iq}q tt
Sloka 154. When Venus occupies a Kendra rcpte. eentedby an immoveable sign, and the Moon in a Trikona position is other than beneficand when Saturn holds a place in the 10th bhava, the resulting yoga io g,gu (Kusuma).
Sloha 155. The person born in tbe gge*rr (Kusu, ma yoga)will be a powerful sovereign of wide celebrity in the world, foremost 3mong kingc who trace their deecent from illustrious royal houses, of great enjoyments, bowed to by rulers of the earth and bourtifully bertowing gifts.
qffiqr
qRan(qgs{ir{r qq qrRqtilr il=qfrs]uftqqfr t\t
Sloha 156. Find first tLe zodiacal signoccupied by the lord of the Lagna; ascerrainnext in what Rasi the lord of the zodiacal sign firot found is. If the iord of 69
RoqarEiUilufrratqqrtr{iilft ilfirtTEr t
rtcrt5qrft.|e
Adh.vlr.
the 2nd Rasi thus ascertained or the lord of the Navarn, sa occupiedby the lord. of the secondly found Rasi be in a Kendra or Trikona or in its exaltation, the yoga produced is crftqra (Parijatha).
tgtftMq,
\\ \ \ \ c qrqlE q* qdqi frqr w( ( sorfdfn ll t\c tl
Sloka l5li. When Jupiter occupying the 2nd or the 5th bhava is aspcctedby or in conjunction with Mercury andVcnus or is in a house owned by (either (Kalanidihi). of) them,the yoga is calledqrsrfrFr
t frqqqtqqrst arqrcuc-tl
\
nn
Slohu 169. The perscn born in the aorfriq<ia (Ka, l a n i d h i y c g a ) w i l l b e g a l l a n t .a m i a b l e{ o r h i s m a n y virturs, waited upcn and loyally greetedby many great k i n g s . H i s r e t i r , u c r v i l l c o n s i s t o f a n a r m y ,h o r s e s , stIOng of clcphants c,c , n c hd , r u m a n d o t h e ri n s t r u m e n t s
st. 160-162
(cfrsqrq:
467
{t{Q$tflpffi:
iiitrqqft i$Fqqinnm{ flrqqalI
qftqrrgt+qrrrR;trqpql qf ql6qq;fl-(rlstl sI
n\
408
.IiT|tft|tt
Adb. VII.
ftTreu ( Hariharabrahma ) yoga is produced wheh the benefic planetsare in the 2nd, the lZth and the gth bhavas in respect to the lord of the 2nd bhava. The 2nd yoga exists when Jupiter, the Moon and Mercury are in the 4th, the 9th and the 8th bhavas with reference to the lord of the ?th blrava; the 3rd yoga is present when the Sun, Venus and Mars occupy the 4th, the 10th aod the llth from the l,rrd of the Lagna.
ll ;ilrffitffipr: tl
sL 165
qgdtsqrq:
$e
(5) qss (Danda),a stick ; (6) rE (Gada), a mece; (?) egt (8) (Samudra), oz (Chathrat, an umbrella; (9) the sea; q*=ir (Ardhachandra),a half Moon ; ( t0) te (Sakata), a waggon : (11)wgr (Ambuia),a lotus; (12) cftt (Pak, shin),a bird; (13)ii lNau),a bcri; (t4) ar Chakra, a wheel; (15) +s (Vajra), Indra's weapon, thunderbolt shaped like the letter X ; ( t6) as (Hala),a plough; ( t7) +r$o (Karmuka), a bow ; (18) q: (Kuta), a trap (for catching deer); (19) arfi (Vapee), a well ; and (20) ruFtu:F (Sringataka), a placewhere4 roadsmeet.
Norns.
The Nabhasa(heavenly)y )gas are said to consist of 4 divi(.qtriti yoga) which has 20 sub-divisions; sions,ardz.(i) g{r$fi,ir.il: (ii) eeqrfirn:(Sankhyayoga)which has 7 sub-divisions;(ili) ertarqq}rt: (Asrayayoga) having 3 sub-divisions and {lv)to,iii (Data yoga) having only 2 sub-divisions-Total 32 in a71. Yavanacharya is said to recognise 1800 varieties of these Nabhasayogas,which, when properly analysed,will be found to have been included in the above 32. ln this sloka mere namesof the 20 qrz;fi (elriti) yogas have been mentioned, while the yogas themselveshave been described in detail in slokas 168-172.
rcgqoqUsslqilqrrlqtIrTs
170
|lUr\|ftil*
Adb"vlr.
@ala) yogaE(q-Dala meansone of the two halves into which a bamboo or a like substanceis split): *qr (Vee, na, a harp), E{qtq (Varadama,a good string), vnr (Pasa a noose), *m (Kedara a field), qo (Sula, a pike), g.r (Yuga, a yoke) and riio (Gola, a globe) are declrred to be the seven tcqr (Sankhya) yogas so nrm:d from the number of housesin which the ? plaoetsare group:d. NorBs.
The names of the 7 Sankhya yogas, the 3 Asraya yogas and the 2 DaIa yogas have been mentionedin this sloka.
Sloka 166 rq (R.ajju), IIa' (Musala) and i-o,(Nah) are the three wx+ (Asraya) yogas declared to arise by Satyacharyawhen the planets are exclusively in the moveable, the immoveable and tlie dual signs respec, tively. eq (Srak,t and qt (Sarpa) are the two Ts (Dala) yogasmentioned by wrnt (Parasara) due to the Kendras being exclusively occupied by benefic and malefic planetsrespectively (the Moon being left out o[ account. benefic and malefic planets are three each). NorBs.
This and the next eleven slokas have been taken from gqsqrtrd sTt{cfrfi: (Asraya yogas) 3. All planets should be in qr (Chara_ sg(Rajiu). m.veable) signs. Planets posited in cardinal signs will make the native ambitious by prcceeding to foreign places in search of Dame, fame, wealth, etc. (2) geo (Musala). All planets should be in fb< (Stthira_ immoveable) signs. The native will be of fixed determination, good status, etc. (l)
sl. 166
gsfrsqrq:
4ll
i3) rc (Nata). Al1 planets should be in slrq (Ubhayadual) signs. The native will be dejected, depressedand disappointed. {oftfr (l) (Dala yogas) 2.
tt{ (Srak). Al1 beneficsshould be in Kendras. Q) sd (Sarpa). A1l malefics should be in Kendras. Satyacharya has described the three qrr{q (Asraya) and the (nata) yogas thus : two ei-o
ll
From the words gfrlufqe: (Munibhiruddishtaha) in the above quotation, it will be seen that Satyacharya was not the original discovererof the yoga, but the earlier sages. Some commentators are of opinion that the 3 et{q (Asraya) yogas{Fg (najju), gso (Musala) and qo (Nala) are causedwhen the planets occupy all the four of the moveable, immoveable or dual signs respectively. But this view is gpposed by Garga who says ;
172
filrqrn:|d
vu. Adh.
#
Regarding the two 4o (oala) yogas w{ (Srak) and q{ (Sar' pa), the commentator adds that srak yoga is caused if tbe benefic planets occupy three of the four Kendras while there are no malefic planets in any of the Kendra places; and that when malefic planets occupy three of the Kendras while there are no benefic planets in any of the Kendra houses, the yoga is known as s,t (Sarpa), and that the Nloon should be left out of consideration and not classed as benefic or malefic. He also quotes in support tbereof the following two quotations: viz', (l) Garsa
Sloha Io7. According to some astrologers, the Asraya yogasare the same as the qq (Yava , *ro (Ka' mala), es (Varja), nfr{ (Pakshin), ri}c+ (Golaka), and
'il. 167
gtlqrs4rq:
473
otbers* of the srrafr( Akriti ) and cear ( Sankhya) yogas I and the two go iDala) yogas are only similar to the yogascaused by the plancts restricting themselves to Kendrasand consequentlyhave the same effects as have already been described for these. Tbat is why theseyogasand thcir effects have not been separately described. Norrs
Varahamihira has explained in this slolia the reason why some of the astrologers (meaning thereby the Yavanas) have omitted to treat in their works separately of the 3 qtqq (Asraya) and the 2 es (Dala) yosas. It will be seen that the three eTtrfq (Asra1,a)and the two 40 (Oata) yogas some times (but not always) happen to be identical with some of the 3{EiA (Akriti) and the q<qr (Sankhya) yogas. The cardinal signs where planets are posited need not necessarily v<i angular at the same time in any horoscope. For instance, suppose all the plarets in a certain horoscoDe happen to be in \q (Mesha) and {z{ (Kataka}. As these two signs are moveable ones, the yoga caused is fs{ {Itajju) and will be indentical llith rr{t (Gada) if the I-agna happens to be either\q (Mesha) or l]ut if any other rtrii (Rasi] (other "riZ;[ (Kataka). than {q-Mesha or Eaq-Kataka) be the l-agna, and all the planets are as described in the above, there is no {{t (Gada) yoga tbough it may still be called 1;g (Rajju). Again, if :r1l the planets be in tc (Mesha) and got (Tula) and if oue of these llasis be the Lagna, then too the yoga is (;g (lt.jju) since botlr the sigrr:; arc rrro'eable ones. As tq f I\Iesha) and d-ot (Tula) happen to be the lst and 7th houses and all the planets are said to be in these 2 houses, the yoga is {ISz Sakata.. Suppose all the planets to occupy +t{t- (Kanya) (Meena), two of the dual signs; the yoga is ;ro (Nala). and qriq If one of
* r;a1(Gada), {r+z (sakata) among the qlafr (Akriti) yogas (Yuga), and gn 1Xo (Sula) and httt (Kedara) arnong the R(.{t (Sankhya) yogas.
6C
474
qRnSqn'iqri?
Adh. VII.
both as or {3q and c-ct a a-oa-4'm
these two Rasis be also the Lagna, the yoga is known {uithuna) ar+a (Sakata) and ao (Nala). Rut if iiga (Dhanus) be the Lagna, it will be both qiqq (Pakshin) (Nala). If any other Rasi be the l.agna, it will only be (Nala yoga). Examples iike these can be nrultiplied'
The question now arises as to why then Varahamihira makes (Asraya) and 4o lDala) yogas in special mention of these 3{It{-q his work. The ar,swer is, al I the possible irrstances of these (Akfllthr) ar,d (-rcqt Sanl<hya) yogas are not included in the 3{t5f} yogas may be these and lAsraya) and {o.Dala) yogas. The qlfi deemed it may not be these. It is therefore that the author has fit to treat them seParatelY' Again, it is said of the two 4a (Daia) yogas that other authors planets occupying have described the eflects of benefic and nralefic (Dala) t h e K e n d r a s a n < la s t h e s e a r e a l s o t h e e f l e c t s o f t h e t w o { o yogas, they have omrtted to treat of them separately' Varahami' the hira treats of these separately in order to make it known that f elt a r e e f l e c t s y o g a s t h e i r ( N a b h a s r t ) s u c h a n c l a s two are nli{q y o g a s a re w h o s e e f l e c t s t h c o t h e r throughout life, and not like felt only during therr Dasa or ,\ntardasa l'eriod and not afterwards. cf ,
,i}m:nrii q.tfiq alqgl q{i fqqRnt ll afr Rc<qillfE firnqoa^tfa;el flr,olqe gtfa-sr: 11 s{qnrefi$?.qT:
Also sttEdl
eil{qfto.qaeqtriilFqR-qRig nqd fius iFEftt I Tffle* qqqqeilqstswtl o{Fqfi{uft{i ffi$( il'{tt ll qqd ll
S/ofra 168. Astrologers say that the yoga rrqr (Gada)is prcduced when tire plarretsoccupytwo suc' cessive Kendras; a.r.z(Sakata) when all the Eeven are in the 1ct and the 7th houses; cfhd (Pakshin) planets
sl. 169
qf,frss{rq:
476
when they are in the 4th and the 10th houseE; crrrei (Srungataka)when the sevenplaneta are in the Lagna, tlte Sth and the 9th houses; and eo (Dala) when they are confined to a group of triangular houseeother than the one containing the Lagna.
Norps. In this stanza Varahamihira (Alriri) yogas. l. dras. (l) lst {r1r (Gada). describes 5 out of ttre Z0 eTr5fr
A1l the planets should occupy adjacent Keu' There are thus { varieties, triz,, all the planets may occupy and 4th houses; (Z) +ttt ancl 7th houses (3) 7th and l0th
houses and (4) l0th and I s: hou-'es. The Yavanas recognise these as 4 distinct yogas and cAll thenr respectively as ffit The (Vit)huka) and u{q (Dhvaja ' (Gacla), ir6 (sankha), isg* in be will They good bad. and sortrewhrrt effect is somewhat squares. ntt planets shoultl be rn the lst and the 7th houses. The effect must be bad as planets are in opposition. 3. fts.r (Vihagat. Al1 planets should be in the 4th and tne 'lhe p l a n e t s l > e i n gi n o p p o s i t i o n , t h e e f f e c t r n u s t b e lOth houses. 2. t+a (Sakata). bad. (Sringataka). All plarrets should be in "gq1zl, ( l t h houses, Effect good. 5th and All planetsshould bc In'-.' 5. aa (llala). 4. (u) 2ttd,5th and l0th houses: (b) 3rd,7th and'l lth houses; ( c ) 4 t b , 8 t h a n d I l l t h h o u s e s; that is, rn trines begirtning with arrl' hciuse other thirn the Lagna. the l:t,
cf.
fll.lg+,t4ol
: I oTlI;rrl{FJ{qtF,ldql FHtEqT(+q{afrqf,q
\n\C-\o].
"
"^\
\ \ t r{q{{,Fq t11: ll
mrtfbqr n;glraR E
418
srdfcrRflri
Adh.vII.
,*t-t
"-t{q,.4-{etfqr
Stoka 169. qs (Vajra) is produced when all the beneficand all the malefic planets are ranged as in the and c&q (Pakshin),i.e. when all the bene' tro'a (Sakata) exclusively fic planetsoccupy the lst and the ?th houses and all the malefic planets are in the 4th and the 10th houses exclusively. This order when reversedgives the qqdtrr (Yava yoga), i.c. when the malefic planetsare as in {rd'd (Sakata)and beneficones as in crQ{ (Pakshin)' +no (Kamala)when the good and evil The yoga becomes planete are ranged promiscuouslyin the 4 housesindi' cated (tet, 4th, ?th and lCth)' erfrdq (Vapee yoga) would result when the 7 planets occupy the 4 tTurrt (Panapara) or the 4 qrfrbq (Apoklima)houses. Notrs.
Four more arrafr (ALriti) yogas are described in this sloka. 6. sq (Vajra). All benefics should be in the lst and the 7 t h h o u s e s ,a n d a l l m a l e f i c s i n t h e ' l t h a n d t t r e l 0 t h . T h e s p i r i t is good; trecause bad planets are in opposition to bad ones and air:e aersq. 7. qq (Yava). 611 62,1;:fics should be in the lst and 7t11 houses aud benelics in the 4th and l0th.
sl. 169
rrgrftsqr{tr
4n
Saturn The ellect wilt be that the perscn rises with the maxittturtr labour and lrardship.' For example, Sri Rama's hcroscope' 9. qrrii (Vapee)-All the planets shouldoccupy (a) the 2nd, 5th, 8tlr and llth houses' or b) the 3rd, 6th, gthand l2th houses. In the iq (Vajra) yoga, the man enjoyswell in early and benefics in the lst and the 7th must mean latter life, because, (7th house)' good in the beginning (,st house)and good in the end planets in the mid'heaven. are and bad in.he middle, because,bad Sirnilarly for 4a (Yava\' In the:h{,{ (Kamala) yoga, it should be noted that woalth is not indicated. In the al{i (Vapee)yoga, wealth is indicatedwithout charlcter or nlrn--e-a mere money' makiug ma:bine'
gsll{(:-
rcqfr: . g,reidrrcri|:
g}: | +i{eqsat: q6gtilt: qqFr;f: er*trrg qqrflq:gtfflndq ftqtr{* qr{tqrnqi+: qsl$t6qlitR}g ftfr' tt
Also sKl{di
478
,re---v----
mruffilre
---,-J--_,_ --__
Adh" VII.
-__-_____vvv_-_v_
Also vl-qlrs'rridi
6sssq\:n1'irtt{-gq,}qt;t
qd ilq qi+'il fqnild'ir qa: tl e*srt Q qg{ q gq sn: qi}sg{: I qtg qh s qFqi n qrhr*;aqgrrq, I ;[aqsd: qdq. ngtt: flitgruq] tt
varahamihira has another verse after this sroka in which he states that he has simply described the Eer (vajra) and other yogas (that is qE Yava and the yoga mentioned in Brihat Jataka, ch. xI-20) adopting the 'iew of the former writers, such as rrzt (Maya), q+q (Yavana) and others, meaning thereby that he personally does not recognise them; for, he asks " FIow can Mercury and Venus occupy the 4th house from the Sun ?" This sloka which has been left out by Vaidyanatha for reasons best known to himself is reproduced below :
sl, 170
qg*ssqFi:
4t(,
sqfirRru+{ qg.lqrftl* r
Sgililqqsrql ffir uoeh Tqr( n leo tl
Sloha IT0. If rhe sevenplanetsexclusively occupy four contiguous bhavas reckonedfrom the Lagna and the other Kendrasin order, the four resultingyogasare Xv (Yupa),1g (Ishu) or lr( lSara),riu lSakti) and qq (Darrda) reapect ively.
NorBs. Four more 3{rdit (Aknti) yogas are described in this verse : 10. {rT (Yupal.-Al1 the planets should occupy the lst, 2nd, 3rd and 4th houses. The planets are rising or are about to rise. I l. tg (Ishu) or {( (S:rra).-All tlre planets shoulclbe posited in the 4th, 5th, 6th and 7th houses. The planets are culminatiug or are about to culminate. 12. qritF (Sakti).-:-A11 the planets should be in the Zr.h, 8th, 9th and l0th houses. The planets are setting or about.to set. (Danda).-All the planets are in the l0th, llth, 13. <u-e l2th and lst houses. The planets are elevating or ascending mid-heaven,
ll ft;aq{-iireaqr5tt'ief"dWTgqllfsqoet:
gqfRssqmrttq qrq, qqiqf, ll
\.
Also vrtgarqsti
qdafiqq&d,q{S-Fd W{'q I
t eEnfitoz*uqaO{Erefrtritfr{r'
tq{rftrftquqr:flslqlE&qr fqsq tt
t f,KrexqntficaruR{rifutr
Sloku 171. lf the seven planets be in the seven houses reckcned from the Lagnaand other contiguous Kendiaein order, the fcur ,ogas producedaraf,t.(Nau), qz (Kuta), oa (Chattra) and au (Chapa)' If the severr houses occupied by planetsdo not begin eucceEsive with a Kendra as in the lour yogasir lNau), etc', but qr{rlbc (Apoklima) begin with a nornr (Panapara)or bhiva, the yt'ga prcduced is declared to be artlq-{ (Arddha Chandra). Norrs
Five more qA,t (Akriti) yogas are describedin this Slcka' (14) f,I (Nau).-All the planets should be in the seven housesfrom the Lagna (i.e,, in the invisible half) in any order, culminatiog and rising.
sl. 17t
(dstlr
48t
to be in the T houses (i,e., side, setting and occidental on the in order 4th any from the culminating). (16) ffi (Chhathra).-ett the planets are placed in the 7 housesfrbm the 7th bhava d'e., elevating and setting-al1 in the visible half). (f Z) qrq (Chapa).-All the planets are to be in the 7 houses on the oriental side,rising and elevating)' from the lOth (a'.e., (18) .r{qq (Ardtta Chandra).-All the planets are in the 7 housesbeginning fronr the 4 qgl6{ (Panaphara) or the 4 3Tfq}lBq (Apoklima) houses. Consistently, Varahamihira gives the several effects for + (Nau) and other tbree yogas-gcod effects for Fa (Chattra) and q-lc (Chapa) because in the one case' planets are in the visible half and in the other, they are rising and elevating-in both the cases, they must be good. Vide sloka from Brihat Jataka quoted under notes to sloka 178 infra, -- , cf q{rtrr
(\\.,
sa qgat-qTqftii1+qh {trtq-{, tt sqm(: raq r iT,tq #teaarpqqtfE *,-nfqrrnfut: qqnlsit+ 5fpq: lf qrqrcr*{;rrT(qdfr,il
Also ttt;t5sFrdt
({l&Fgltt'nrt: s{Sztuq'tfinr
gqlfrq{qrdrt: 6a{sfifrqt u
saq+*: 1 ssqrRfqof;t*raa: qqq{nRgqhtarq{eWqt3t: ll
q(FqGqlqd qitlmerrFf,mq, I qdttqt: qsl( alq{rFqsI{T udt ti
Also qrwo'l
182
.'l|trTft{T
Adh. VII.
qfufi.}; 11 iaa6aor{+Ffrnr:
ssqriqt'a: *=flq'qa +t6ilsiirrdtr
qe.gEqr;Et-g{tFa q+r.a\s"qtwcHgq F a: ll
Also ilagrrq-d
rrrfxqangqhqt+K+ frfi, r
Also gnrSrfl
g[ 1?8
ctgfr${r|t:
{88
,fre&+,.ftiq r G-Id'qgfblqlq\'
qarfiIqeFqt: *qna ag:6qs{qq}:
#1
r|fiq|ftd
Adb.vII.
This is a proof that all conjunctions are bad. That is why (Vallaki) yoga is the best. For eflects, see sloka 179 infra. s1tfr1 Yogasother than {t;( (Chandra) yogas are TtiTq(Nabhasa) yogasand they take efiect at all times and periods irrespectiveof y o g a sa r e o f p e r m a a n y d a s ao r b h u k t i r u l i n g a t t h e t i r r r e . 1 ' h e s e nent effect on the life, character and fcrtune of the person concernod. q,qE{1qr: (Karaka yoga) and other yogas also come under ;IIrT( (Nabhasa) yogas. yogasmay sorJ-retimes coincide(or become The <qt (Sanl<hya) (Akriti) yogas. B{rT,fr with the identical) For instance,rKI (Gada), cien (Pakshin) and {da (Sakata) yoge$are particular casesof gtdrr (Yu.ra yoga) mentionedin this sloka. rrfl-aq (Sringataka) and qo ( Hala) yogas are only varieties of qfrdlq (Sula yoga). The yogas qit (Vajra), ++ (Yaya), +ro (Kamala), qr{i (Vapee), 1u (Yupa), q (ltitu), i,iq (Sakti), and <',-s (Danda) are only special instances of the <w (Sankhya) cJ (N.u), 5z (Kuta), se (Chattra), yoga *<r< (Kedara). The yoga.s qq (Chapa) and s+'iq;( (Arana Chandra) are particular examples of slqt (Veena) yoga. The ggtr (Samudra) and qfr (Chakra) vogas are special cases of (l{{Ff (Dama yoga). ln thes: cases it must be understood they ceaseto be trqt (Sart trva) yogas,i,.e., the ncqt (sankhya) yogas are not then to be taken into account. cf. gqld(
i"tftitrtffisqeRq tecqi
ll. 1?6
qg&stctc:
1p6
-end yoga will be defective in $ome limb, reEolute rltt (Mala) ehrewd ; the man born in the eq (Srak) or in yoga will have many enjoymants; h: whose birth is the et (Sarpa)yoga witl euffer many miseries' er(I{dl
I erqgi g{loi} r;r{rT(i![fr: qil fttnfanfts"q{d<h: qe* qrlr@:lt <grxueil {tqrftttqfigoil &,0' fir,irGfngai g'r* iqqfi5ft{fa: I g,rdt ,it,ftgdt qqr( fq ,1Ru-ii\
498
rrdnut
Adh. vII.
livelihoodby driving a cart, will be aickly and cursed with a badwife; in the cfr (Pakshi) yoga, the person born will be a mesaage bearer,of vagrant habits and quarrelsoma The man that heethe rrErr (Sringataka) yogawill be happy in his latrerdays; and the perEon whosebirtb is in the to (Hala)yogawill be engaged in agriculture.
NotBs. From the eflectsgiven above, the principle to be deducedrs tbat planets in square or in opposition to one another give bad results, while planets in trine to one another producegood results and the same is brought out beautifully. And this is our old tbeory and not the theory of others. Varahamihira does not agree rpith Parasara aud others who think that some Kendras do good. E g., *tft (Kesari yosa). Varahamihira is consistent throughout as regards the eflect of squares,oppositions and trines. The word fucS<fi (Chira sukhee) has been interpreted as FS\qCqfr (Chirena Sukhee), i,e., " h"ppy in the latter days," according to the commentator Bhattotpala. The interpretation " h"ppy for a long time " given by some is not accepted by the commeutator as it is opposed to the following quotation from Garga: tiz,,--
sl. 1?6
smtsqrrt
8l
fuwesqwrqtgffi ?qt' fqqr gqrrfi;ift: I sTlat gqftanqr: ryflefitqrtl{gir1:ll *6rRr.iiqfiqr:gfrqerB:fbaran)ilql' r iFggrfl-ernr' i'qr EenfirtgttTr: il
aflq:flqqft g&m: {ffl: gwT fiffi6rq qrrqfi.FTT q* qrar:e*fitara tt qqff}q"+ g({tthgrtr: I edfrqqrrsaqil Eriu(:Fqqfiqrqqdlqmr: wit gtfl: ll
188
qRltcrfrqfi
Adb.vII.
Rnrrrqfl{a'gqt{qtt qn
eTT.qfi(flIfi{f,FelTrga} fiq*qflsqa: I
aafiqqsefqrii Xt qldl Rftea ll ?q{qntu16{i;q6r:I {g{lqqFgq;s; F3: ll Rer: sfieqfirct:{l{q}ilflEqKT: gtrTl: qq(Rdfa{.eg: t ftadttenQoegv: gq{T:ll {lsli qm: Rqwr sgrqgefrgofl:
g{q};dtsnr: Fln{qlqt: I QdsqQrrfi:qr: g:ftadtat: iqt qssqqilq{t: mtdqll
rgpq:IqoEmlqqnfrqqiqt e* qrcrefieq
q* ilil qq<fl qsi\r1i{it{nhilt, fRiln' t
sl. 1?8
eedtsrqtl:
c80
Sloha 178. The p?rson born in the sqi'm (Chhattra yoga) will be happy in the beginning and the end of his life with matchless riches and strength. The man at whose birth the ,i\irn (Nau yoga) occurs will live on the surface of water and get his living there, In the c**q (Chakra yoga), the pereon born will be a famous king. The man who has had his birth in the qg4qlrr (Samudra yoga' will find his living in wrter and will be a ruler of the earth. Hc who is born in the ert=iaqrq (Ardha Chandra yoga) will lead a life oi pleasure. The personwho has had the qzfrn (Kuta yoga) in his nati, and forests vity will frequent mountains and be addicted If men be bcrn uEtTa (Dhanur cruel deeds, in tlie to yoga)they will adoptthe profession of thieveshaunting places inaccessible and bc despis,'d outcasts.
NorBs. The effects of these yogas are thus described in EEFiTilS'.
qilar+ qrlqrililz{{gq: qs?rf[d:r q'la;e* sqfh r{: grailt'*tqtgilnq} r1qll nfte,'iqqlfifirrre6lr: Fqro*1fii|(Er: 1 qflql Q;fl *riqrnrt oT:g6fl: ll SquTI quralffi Tirfqqfl*ftzra :I cqTFbfidqrq
ln
r.TTTftr't
Adb.vu.
ffi'(wi*qru
ftgq:WteEer|xm
Slohu 179. The personborn in shs *qre}n (Veena yoga)will be skilled in every kind of work and fond of musi'eand dancing; the man born in the qrcah (Dama yoga) will be obliging, with a clear intellect and famed Ior his learoingand wealth. The person whose birth takes place in the crtrfirl (Pasayoga) will be very clever rn the acquisitionof virtue and wealth, will be talkative (Kedara and have sons. The man who has ihs @q yoga)in his nativity will pursu? agriculture, acquire wealth, be slow of comprehension.andkind to his relatives. c/. qo<itt+r
{tqJqq{ftgq: fiq'ftn1s,tt
qgqalEffl qri wrffinwEeiFg: qKFqfi$+fi(d: I
gl. lgl
(tldtsqrr:
f91
gg *qro: iDRa:gaqqfrsq:
Also wtr+efl.
gqrTgr frTrF{dT: fla$I{Tilqqrqfrfilq t geft+ rgeTl{t'trrqidftm qgiTT: ll qgqurgd qrfi-qrgq+rfi viuil qr: 1
qq tl {g${cdH**it fraraF'Trq:
flIl
\.0
iranqlq;
e[pl-Ir6t: strl*lilTlaT I
Sloka 180. The person born in the qo.iin (Sula yoga) is full of rage, fond of money, brave, with the marks of wounds received in f ight, and without wealth, The marr whose birth is in th: gn'irrr (Yuga yoga) eata food and is exceedingly fickle, hereticrl and adbegged dicted to the drinking of soirituous liquors. He who is born in the {r'rirrr (Gola yoga) is without wealth, indolent,of vagrant habits,shoit'livad and ignorant. These 32 yogas havc been rnentioned by srrafuQrt (Varahamihira). :f. m-d'.lftrr
492
ct T6nRFf.
ltdrcrftilt
Adh.vn
r Rqqq|oitnritn: sfl{e"qefrsziri
Also ertt{dT.
erRqretrgilfiqtflntq{fi,lr qfu;rr:I
gl. tgo
sttfrsqnrc
493
Again, it has already been stated [%da slokas from lFcftr{ (Brihatjataka), uttrldl (Srravali) and grrr-a{ (Gunakara) quoted (Asraya) yogas coincide with other above] that where the eTr2{4 yogas, they cease to be 3{trtiT (Asraya) yogas. So that the RrTI (Sankhya) and snrT{ (Asraya) yogasbecome null and void (eclipsed or inoperative) when they coincide with any of the qt5fi (A.t<riti) yogas. But supposethe g{rlr{ (Asraya) and gFtr (Srnkhya) yogas to coincide with each other. How are tlrey to be then treated ? According to the commentator, if the coincidence relates to the d<R (Kedara), lld (Sula) and g,r (yuga) yogas, the yogas are to be treated as srirlq (Asraya) yogas only, but if it refers to the rita (Gola) yoga, it is to be treated as such and nct as elffi (Asraya) one-otherwise there will be no scop6 for the q'Io (Gola) yoga at all. According to Yavanacharya,there are 1,800 sub.divisions.of afrre (Nabhasa) yogas: qf. EAsilar.
\n
qqifugqr fe qe{tfrHI fifill f}<tfisr diFl{r:FII: U q-q-{rilfrKm: 6&dI u}rrrcg {Hff ;tTHr I
Also urcrq-ei.
eTerE{r{dg0rrrrtqi erfinGtqr} rr
It will now be explained how the Yavanas recognise 1,g00 sub-divisions. Takingrlny one of the l2 Rasis as the Lagna, there are 150 yogasof which 23 are s{r5fi (ntriti) and 127 Vtr (SanLhya) yogas. The oi'rr{{ (Asraya) and {o (Dala) yog.as are not taken by thern into account. (T;ae sloka 167). As already explained in the notes to Sloka l6g, the.rrn (Caaa) yoga has been treated of by the Yavanas as 4 distinct yogas. Adding these to the remaining l9 srmfr (Akriti) yogas, we get 23 Again the 7 $Cr (Sankhya) yogas are split into (Sankhya) yogas for each Lagna by the yavanas thus:127 qr
The yoga {rqt which is caused by the 7 planets occupying any seven signs has 7 sub.divisions, as each of the 7 planets may occupy the Lagna. The 2nd n-<tr (Sankbya) yoga is qg (Drmc) rccordlng to which a1l planets should be in any 6 housGq Tlc
.rirmfurl
Adb. vn.
Yavanas rccognise 2l varieties of this yoga (number of yogas caused by 5 out of the 7 planets being in 5 housesand the remain' The next yoga is ntr (Pasa). This ing 2 occupying the Lagna). hl,s 35 varieties (+ of ttre 7 planets occupying 4 houses and the remdining 3 being in the Lagna). The next yoga urla.ht< (Xeda' ra) has also got 35 (Sula) has got 2l Lastly ri'ro (Gola) planets are placed varieties for the same reason. Similarly tfo sub-divisions and grr (Yuga) 7 sub-divisions. has only one, vil. the case in which all the in the Lagna.
So that the seven tc4t (Sankhya) yogas are sub-dividedinto o r 1 2 7 d i v i s i o n s . T h e s e a d d e dt o t h e 7+21+-"5+35+21+7+l 23 err6ii (Akriti) yogas mentioned aboie give us 150 yogas for each lagna or 1,800 yogas for the 12 lagnas.
ffisu*sunq:
ll ll qET2ilqT5aFrilq:
AdhYaYa VIII. PrrANETs. oF Two ori MoRE ON Con.ruNcrroNs
il eTqr Erq+qr rr
Combination of 2 olanets in one bhava. There are 2l such combinations.
496
cf. Tff{Rfr
rldrYrftilf
Adh VIII.
qrs{rrrowfiRWrffi wrqrFEt
Sloka2. A pereonvrill be intelligent and atten, tively honor the relationsacquiredthroughhir wife if with Venus; if at his birth the Sun be in conjrlnggisn with Saturn, tbe oerson born will the Sunbe associated be somewbat dull,witted and in the power of his enemies. If the Moon be in conjunction with l"{aru, the personborn will be brave,of high birth, virtuour, with rich aod worthy ; if the Moon be agsociated Mercury, the man boro in the yoga will be pious to Eciences and will havediversemerits. devoted af, st<rs-d
rlqr(u|fiil {ftg,if iagieao r tgfr Gfrnfr: dsqreqq'gqq: 11 qrEfr qtqq:e'dft{q:megflEn: I ffi{rgil: g-q:{rfrGdneq{itaq tr
sl. 3
qudsqrq:
Asl
qt rq*tff rfrw+fi196q',
e"qqrEft-c{t wry*l-qsq*} tt
+raqrqreftfqgq'g'fi: rftgqa' ggqa I
qrRrgqit,id\'qrflfirg{lgt: lt fueqqq:
cnrilqrgwnafriffiqnr{vr gh ti* 'nqrnrffit*g $'ttus g* ffiftilgfr | qffiqrilqqtwSi Eqtsrnctqufr fr.qrFqiqgt tt l tt drqqittqilqstruf ErCt
Slut.r 3. When the Moon is in conjunction with Jupiter, the person born will be very intelligent and protect good people. When Venut is associatedwith the Moon, the effect of the yoga on tbe person born will be that he will be evil'minded and clever in making bargains. If the Moon be in conjunction with Saturn. the pereon born will have a bad wife, abuse hie parents and will be without wealth. If Mars and Mercury be together, the person born in the yoga will be eloquentand clever in mediciue and fine arts. cf. Kr"R{
gfm: grrto: g{fa+s,if tl rif qqegq: gof*fr:ero{:t flmqrftf\tr' a.fi61oEqgm: d\} ll mrR*tg gtro:{tfiqrfnfr' HqI firnqto: t alfialaarrd {qr'{sqrqfr
498
ElRti6lTtr{qlt
A\
Adh. VIII.
qqerFkqr.frgilea gdiq;qir?,${o: t gqgt{q}fiq$' aqfiqa: mftdi: t( tt zaiqtfilrnr qrilsfqtqnafA-qgq'r gugnrlt qfiq'i{ Srqg'ir qiqisr{q{ tl
qftqr{ r firerSfiniefriqrfr qrfiq{rnq} gqr{ilfr:tl erafiqqqr{: g{ge$qri}: qfhafl: q{gqfAfi d {o' , Fft rrqqqd) {irZd{laral fqzafrid\rsq}t rt
rL6
srgqlscrll4:
499
unction with Mer' cury, the persrn born will be versed in the sacredbooks' and fond of music, play and mirth. If Saturn be associatedwith Mercury, the person born will be wealthy and distinguishedfor his moral worth' learned, The man at whose birth Jupiter and Venus occupy one sign will be enerqetic,in favor with the king and exceedingly intelligent' If Jupiter ba in conittnction with S.rturn.the effect of the yoga will be that the person born in it will be an artist. If Venus and Saturnbe togethcrat a bitth the personaffectdby the vgga will own largeherdsof cattle and be an athlete'
NorBs. cf . qtrtqdt
eifd{qqi}qqil qgfte'iiiafi.galrq:il1 | -qqrcqtfq : !| 'ftaf,talq(fA{'Efga'iifi t nq?I: nctfifrqq{ftor TqqI{ sEqslq: g'{ilfiii+ gql( qlfA ll figq' ritqaqt+q] qJafifiqrqDfinredit'rir: sqplgd:I alifFra,irirs* fifireilit ql;qftqt( tt qr q{ failzr,} q'lnftqfndsJdt ll nfi'ftq,il:qflq' lfqfi{TqrTfl'{tlm. q r qrrhe.T{ulqfl : {qaturfq+tf{tacl qs),aq:egfi: n{iftaq}t gqll {qfi ll
The eflei:ts above described are only very general being appli' cable to tbe several combinations forrned in any of the l2 bhavas' The effects irr each of the l2 bhavas haVe been described in detail by qqatsri (\'avanacharya) aud quotecl in ?{itr.o (Horaratna)' The author of Saravali adds
500
qnwrftqR
Adh. vlil.
tt frqafrq: tr
Combinations of 3 planets in one bhava. There may be 35 such combinations.
qWffitRsosisl
trfi frftqrr
Sloka 6. If the Aqd{'rrr (Thrigraha yoga) or the combinationof 3 planetsin one bhava'consist of the sun, the Moon and Mars, the personborn wilr extiroate the whole brood of his enemies,and be wealthy and politic. If the combination contain the Moo., the Sun and Mercury, the person that has his birth in the BcEfrq (Thrigraha yoga)will be a king's compeerfamed for his learning. If the Sun, the Moon and Jupiter be the trio planets influencinga birrh, the effecl of the yoga on the person born will be to makehim a mine of virtuea, learned and much liked by tris sovereign. If the Sun, the Moon and Venue be together in one bhava the pe*on born will be addictedto other people's wives, cruel, in dread of enemiesand rich. cf. TttTd
sl. 7
qudtse{q:
601
saqrqrfigut:t{r5{d
q;d{nqt
Gt{qFqG:t
iqrfi ?{{fr:rcRqt*rrffit, tt
q{T{ilQ ftgqt q{{T(ir*I {rmfig'rlE I
.nq-qtst$\*dqlqt rIsE:tl
Rirrftfr oqftqt{t
lllssgilfrrtrteg({| grrdqRrihar t
ll e ll *qluigt{Fqtdqftt ,r}.fiodr+rttEr{,
Sloka 7. If Satum,the Moon and the Sun combine in one bhava, the personborn will be wickedly ioclined, deceitful and fond of foreign countries. If the Sun, Mars and Mercury be together, the person whose birth is influencedby them will be bereft of comforts though posseesedof sons, riches, and wives. If Jupiter, the Sun and Mars be in conjunction, the person born in the yoga will be a patriotic premier or commander,in,chief. If Mars, the Sun and Venus be together in a itca*tf (Trigraha yoga), the p:rson born will suffer from dis, eaees of the eye, will be a voluptuary, of gentle birth and of great wealth. cf. srtr+dt
qrlerEgt:tt z$*qRffiqrt'n-Enft:
502
Gilirif,'rlrtsTril
Adh. VIII.
trrrvrfuirg$rrgrfrr?krqqiiiffiqt
gtq: ll ErqFqfagEfittftfafin, qqqtfq:qlfqil gtf\: t srftafrqrqr2) qftt, tt <ilRit'fl;its:nftgorfiwfit, fiqrqriltuq' sifril Fgfit: qfieo: r uttt: 11 fr{rF.e}'gg11+&qfqR
si.I
slgqlsc-qFl:
603
604
qn+qRqri
Adh. VIII.
conjunction at a birth, the person born will betray be love'sick and handsome. impatiencein his speech, If the Moon, Mars and Venus be together and form the tsqeiln Trigraha yoga), the person affectedby it will have ill'manneredsonsand be of wandering habits. If the Mocn, Saturn and Mare combine and produce th: ]oga, the person born in it will be fickle minded and so wicked as to perpetratethe unnatural crime cf matricide. If there be a conjuncrion of Jupiter, the Moon and Mercury, the person who has his birth in the yoga will be very rich and renowned and will becomea king's favorite, cf, fl<r{d
drr,nrgg\Q\+rtaoeiqatI
g:fiorqr:gr: qfAadsl: fltq fifie' t rta,ftnq tt $qqg{ftfit: qQH'Sqqft: ga} Gqqaei+fi&e, r {e} nqqal+, qrla aii q]il ,fgd{ftqrFfi{gdril"q ll qnqtt*eq] {rrdt iqd qrfrqf}sgo+1ft: t
ergs'rutqgd\ glqgrfit$*'
tr
Sloha ll. I{ Venus,Mercury and the Moon com' (Trigraha yoga), the person bine and form a r?qaqirr born in it will be learned but dev.rted to mean acts and yct honorable. If the combination be of the Moon,
Stohu 12. If Venus, the Moorl and Saturn be together in a bhava,the person bortr in the voga will becomea learned Brahmana teacher, a king's chaplain and will be much hked. If the yoga be due to the combinationof Jupiter, Mercury and Mars in one bhava
b+
qrceqrftwrl
Adh. VIII.
the personwhose birth is in it will be devotedto music, poetry and the dramas, If Venus, Mars and Mercury be in conjunction, the eifect of the ffcaqi{ (Irigraha yoga) is that the person affectedby it will be defective in some limb, base.bornand fickle,minded. If the three planetscornbiningto producea iaq{qirr (Trigraha yoga) be Mercury, Mars and Saturn, the person born will be a menialservant,with diseased eyes and vrgrant habits. cf , st(qdi
rrqfrq;q Uata r fdfi+,qgw+,ilqmgiiqfli afirqrfiqflYisqlt rt ?qGqt sQqrqi qrd qitoftarq' grfi: Hgrfdnfi: *rr: r qFqiaqsflo: argqtlgg|: rftt: tl
eTSdti)Q*,orq.aqe) gs*r qtqt Qct: I
geiTfiil)egl{tgngqsg6fr:sRi: tt
inq: qqrqoh: qqrfldtAqkqilil{t r
st. 14
qeitsqn:
607
t. *tiged ,o live abroad' .If t"a -t** -ttt -in one bhava, Venus, Mercury and Jupiter be associated the person born will be triumphant over his enenier and attain to fame and Power. cf, u<t+dt
ffi'Tewgftfrgftr q*irfr
qrd] qi{ffitrqor{iiit
q<SrgrEFdr{qqrqfrs;wtwd ||
qnfrqqrf }re-
qrf,scrrtqre
Adh. VIII.
Sun is associated with evil planets, the astrologer may divine that the father of the person concernedwill be sinilarly affected. r.f. sr(r4d Norrs
qrflqgq}firGNqr{{il{ raravtu{ga | gfrnleaw grrriwanfla gqr&fiErqr: tt q{gqfrrfr q}Gqqate' 5it qdfsTffir1 t qttm: rr gvgtqdnat: malfirfl: ;Xi sUsfiqrdiqqfiat ryfHf{so+tffi: r rfietqa'tl UarrrfiaQq.rrlt+st, qftSftq;i q6utq' q+lftnq*:I gf fQqwqr*, g,i qtf:qP,fiffr,iq, tl
The author of gtc+di adds
qrqrql{r: u}nrlarlfrqnlFqf, rr Zqfr?eq qrqrcq)sfr fiflar, U{,f}o at gg,ine}h r qftroi fiaqQlqq. (lftqg:qru tt
For the eflects of the above combinations of thre" planets in oach of the l2 bhavas, see Horaratna-
ll qg*airtr, n
Combinations of 4 pianets in one bbava, such combinations. Tirere may be 35
9;ilr{lgg5ft*imr{ q{dt
qtqtqqqs{oiftfttq tqt r
{qr{ffirrffirrn
t\ti
Sl. ro
sTggtsqrq:
6C/9
Sloka 15. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Mer. cury be all in one bh,rvathe p3rson born will be a o f i l l u s i o a sa , scribe c o n j u r e rs k i l l e di n t h e p r o d u c t i o n aud sickly. If the Sun,the Mocn, Mars and Jupiter be in one bhava,the person affecced by the yoga togecher loyal to his sovereignand talented, rvill be rich, famous, free from sorrow an<lsickness. cf. qr{r{di
ftRttnerygil ilrrl qrquqe$iloaI gql{ q4fall gtrftrrlmnr-+il#rrr: aqJ'il{iqrf}qqaril'r' sn{Fqfidrfi;qri 1 qfti, +dqq'ilfigq, nfhqqftqrpd: rr
3TRrififf(Ugqt gGt({Trqq.
c\
fiqqarlfrRe]qqrRilqrfrrnrril ar{: I
610
qtaSrtTRilTT
Adh. VIII.
Erqilqi} {tr' t firaq'ai} Rlqffi*:sf,IQ{: qrd:qrdtndg:ilfif,UtqrF*: qQt: tl qgq:I qg] uqnqni fi+o: g,r,iiqtrq"t qlil: qltr,F;)tfinfngu'rlfii, tftt' tt qlqftqfiqgd{qq+qfrafiiir ucq{fto:t nits"qz{1lt 6pgn}'urftfifiqaq.tt firqir
| $rrftiituoRagitotEg*!
qrdifiiloaq* ngiiqr\ lt {c ll Enlgalqitiii.gdtsqqdr
Sl.An 18. If the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and qqigim (Chaturgraha Venus ccmbine to produce a
s. 19
ulglttstrlTltl
dll
yoga),the person born will be moving about in water or in some forest region, be held in great esteemby his sovereign and have many enjoyments. If the planeto forming the yoga be the Sun, the Moon, Jupiter and Saturn,the person whose birth is influenced by the yoga will be broad,eyed, with much wealth and many sons and will have for his wife a courtezan' cl. snF{dl
ufugrrgugit{*ilsfrSrr
i[-dqrsFll }lqgl{fll.t(I rq ( q
6t8
\\
srrdscrRqrt
Adh.vln.
frqqarihqJqEt{leqr t
fqrw$qarnqgq;iq{qi
a1qfti$ Er.ftq6ffiol il Ro tl
!,loha 20. I[ the Sun, Mars, Mercury and Venus combinein one bhava, the person that hashis birth in yoga) will be addictedto other the qgra'ila (Chaturgraha men'Ewives, of odd looksand dress,thievishly inclined and devoid of all goodness, If the Sun, Mars, Mercury and Saturn be in conjunction, the personborn will be a commander of an army or a king's minister, stooping to baseacts and inclined to pleasure" cf . sra+dl
wffifrif{rqft sq: wnisltneqiqql qtnffiiiqrstridqfr Hr<ri gud;gqE I ifr r qfiqqqrui r ifdqi{uii {Sdr*fuilr
ffikgqqfi{*hnilrgqqrrqrqi q.iEn lt tl
Sloha 2L If the Sun,Mars, Jupiter and Venus be togetherin a bhava,the person born will havea status equal to that of a sovereign, be renowned, h ighly ecteemed and wealtby. If tbe Sun, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn combine to produce a egia,im (Chaturgraha
SI. 98
qq*5qlq:
618
yoga), the person whose birth is affected by it will be poor, wandering, with good friends and relativec. lf the Sun, Marg, Venus and Saturn be associated in a bha,va, the effect of the yoga on the petson born will be tht foremostof that he will be in disgrrce and become miodemeanants. If the Sun, Mercury, Jupiter and Venur be in one bhava,the person born under their influence will carechiefly for wealth and fame,and will becone an important personagein the community to which he may belong.
cf, qTilq-d
rfi,*qqte$rt+F\dfRm1g6v: u
ft-qr* rq{ra{: fHqrifrygft*Rr+:I
{rgUq{q*t, sg*ql ZqIfitITd: ll
qqg{fteg*,isfrgqri+tfhrri:tt
614
qriwrQqre
Adb. VIII.
Cbaturgrahayoga be the .Sun, Jupiter, Venue and $aturn, the person born in it will be proficientin the artr, in command of the vulgar people and daring, If the Moon,Mars,MercuryandJupiterbe in conjunction, who has his birth in the yogr will be devo, the person good of his sovereign, become a wise minister ted to the and findly a ruler of the earth, cf, srmafr
snq'rr "+tffigEg;q\5ptqht gtK: gqrl: qril eg'ieq:qeq{}qdq-dr I u tRgqfrdYRn+Tt *t ftaeqrq) qlP.e: urGsrttRor{ wi qrd} rr qrftoqfrqqqlehfr{l gqrwm: ll
;iiqnr{ I gv: +R: eHI;t:ftredirq-lsfEq2q
Sl. ge
ctfrscqtq:
6r5
will be clever in iniquity, tleepy and itching for wealtfi. The person who has his birth in the yoga formedby of the Moon, Mars, Jupiterand $aturn the combination and learned. brave,comfortable will be firm,minded, Norrs.
cl, eru{tt
qqRgmqlFnn, nftsqgq*Rnqlt ll flqtTgs:I u+-erqlsiitq frtors: Ufioa: Hfiil: ll lrS qfiegq: flRlssrUtqrtt; qftil qqEraqt' frnq5ftt t dl-rri qmrg:
*}tflaw\'\: tl rfttrsqntu+
The combination of the Moon, Mars, Venus and Saturn has been left out in the text. Its effect is thus described in et(I{dl (Seravali).
qn:grofrsqlq g+Eqqqrfi+lqfi tt
Algo cT{r{rMil:
$6clqR: qq?q:flqhil mq
q}}q' t
ffiq;gmqrfrwt ffirtdqfr-
tri-srdq{rrHrfilgrqqrfirqRils ll 18 ll
Stoka 21. The pereon born in a yoga formed by the combinationin one bhava, of the Moon, Mercury, famousand Jupiter and Venus will be deaf,but learned,
616
qrarcrRqre
Adh. vIH.
wcalthy. If the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter and Eaturn be together and produce a agiqflu (Chrturgraha yoga), the person influencedby it will be exceedingly wealthy, kind to his relativeeand charitable. The person whoee birth is in the yoga formed by the conjunction of the Moon, Mercury, Venus and Saturn, will becomehostile to a large number of personsand have. intrigues with the wives of other people. If the Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn combine in a bhava,the person who hag his nativity in the yoga will be devoid of ease, Eceprical and unfeeling. cf. ras-d
trfrd{fr*drtEtdqqltftnqr{"frqr{ffift {qrr! n R\ tl
Sloka 25. The person born when Mars,Mercury, Jupiterand Venus arein conjunctionwill be rich and reviled. If Mars, Mercury,Jupiter and Saturn be the planete formingthe yoga, rhe personwhosebirth is in it will be sickly and destituteof wealth. If Mercury,
u, 96
STEITTSqr|I:
5t?
Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be together in one bhava, the person born in the yoga will have exceeding wealth, learningand amiability. cf, sr{lild Norss'
m4l e.asR"gfrfiqrtwftifwrgrilt, rr
ffii qrmra) ilqrFTfrt fttqusa r
dmttfnQqwFfr d* q qftdflqa, r
gqfrqgmftt\{ddtenq}} lr
The following two combinations do not find a piace in tbe Text: Yiz,, (l) itlars, Mercury, venus and Saturn and (2) Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn. I,'or their effects,aide the following slokas from I(4di.
il {Qr{qQql 11
Combinations of 5 planets in one bhava; thereare 2l such combinations.
618
qrdrcrRsrrt
Adh. vrn.
$L 2S-2e
cf. srtr+d
llElftrtr|rq!
6t9
frgaaeagrq:qlft{IRgqfrqFtt: rt
Frffsqtrrqftqq;gqfr{t*t
{iqq{rq${dr qliq\s;TEl{t ll Rc ll
Sloka 28. If the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter and Venue be together in one bhava, the effect of the yoga on the person born is that he will be an aesassin, cast out by his father, mother and other relations and will becomesightlesa, If the Sun, the Moon, Marc, Venue and Saturn form a tqcaim (Panchagraba yoga), the person, who has his birth therein will cleverly turn to accountthe humility, the wealth and power at his and have intrigueswith commandand will be depraved other people's wives. cf . *lRrsdl
qsfiRaS: erQ{rrrftru*{fi.*t: rr
{di Tfi fiqq{frqoEqilqr r
I IRTEI.
qftq;{Iqgg,dt {eftquqi stq s;so; r qeft qit iqdi: gi'ggtrrriEr+ar tl qrardGqqflit qfhanr(:q{r$arfrK: I
qrdTqrRsnt
Adh. VIII.
and Venuscombine and produce a ,iacr*{ (Pauchagraha yoga), the personwhosebirth is influenced therebywill be a wealthyminister,with a fame, powerandauthority to punish offenders, quite his own. If the five planets jointly formingtheyogabetheSun, the Moon,Mercury, and Saturn,the personborn in the yogawill be Jupiter indebtedto another for his food, very cowardly, very wickedly inclinedand practising cruelty.
cf. qt<r+d
((Tt efrt;ggrtFqrnegtr
dqtuittaw qgir.r.rnr r
qrn*Tqrcqgfr fr,Tqlwl:n il lo fl
S/rrAc 30. If the Sun,the Moon, i,{.r.urr, Venus and Saturnbe togetherin a bhava, the personborn will be without wealth, tall in stature, bercft of .children and his body will be afflicted with many diseasee"If the Sun,the Moon, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the 5 planetsjointly producing a {qqa+rr (Panchagraha yoga), the person who has his birth therein will have a wedded wife, be eloquent, clever in juggling, fearless, but haveenemiesto contend with. cf . rnrq-di
sl. 8l-92
s{gqtsEqr{t
tr}1
S/oAn 3I. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Venus be in conjunction, the prsonwho has hia birth in the yoga will be free from every care or sorrow, will command an army and horses,and be restlessly moving aboutafter women not his own. If tlrc planetsassocia, ted in the ,iqcfqlrr (Panch.rgraha yoga)be the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn, the effect of the yoga on the personborn ie that he will have.to eat beggedfood and wear dirty and tattered clothes. cf . qnrs'd
+tft <-gErmr: dlOnfrarqfiHqnqilr: r qr( genr&frqU*, lt il.rfq*fdgrrrir ftdfi'ii ir,'friq6i gk ,I(rfi6 rcr r
*uhitqsqrgr tfqgEge{sdig'} : tr
trft frnrfraUr,Tqruqrir r
ffiz
qrasrmtdre
Adh. VIII.
ment in the form of deathand captivity and will be sickly. If the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Venuaand Saturn in a ,iqc*{r (Panchagraha yoga), the effect be associated upon the personborn is that he will be of the highest rank, but have much misery, danger and disease to and be famished. endure
cf . stttsol
h'i1s*IfrqftaiqSiltfr{gw{ihqrgwqrgq-fltqq-
*nr s*gwv*ftfrv$rr
qql gwqfq{rilEsrnrtr tt 11 tr
Slofra 3..t. If the five planets, the Moon, Marc, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn combineand producea yoga, the perron born in it will be a menial servant, without wealttr" shabbily dressed,very ignorant and thievirh. The person at whose birth, the $un, Mara, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn are in conjunction, will be famed for hie featsof physical energyin the enjoyment of plearure in toyings in the form of a lock q;z (Yanthra).
cf. vRli{ot
sl" 34-36
eu*sccrq;
528
In the latter half of this s1oka,the planets forming the com. bination should be the Sun, Illars, lupiter, Venus and Saturn insteadof the Sun, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn which has a l r e a d yb e e n d e a l t w i t h i n s i o k a 3 l s u p r a , F u r t h e r , t h e e f t e c t givenfor this comtrination more or less tallies with that given in the 2nd of the two slokas from qrtqdi (Saravali)quoted above.
{ffi (Tqqge{rIq{gq{Irf,'3
A\Cn
utu1 t frlugogxtf,r;ggtr
qquq Hff{, srgi gtrr Egq;Tl
q;g-{e{gailqqi}iltf ll lts tl
5 / o { , r l l . i . T i r c i ) e r s o n w h o h a sh i s b i r t l i i n t h e 'i-ry yoga i':rmc,i the five planet3 ti)j Sun, Vlttfcutf, arnd Saturn, will h: rr,'i5e,v.,rs,":"1 in .lurrtlei-,nu'enrrs sacred b';oks ,ind of a virtuous characler end c<-rnduct suclras e.ods and reverend seniors always fpprtrve o[. If the Moon, Mars, ln4ercury.Junitt'r and Venus be tog3ther in a bhava, the pctsr;ri born under such influence will be virtuous. h rirpy, vel y rxrealthy, p o w c r f u la n d t . a r n e d .
cf. l{ril.{'7.1
r\\.r.'
qsilil*galqqiiqttr{ f,rqrgrq;qq;f II
ll 1\ ll <Tr( w&*qs{rf}qbqqqn$vgolrqiq+rs'rqr
Slofru i't5. lf the five planets,the Moon, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be together in one bhava, the person born under their iniluence will be hcnoured He will have defective vieion and have every wkre.
clatilnftcrl
Adh" VIIL
qqlT'fr?qftHfrwilct: ntoltqqq I
qm T{fr q1q-};gafrq1rftg}: rr
The underrnentionedtwo combinations appear to have been left out, uiz., (l) The Moon, Mars, I\.fercury, Venus and Saturn and (Z) the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter and Saturn. Their eflects are thus described in fffn*dr.
qftdqfrffgtTrsqrf+gqfrqRqftft: rr
qg{qfiilq{: q{rEQd5fi{qfro: I
q*&rfAqr'it ghggqgilfsgi: rr
qEgEfrTT: II gTgT II
Combinations of 6 planets in one bhava; there are 7 such combinations.
sr. 37-38
stgrftsqrq!
626
S / o l ' , r3 7 . I f t h e S u n , M a r s , M e r c u r y , JLrpiter, V e n u s a n d S a t u r nb e i n c o n j u n : t i o n ,t h e p e r s o nb o r n i n the yoga will be of wandering habirs and very wise. lf the Moon, Mars, Mercurv, jupiter, Venus and Saturn bc togetherin a bhava,thc personwhosebirch is influ, enced by the conjunction of tl-rescplanets will be a pilgrim to holy shrines and an asceric. If the six planets combining and producingthe yoga be the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Iupiter and Saturn,th: effect on the personborn is thrt he will be a robber,addicced to women not his own, leprous, reviled by relatives, bereft of children, ignoranL and in exile. Nores.
tf "qrC.ir " be the reading., the translation ir great wealtlr." "shall own
{T;rr frariqeuqrwr,ilt{ffit il lc tl
B/oArz 38. The person brrn in a wgealrr (Shad, graha yoga) formed of the Sun, the Moon, Mara,
626
wreocrRad
Adh. VIII.
be insignificant, ""t.in works not his own, afflicted with consump' engaged tion and drynessof the nose and despicable. If the $un, the Moon, Mars, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn be the six planetsjointiy producing the yoga, the personwhose by it will be a king's councillor, birth is influenced bereftof the joys whi:h rvife, childrcn rnd wealth gir':, but calmand contented.
utq{titftrRr*ruqroqtt
qtr; Q?rT{aK rll;rdh'r'i fiqrqq$qdi: q{isonq{q${i itoqm,{I6t{i I {r{sqi gqiurt fh'rrg $dtofgrtRutrwgtl
Sloka 39. Whe u the Sun is in the several signs beginningwith Mesira,the effect on the personborn is i n o r d e r( l ) t h a t h e w i l l h a v es m a l l w e a l t h ; ( 2 ) h e w i l l d e l i g h ti n m u s i c; 1 3 ) h i s m i n d w i l l b e f u l l o f c a r e ,.g"i,iing thc acquisitionoi learningand wcalth ; (1) he will be ignoraur: (rr) he will be versedirr the several the acquiarts and be clever; (fl) he will be devotedto ( 8 ) h e will be s i t i o n o i m o n e y, ( ? ) h e w i l i b e d a r i n g ; ( be ; (t)) he will be a petty trader; t0) he will esteemed lacking c l e v e ri n e v e r y k i n d o f e x e r c i s e ;( 1 1 ) h e w i l l b e give; i n s u c hj o y s a s c h i l d r e n a n d c h i l d r e n ' s c h i l d r e n as agricul' and (lzi he will prosp:r by such indttstries carriedon by irrigation' tural operations
NorBs. l-4.
40-41
qgfrs.qrq:
627
Sloko 4Q. If Mars occupy hrs own sign at a persons birth, the latter will get wealth from a king, from agriculture and from his wandering about in pursuit of other such occupation. If Mrrs be in a Rasi owned by Venus, the persotrborn will set his mind on enjoyment; the effect of Mars' presencein a sensual sign belonging to Mercury is that the person under such i'nfluence will speak in a dejected tone ; if the a planetbe in Kataka, the person born will become king's favourite and havc much wealth. If Marg' birth, the latter.will position be in Simha,at a person's be in posscssion of securewealth. In a Rasi belonging to Jupiter, Mars makes the person born triumphant of comfort and happinese. over his foes and possessed pre$ence of Mars l:as the effect of In Kumbha, the making the person concerned served by bad people. And lastly when Mars is in lr{rkara,the personborn is e i t h e ra k i n g o r h i s e q u a l .
Norps.
q;EgtsqafftilIi iS,TET
fter'qgrt gi
Sloku 41. A person will be poor if at hrs birth Mercury be in a houseof Mars; learned if in a house of Venus; happyif Mercury be in Mithuna; will dissi, pate w his ealth if the planet be in Kataka ; wrll be
lr28
oreoqrfffi
Adh. VIII.
henpecked if Mercury be in Simha; will have virtueg in abundance and be exempt from dangers if Mercury occupy Kanya; a king's favourite if in Dhanus; a suMued Eervantif in Meena; an artisan and a menia! ter\nnt of another if in a houseof Saturn.
NorBs. If g:q{fl be the reading insteadof [it{t, be "will get rid of all his troubles." c/. {(swcq XVIII-slokas 8-l l. the translatiorr will
qrdr$q{ Uft tnfrwariqsr gtlq41q qt I ffi1 ftilt qRrcsfitqtnrceq rr{f gffid{ sfrfr qt ffi qret tn {rq| {|q(rfrsl{r furii fiiszqr b'qrq} n BRtl
Sloha 42. If Jupiter h'e in a aign of Mars at the birth of a pereon, the latter will be superior to others in his army, wealth and ooru, highly virtuous and bountiful ; if in a rign of Venua, the person concerned will be energetic; if in a oign of Mercury, be will have a large following of friendc ; if Jupiter be in Kataka, the pereonborn will be wise and rich in sons; if in Kumbha,the person concernedwill enjoy pleasures ; if the planet be in Simha,the peroonaffectedwill bccome famous; if Jupiter occupy a qe" (Swakshetra), the personborn will be a king or on a par with a king. If in the depression sign Makara the person concerned will be a wanderer and bave a careworn mind, Nores.
c/. gwn:q XVIIT-slokas l2-13.
qnr aitritffgR{*
itqrrwaqr{
,iid.qwiftaffiRilrqn]:flrdfiq: I
st. 43-44
q?istqrc:
629
gffiAni
qnqRqlrfr gnther
n Bt tl
S/oAn 43, According to rhe posiciouof Venus in the several cigns from Mesha onwards, the per;on born will be respectively (') a gallant ; (, ) wielding large influence due to the poeaessionof fortune, geniue, friendsand kindred; (') learned, wealthy and wise; ( t ) c o w a r d l v ; ( u ) w i l l h a v e d u l l $ o n s ;( 6 ) w i l l f o l l o w courEesof conduct preecribed for people lowest in the socialscale; (') will be a king,s favourite; (s) will be served by a set of bad women; (') will becomea lord o f m e n ; ( * ) w i l l h a v e e n j o y m e n t s ;( t ' ) w i l l b e c o m e addictedto unmarried girls; ('1) will be posseosed. of fortune, learning, worth and amiable manners. NorBs.
c/. 1qs*n+ XVIII-slokas 14-16.
{lrr?ilrtrqilqg(dc{Tgrfl "Sd} mt: qtqqnrq* rMgr{rfllrur?eqqtl t cuds gru'olRrR{qi ilq&q} ftv+rt ilq'inqg'nfrqil{iEgi tqrqilftrfui , BB tl
Sloka 44. If Saturn occupy Mesha or any of the other aigns taken in order, the personborn will reEpec, tively be (') stupid (!) will not have much -".lrh ( t ) w i l l b e b e r e f to f m o n e y , s o n sa n d i n t e l l i g e n c e (o) will be banishedfrom the joys derivable irom the kind careof a mother (' ) will be disreputable ( n) wilt havc very little wcalth and very few children (') will be the leaderof a community, town or village ( s will ) have a cruel heart (', ) will enjoy the dignity aftaching to the poosession of children, wife and riches ( " ) will 67
ililsfiR-sfi
%
Adh, VIII.
be liked by his sovereign( 11)will have wealth ( u ) will Burpao$ in energyand other kingly virtues. Noras.
c/. grsara+ XVIII-slokas l7-19.
aqar'fi,o{HqRii"s +iaqr il B\ tl
Sloh,t,43. An intelligent astrologer shculd weigh well in his mind the effect of the lr4oon's presencein the severalzodiacal signsbeginningwith Meshras well (drr) Amsas in the belongingtirereto and then declare as the result of his deliberations.
.\\\c
qqiqrrqrfrFatr fhaRgfta u Bs tl
cllgrscqr|I:
681
planet aspectedby a propitious one will have children, richec and enjoyments, will be handsome,honored by his sovereign and exempt from humiliation or disgrace" If the planet influencing a birth be associated with a benignantone, the person born will be triumphant over his foeein this world, conform to the dutiee and practi, ceoappertainingto his birth and sccial position, and be (ascertain) ahrewd enoughto understand the unexpreesed wishes of others by their outwartl indications.
qqmgEil{*t di(i (t) q}q r frerq{rsnTqr ft e&qtqr;T{qqii*uqi gvt aqr grq&inddrTq!gqftqq *rr A ii+{i Bd
S/oA,r 48. When the Moon occupying Megha is by the several planets beginning with Marr aopected and ending wrth the Sun, the perron born under such influencewill respectively be a king, a man of learning, a personequalin Etatusto a king, one endowed with every amiable quality, a thief, and a beggar. If the Moon be in Vrishabha,and Mars aEpect it, the person I orn will be one bereft of propercy; it \{ercury be the aspecting planec, the perscn born will be a judge; if Jupiter, an honorable person; if Venus, a king; if Saturn,a monied person; if the Sun, one of a servant, class. If the Moon be in Mithuna and the several aspectingplanets be taken in the slme order as before, will rcspeccivelybe, the persor born in theieveral ceses one defective in som: limb, a king an intelligent and aagaciouoperson, a brave person, a villainous wretch and a poor man.
632
qnactRwril
Norrs.
Adh. VIII.
[]:g: fr41q1;z[ seems to be the correct reading in the 3rd pada of the sloka. c/. Brihatjataka XIX-1. The translation will then be " If the Moon be in Vrishabha, and ilIercury be the aspecting planet, the person born will be a thief &c. ,'
cf . rrrsot
{grzsqn{rqt zqt,nfilanvfratfQ r
tqG Rqeql Ei utqr gqrcrrd: tl wfrmqfirflil WrqR rTilfiqq: uqtra.d) I rqf,tfisqnrtglq ftitfflfr {qfh tl oU6qgFq) Rqnafqna r nr{: wra.iir'ft tqpt Rqrtfi nfiqret qEwm, tl +{mqfidr,t f}qqqgnqt: fld q I qr+fq+; $Sd Wir rfi{tfhna;q:tr qfrtrq $d?81 gqfrut qsqilfrlqqq1 qqd qritqi rrqi grr rrrftt\ Srt rr qrflqr+qfaftl qgfqnftri sq<{mar{r qrqfr gla ae:arit Z\sgqqufid.nq r fr rueqrwE( gotq. ndrfrryfi6q;dqfifi I '{ffinqfdfiFqn qfi UGE: ilqftsd rr
lllll
gr. 4e
qgdfscqrrr
633
lf,qqqnrlrqi $q qTnqrt;${ailil?qnrq. t
wfiggfrxrii garqilfqqqoqF{rqrq I soh figq ffil qlq fiftffisqqqq rr urqlnrqasqro gtt aqrrfiaq frt q r qftqqeos{riftgq g{{tRna;q; 11 Rqrilerqr+ftpqriiqsqrqqfRoq{ r qrF{slfiqafiq: s.iffr gaitffi figt rr qrgqfaqrcqqdinrfiqrq.lqftiFrft ' r
il1tl
qit qrRrl? qqrgruAnoffit trt{qq qrr nlkan{ qfr initr qT{i fr$ frair
3Trdiusfiddqftrffiqt sinqqr r u;qrd qfH Ru: quffdrftarf-ffior get Bq
Sloha 49. If the Moon in Kataka be aspected severallyby the six planets from Mars taken in order, the persons born in the six cases will respectively be valiant, honorable,endowed with the highest poetical talent, of royal rank, working in iron, and suffering from ophthalmia. If the Moon be in Simhaunder the rame aEpects, the person born will respectively be a
634
waEc]Qsril
Adh. VIII.
king, one speakinglearnedly, a wealthy man, a king, a wicked personand one that is mighty. If rhe Moon be in Kanya and be aspectedby the severaiplanets taken in the sameorder, the person born in the several.cages will be respectively wealthy, mighry, lordly, learned, badly behavedand in easycomfortablecircumstances. cf " mrrqdt
qufrgoi'rq qqrRii qfi | ilqqum Ott erJt q--* rfqe* gi{rrear tr qt fi+en{ttqrctqqlat fi{,i (Erqr +ii at ezt rr frftaqqfrfrnngsiaqft q+t qqqftgq{tfha: eTfa{ilqft qrqit erlt r
qafig1q-i Zqfllit fteqqtd q rr Zsffi Zqgqg* aa+fr q-q: g};q$s: I qrlt glqagrrrdadiaqqilisrTlmr;f,{ tl
q?firfi1r+Rqcqrqi qTqiilfi grt r +iah flFedieqrqqqrq,fr {F.rq tl qrq{ I s{anrTgri qRqqrgrfiefqqrf}Ed nfqil es: rJt +q]ft q;q] qt dtq{ n qtrFql {ttq t ZqfiqgeWfr q].Aeuqi {iqt Ee:1frfvrnn flzld q-q: tt tqrqfr qquq(g{figartireiltnq r ;rqlcgwqg{OifhnaGnr:fftf 1s
lt 8 ll
5r. 60
qErll5qlrtl
636
qqilfaqtdtri{irqqiqgqfntqqi 9,ft r qln dt{it tt g{nfi{Efl Et gxn.ee, fnt r E{+qqiottszaqrig,ino,i; q nrit tt ll q ll Gta n,r Edtgefrgt{fqqaq'fr q$ailfl liftretqfqqr rrqra zq+)aat ndt gtt tt wqrqiqfiafrqrqt8q pqmsaq"d ftfha gult a t frreqrqr{ aqiigtt tt *-qrqigae* qrqrfari
'qlfiq*pqfifh$ {iqrqrc{g Gaf+i gflilq. I
t *'qqi ngot ftfqqriiar.iifrrqqqr@{ gnt uUw ftiifhaa;(: ll nnaft*fiagP.d qegfi qfiqgqrfaawrg+i gaftauqt
r,-qiqi wE: e'tqirqqi {fi ge'dll ll q ll
dits itq.itgeriisutrrdfttw{qq
636
ila{qrftEre
Adh. Vm.
reverally aspected by the planetstaken in order from Mercury, the person born in the severalcaseswill be (t) a man with two fathers and two mothers(n) a favorite o{ the king, (3) a mean-wretch, (o) a sickly ( u ) a p o o r m a n ,( u ) a n d a m i n i s t e ro f a k i n g . petEon, Nores.
4qq: (Vanchakaha) is another reading for in the 2nd pada of the sloka. qoe+: (pandakaha)
cf.
{Tr<t{dr
i qqi$ii d* | ott qt{itwr6i f}qqm Bqq{fi gGii qr*rfte* fRong' u 5th e)*ic,i gqqzi\q fi-{q.d q r gqfid ueq(tt Ga+qeriisfUq.ra-q: e{sqqq{ Stil yfinq Tft+ Erlftgeq r
qFq+q sq\ qqq1q tfriq fl?E: 11 eTqg{rTe4r+q qqoFil ? gfur;fr q 1
q*frf,a;q: u rftraaaqrr smqfA r* gta q;q: ,5s1ffi sr{d${qrq{| gqqw{fiein trcqrd gorq\Wt rr frtfharOosiqaqfiflqx{fti f6rg, r qTqn aafr*?g gad rarRg $et rr afi-{qiii grrrigeafidlflrq{rfrf, qrilq, I fifiqlqrqfifEfl {{t go;*rr seuUfilhn:
ll rgll
$r. 6t
qc*sqrq:
68?
{qksatffidqfttqFiiqr ftflfirt {ilqd q n $ff edsftTrdt qqq|dqff}E e{FtqqrfrEgr.rri +Ta r gqfilffirnsni wqqft{g{tfrel;E: 6 q Rs{i q t frqn-s Fqqaqiltcraq
qtqqi q;4sr: # qqqra-ffiEs) rr ll ( ll
qrt r yfrrara $th qI fieqraqtt'i qgqqgwrrtfrtaq qrFsrsaiqFf tt gaq{| tqrqffrFq g'ii tleqra+at sFqFlgqqT.s nrit qgfr tt ftfnga-eu, qgr:eiqrqili ;q]frqftFqftqrfifigq q t
o{gqqt(gd :"ftss
qFaq qrt t
638
arnwfiwe
Adh.vlu.
Sloha 52. When the Moon in Makara ir severally aapected by the planete taken in order from Mercury, the personsborn in the severalcases will be respectively (1)aking(o) aruler of the earth (t)a learned man (') a rich person(') a beggar (6) and a lord.
cf. fl-ff{dl
ewi g:fraqe'iqffifr{ilqdtqd gd r qft\ S{qqlrr: {tfhiii rgqr tt ft1qo*6 erfrfiqqqfA g({t gqi qaHgd r et g{qq. aeagqq-qo +iift q*,fhaa;q: n
a wrefiA et nTItdlq,qrfti e r qmfhqin Ee'grR,ifid.i geqq rr rlqfrqgqfti zqftgil,sgawt qrdqI qgqngqfr{ qrqft gnflfhaa;4: rt
qrgsftqqfi{qqqrq?qrorfhii qt {ft1 t
wrrilwq*or qrrfffttft?3 il \1 ti
Sloka 53. The effect on the person born of tlrc Moon in Kumbhabeing acpectedby benelic planetoio that he will be rich in fame. The Moon in Kumbha,
sl. &r
qlrTtss{rrt:
680
aEpected by maleficplanets makes the peroon that har his birth under the influence a libertine. cf. vrn+d
o qffi*
ardi* qqfrr
Sloka 54. When the Moon in Meena is aspected by beneficplanets, the person born wili be a learned king, fond of mirth. If the Moon in the sameRasi be aspected by malefic planets, the effect of this on the peroonborn is that he will be foui-mouthed and evilminded. When the Moon occupyinga malefic Amsa is arpected by malefic planets, the person born will be wicked and licentious. If the Amsa occupied by the
640
qTnsrRcre
Adh.vln
planetsbe alsobeoe' Moon be bendic and the aspecting fanous. fic, the peruon born becomes
NorBs' cf. sRts-odi
gd lftcafr *qfrcqrsnrrffrlu
u tltf
What has been said in slokas 48-54 above may be rearrangetl thus: and sumrnarised (l) Mars aspecting the Moon in Aries will make the person born a King one bereft of proporty Taurus in some limb defective Gemini valiant Cancer a king I-eo wealthy Virgo Libra minister of a king Scorpio arbitrator in a court and onc Segitterius addicted to courtezans lord a Capricorn a libertine Aquerius foul'mouthed and evil'minded Pirccg
sr.51
qg5ifss4s:
641
Thus, Moon square or opposition Mars is bad except when the Three of these Moon is i' .\ries, Leo, Scorpio a'd Capricorn' g_qba (Uchchakshetra) q&-e (Swakshetra) and lrappen to be the of Mars, and f 'r the Moon in Leo, Mars happens to be the ruler of the 9th from it. That is wl.ry Mars is gooti in these four signs' ' (2) Mercury aspecting the l\tloon in Aries will Taurus Gemini Cancer Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricorn Aquarius Pisces The Moon the person born n.ral<e a man of learning a thief a king honoriable one speaking learnedlY mightY a liing father of twins learned, wealthy and wise a king rich and famous a learned king, fond of mirth in opposition to Mercury It is however not in any place is good in so good as the
except Vrishabha.
Moon
The intellectual
side is good.
(3) Jupiter aspecting the Moon in equal in status to a king Aries will make the person born honorable person Taurus Genrini Cancer Leo Virgo Libra Scorpio Sagittarius Capricorn Aquarius Pisces The Moou can be aspected intelligent and sagacious endowedwith the highest poetical talent wealthy lordlY a mrnt master favourite of a king wealthy, famous and learned a king rich and famous a king by Jupiter ouly when she is in
All aspects(whether 3rd, lOth or 7th) of Saturn to the Moon are bad except when the Moon is in Taurus aod Capricorn. We
Sl. 66
qgdscqrq:
643
have already stated in sloka 3 supra that I\{oon-conjunction-Saturn is bad. The Sun aspecting the Moon in A r i e s w i l l m a k e t h e p e r s o nborn a beggar Taurus one of a servaut class Gernini a poor Inan Cancer sufiering from ophthalmia Leo mighty Virgo one in corn forlable circums t a u ce s
(6)
rmpotent a poor n)an an arbitrator in court and addicted to courtezans a beggar a libertine f o u l - m o u t h e d r ,n d e v i l . m i n d e d .
A1l oppositionof the Sun to the Nloon is bad e\cepr when the Moon is in Leo. The Suu will then be in Aquarius and aspectinghis own house. What is true of the l\Ioon is also true of the Lagna. Varahamihira i n h i s B r i h a t j a t a k a( X V l l l - 2 0 ) . So says
A11 squaresor oppositionsbetweel the Moon anrl any malefic bad. is Similarly, all squaresand oppositions betrveenthe Lagna and any ma1efic is bad. So also conjunctionsof malellcs with the Moon or the Lagna is bad except Sun-conjunction.l\{oon. A l l c o n j u n c t i o n sb e t w e e nr n : r l e f i c s are bad (c/. slolias1,2,4, 8 e u p r a a s a l s o W e s t e r na s t r o l o g e r s ) .
SiorAa55 The effect of an aspect upon a Raei must be held tc apply likewige to its Amsa. The Rasis as well as their Amsas when aspected by or associated with benefic planetsbecomebenefic or auspicious.
644
-##
sriila;cfiErrfi
Adh. VIII'
cf.
|| Il oerfqqrqftTer5-dq
qr{'d qR omlseqffiq\ qrd; gtqi f inrr
the S/o&a 56. If the Sun be in the Lagnabhava, personborn will have few sons, lead a iife of ease,be .ruel, eat sparingly, with defectivevision, be given to ield, well-bred and acquainted bo".iing in the battte-f with the histrionic art. But if the sun be in the exal tation sign also, tbe effect of it on the person born is that he *itt a.tigrrt in the acquisition of knowledge and of good vision, f ame and indepenvirtue, be possessed dence. lf the Sun occupyingthe Lagna be in Meena the perron born wilt be waited upon and served by f"miler; but if thc Lagna in which the Sun is be identicalwith simha, thc effectof it on the personbort) good is that he will bc niglrtrrlind but possessing strength'
cf. 6nFI{' \ _.
df:qr;ti
Also 'nottitq;t
5t. 57-58
qg*serrq:
616
qfttrydirl qfttrrfu.gq.ri
S l o h a 3 7 . W h : n t h e w . r n i n gM o o n o c c u p i e s the Lagnathe p:rsrn born will be deaf, defective,in some limb and a menial servanL. lf the Moon in the above position be also in conjunction with a malefic planet, there will be no vitality in the person born and he will soon be dead If the Moon in the Lagna be in its exaltation or own house,the effecc of it rs that the person born will have abundrnce of wealth, f,rrne and much beauty. If the Mcon in the L-rsnabe full, the person learned. born will attain long life and become
c/. gaslnq
erliq,ri qf,tll
Also na{itt.nr
fis t'ri gi swt - {ilEit*saftsfrqqd qqdfrdi oefet q'rqtt frmfttreqr qli o{rrt frrguotrdt qdi 6q.{r{
6
646
crfitcrftqrfr
Adh. VIII
'The Sloka 58. personborn with Mars in the first bhava will be cruel, daring, given to wandering, very fickle and sickly ; if the planet in the first bhrva be Mercury, the effecton the pcrson born will be that he will be devoted to the acquisition of learning, wealch, virtue and religion ; if Jupiter occupy the Lagnathe person bcrn will be long-lived, and have knowledge untainted, wealth and beauty: if Venus should be in the first bhava, the influence on the person born will be that he will b: libidinous, lovely in mien, blessed' with a wife and children, and learned. c/. gqsqrcr
qqwq{t Hildg{ftr{i}seqrgR+ si rr tt frqlg.ioqfi $ rgtegttrTfl{qnw{qJq' fingfifr ort g* ffeqo,tt aitwaq Ss-,it gfqqiqqtqlgn +tfr +fl: tt n* gagEtfq{
sl. 60-61
glg{}ss{r{:
il1
oriseqf+n tt $qqoqrq"qtqiltniiqn'
1i}ffi
S/oAc 61. Rahu occupying the Lagnain the sign owned by the Sun, promotesprincely enioyment in the midst of affluence; Ketu produces longstandingwealth and offspring when occupying the Lagna in a house belongingto Saturn.
il8
crd6crftqra
Adh. VIII.
il &frqtl
sFft qrcl"qErfisqtrqrtqt Rdqrit Rrqrfr t
Sloha 62, When the Sun is in the Znd bhava, person the born will be liberal, possessedof property in minerals, cherish eve n ill-wishers and will be eloquent. Il the Moon be in the Znd bhava,the effect is that the person born will b: fond of women, beloved, of agreeablespgech, shrewd at guessing the covert purposerof others, fond of study and possessed of richee.
qFl} ll El ll filqrqrq$urfianwnqffiqdkt
S/otc 63. tf Mars b: in the Znd bhava,the person born will engage in much wandering in the pureuit of metallurgy and agticulture, and will be hot-tempered; if Mercury be in that bhava, the person bbrn will be virtuous and have much wealth and moral worth discerningly acquired; if the planet in the 2nd bhavabe Jupiter, the person born under euch influencewill be eloquent,command comfortablemeals,have vast wealth and bestow liberal gifts. If Venue occupy the same bhava, the person born will have learning, gallantry, personalgraces and much weaith.
El. 65
srEt{fsrqlrt:
htless,vagrant, in' *t - tt--""tat -t. t"* digent and deceitful ; if Rahu be in that bhava, the ; if the occupant of the peroonborn will be quarrelsorne Znd bhava be Ketu, the person born wrll be a public enem'' Nores
According to Varalrarrrihira, the Sun or Saturn in tbe 2nd housewill make the person immensely rich, but will cause some defect or other in the face or teeth, while the Moon in the same p o s i t i o nw i l l g i v e h i m a l a r g e f a m i l y . M a r s i n t h a t b h a v a w i l l rneke him eat bad foori, I,iercu'y in the Znd bhava will rnake the n a t i v e r i c h w h i l e V e n u s o r J u p i t e r w i l l m a k e h i m e l o q u e n to r sweet-tongued. roiiiQ6r
((d') tt fiqnGqrfaaqfin KqfArqtiqqrra: qil6ils;nqlftrffurgciT;qrfq (q;e)fiffa: tl qqfR tt faeq){qfiqrq,$i gqqtP,{a: qrR tf,) fqeraqiil lt +frrqoaqr qrit lirqqgr({tagtq} tiir tgi}) qrt frfiq: u
tt milfr+firtrl: r,faqA{Gnrf:qr{
(a*) s;qrqffi q qarftgrqqqqqE qn*{T'igs{ tl &aqqqqqt4
ilu@rr
qt gdatf+aisftqaqiftnrlt Edntfi
qtft:tins q;i frqrili{frstquitr'tq-gfrqr I
qqrfrsqnqilTq'TEr6rit{f\ *lqri si qrqrddqtsa{isitqqd qtqisgq0 St ll E\ ll
5sc
qrd{crRsrh
Adh. VIII.
S/c,ftrl65. When the Sun is in the 3rd bhava. the personborn will be brave, served by bad men, vqry wealthy and liberal; when tire Moon occupies the bhavarepresenting youngerbrothers, the person born w i l l h a v ei n s i g n i f i c , r n t w e a l t h ,b e k i n d t o r e l a t i v e s and virtuous. With Mrrs in tire ilrd bhrva, the person born beccmes famous, ol immense prowess,and of upright (uncrooked)view:; but when M:rclrry occupies the Jrd bhava, the personborn is bent on the practice of deception, of vagrant h.rbirs, exccssively vacillating and misereble.
g* dtEtt qtq{qqrqrqiq{fritar t
SI. 68
ergifsurrrq:
551
soiiT?{r
Hqdil&fiqgErt eaqdrl flnil: (qq:) ll (q;e) tl nE].ii flqroqqqq*,iisfiaqq: ggqqqqrttilslcq: gdt ;qgqlsg+(gi) tt
qzrqJsi;qgm: fii ql: H{I{; gq({HfQa: (gt) ll (gil) t, ill(fl: 5qq: qdliflq:fiUsqT,:.ufi' fiqTrgesq{ Fq,'lqf}{f}+t (gx) rr q t*4 qi'tfi iflgqapn fiei q tl figeqfagq(a-,qftrea zacfi, riit fergra't(el*i g1 wrdtur.2firlq+"i airgio qqqir:qq{rqn}q *n} q{iqqqt sQqqqraqtt
\v \ \ \-
c ll qqerq ll
mr gtq&qir afrritq?rqr;qgr?diar fiqrtftogffiFqtr fi-i r wr'1dro+At *i *'g.ti g +grkar diiiiHnrqil{qrt qqlqiigar ff90 {ih} frq;grrotrFfi u qd tl
5/oArr(r8. Whcn the Srrn is iu th.: g< (Sukha 4tlr) blr.rva, the personborn rvill sLrf fcr f ron lieart disease, will lack money, corn and c,lrnmqn s.'irse i r n dw i l l b e Jrard,hlarted. If the Moon be iir tlrrt blrava,thc effect thereof is that the p,rrsol)b,rrn 'will posscsslearning,
552
sttiTfirrtqrit
A\
Adh. VIII.
good nature and prosperity, but will hanker after other paople's wives. The personborn with Mare in the a;g (Bandhu4th) bhava will be bereft of relations, and though valiant. If Mercury be in that bhahen-pecked, va, the persrn born will be a fcrlorn crealure without friends or relatives, while growing up to be a pandit for sterlinqkrowleJge and a{fluence, distinguished
the 4th bhava, Sloftc 69. When Jupiter occupies the personborn will be eloquent,wealthy and possessed beauty,but of a of comfort, fame,strengthand personal crafty dispc,sicion. When Venus is irr that bhava the personborn will be over ruled by his wife though makingmuch (boasting) of bis comforts, fame,wealth, and lcarning. intelligence
sI. ?1
Brihat Jataka.
qgilstrrfqr
NorBs'
If the Sun, Mars or Saturn occupy the 4th house,the person born will have no happiness and will be troubled in mind. If the Moon, Jupiter or Venus should be positedin that house, the person will be happy. Mercury in that position will make the native learned. q-o.4lffdr
qqqflqgfaqqT figorgftfig6q
qqqgs zqfttqr qlrflqiiqq{(q. tt
g1,it,fi sr.ft gA 1=d) FgQfrr('H{rr: tl geQ (gi) fig6-rrqn)oitgroqqrfl! u qTgqFrq : gER Rreql{l{ (gt) glqg(fr{qFqtE{}ftil q'* (gil; qlqgeFqR;aagnal$raqr;rTrFqd: ll gqrqqgqflq{Hwrqqq=t g& (+i}) rr g:dtq(rt-(qTiqrqBgil +re}qtrlogt (ni}) rr
,irfr*qrqaqa'tgr+r'rgjharq gQthnl;nuefkfriqqt rr
ll qQlqq. tt
qm&qqeugftfmr *nqutofgri iitil t
qqd a'rt qdid u uq 1i q;eftqttrmqqr ErTgdafi
Sloka 7l. A personborn with the Sun in the 5th bhavawill be a courtier with an unsteady mind and will sojourrr abroad. When the Moon occupiesthe g"rttir (Puthra bhava, 5th|, the peroon born will be rich, ccmpassionatc high,minded, and diligently bent on doing what has been determined upon after deep deliberation. 70
664
\A\AC
\ qriFsqfi(crtir
Adh. VIII,
ims?nqgc{{tEl{ti6l I;TIITII
qd guir it{qKsqf}mr vq
qiq16ffii g(gt gmriiqri t
qqriirqqErarfoq{tot tqr$wqitttqqt q g* u u1 11
Sloku 73. Clever in counsel, virtuous, possessed of choice riches br:t with a paucity of sons, will the person be at wh,rs: birth Jupiter occupies the sth if Venus be in that bbava, the personborn will h<-ruse; have good sons, friends, wealth, much beautyand (be the masterof) commandan arrny and horses.
qriiriieriifiqqr gilrsigr r
{idqrgtqqs g(t fiofit'
*d narqrtofiutd{ ilrfr tt sB tl
sl, ?5
elgqlsEqIzT:
665
but virtuous and victorious over his enemies; when Rahu is in the 5th house, the person born will be artd poor ; when Ketu is in cowardly, compassionate that bhava,tl'rceffecton thc personbrrn is thrt he will b: cra{ty,dreadinqwatcr and ailing very much.
Norps' Itrihat Tatlriia. ( . u i z " L l t eS u r l , I \ [ ' r r s o r S a t u r n ) "t'113iir:s, will be childcorrccrrtcd s l r o u l r lo c c u l ) \ . t l r . t . 5 l l rh c u s c . t l t r : l ) r t r s L r n , e rvi1l less antl without rvceltlr. li' tl r, lloorr lre in the 5tlr lrou-ceh l r i r l ra t l r i n i s t e r . tt i r : l t l r c l s i t i o lu t 'ili trr.rlic have chil<lren. ]V[ertur"r'ir If any orle of- the J u p i t c r a n d V e n u s i n t l t r : - i t l r i l l r t r s t '$ ' i i 1 i n r i l i e t l r e n : r t i r . e i n t e l l i g e t t ta t t I l t ; r 1 ' 1 I e' s l ' , ' c t I i \ ' 'r " nofiiqqr
nqgqu
a'Trirf frqiq.{Hqrt Rih t flqt E[ir{rqqsqi;iEqT* qr( qiryrq*rti{T*qd u'frsn?q iir"ft iqqTgltt 3T"rrrgt
.Sir;Air75. i f ;rt th : lrir tir c'f a nersLin the Sun b: ltrstful, o c c u F ) /t h . : C t b b h l v a , t h e p t r s o n h o r , i "rzill b r a v e , h o n o r i r J b y k i ; - i - s .f u l i c f s c i f . c s t c . m ,r e n o w n e d
668
crfrscrFdre
Adh. VII I.
" , personborn will ba short lived if it be full Moon, ; the and long'lived. voluptuous be very the personborn will
ftgOt {iqr.q{rt{osilsEfti
ffqrsmfr(: tri{rtsftqtttt tsEtt
Sloka Ttj. When Mars is in the 6th bhava, the foes, have personborn will own prop:rty, exterminate a powerful appetite, b: opulent and enjoy fame and strength; when lr4ercury occupies that bhava, the personborn will b: instructive, amusing, quarrelsome, trom all but friendly, void o[ morality and abstaining his relatives. to beneficence
sl" 79
qcfrsqrc:
567
life, and be very hrppy; If Ketu occupythat bhava, the personborn will be kind to his relatives and renowned for his generousvirtues and illustriouserudition.
Norns' llrihat Jataka. If the Sun, Mars or Saturn occupy the 6th bhava, the person c o n c e r n e d w i l l b e p o w e r f u l , b u t w i l l b e o v e r p o w e r e db y h i s enemies. If the Moon be in that house, he rvill have many e n e r n i e sw , i l l b e o f a d e l i c a t ec o n s t i t u t i o r a r nd w;ll have a dyspepw i l l b e w e a k; a n d h e w i l l b e tic appetite. His sexual passion t nd indolent in his work. lf Mercury, h a r s l r i n t e r n [ ) e r a l n e na i n the 6th bhava the native will be without J u p i t e ro r V e n u s b e enetnies. saeift.nl
qft{'iiFnfqqit ,rU: (gr);wDerqe,isfier u fia3wa flil ({ml gafhqfrr fierq rr qr{iiqfiqrFqi} fiw.} qra qrdtR* 1'6tr1 ', f}'5lredifBd; Fgqi,{*qifilg: alh1r$1 ,' qfhfet*iill qbcg.aqftqdqfiefRfiq o}tr&qnqgoi eani rr
ll {THTTt{Teru ll
qs'r,fi eor dafl qEifut Rqqttatq
fffr slqqf ({ngErfdtqrqqj ,irnrqr{t
658
cm*critsri
Adh. VIII.
at a person's birth, he will hate womankind and be wr athful and wicked ; whcn the Moon is exceedingly in that bhava, the effect otl th: person born is that l're habits, yielding to of wandering will be compassiotrate, women and voluptuous; the person ac wilose birth Mars occupies the 7th bhava will b: querulous a b o u tw o m e na n d f o n Co f w a r ; i I t h c p l : n ' . t o c c u p y i n g t h i s b h a v ab : M e r c u r y ,t h e p . r s o n b l r n r v i l l b e m a i m e d o f a m u s i n gr v r t h i r i ss k i l i i : r t h c ; r r t s ' but capable
i{t Tnqt I trqrdiq-qqgw g{ril EqHr rlt(Et{Inntiirqiqqir qi( qryflqri ilrfi qnf{qqiirl qiqqfi qlqiui irml lldoll
8 0 . I f J u p i t e r o c c u p y t h : 7 t l - rb h a v ' r . t h e S/oft,2 a t l dh a v e a l o v e I y w i f c b u t p e r s o nb o r n w i l l b e r e s o l u t e n t s a n d s p i r i t u a lp r e ' his pii'e will view with arrtiparhy ceptors; if Vcnus b: in that bhav,t, thc c[fc,L on the p e r s o nb o r n i s t h a t h e w i l l b e a f a ' r o ' r r i t e w i c b t n e c l a s s ,c h a r m i n l l y l o v c l ' , ' b r t t l a m c ; i f S a t r r r n courtezan 'at birth, l:ewill ba o c c u p yt h r ? t h b h : r v a r t p c r s ' J r i ' s s s c di n t n i n d f r ' ; r n t h : t o i l i r c h a st o i n d i g e n ta n d d i s t r e ; a h : l v y b r l r t l e n( ) V c r.rl i o n i l d i s t a n c e bearirrg undergo b e w i l l b i r a v , r 7 t h i n t h c l { l h t l the person born rvitlt p r o u d , f o r e m o s t a i n o r l g g a i i a n t sa n J s : r f er i n g f l o m disease.
sl. s2-8s
srECIScqr{t:
669
Norrs' Brihat Jataka. h e 7 t h h o u s e ,w i l l m a k e T h e S u n , M a r s o r S a t u r n o c c u 1 . ' y i ntg t h e p e r s o ns u f f e r h u n r i l i i i t i o na t t h e h a u d : o f l ' e l r e n . T h e I \ t o o n i n that position will nralte lrirnerrvious ilnd e-.iceedingl yv e r h e a d o a n d e a r si n 1 o v e . l f N l e r c u r l , b ei n t i r c 7 t | h o u : . . e t, h e p e r s o nc o n cerned rvill possessa knowledge c,f the lir.ws and rules of the c o u n t r y . J u p i t e r i n t h e 7 t I b h a v a r v i l l u r a l i et h e n a t i v e e x c e l h i s f a t h e r i n h i s q u a l i t i e s . I f V e n u s b e p o s i t c d i n t h e 7 t h h o u s e ,t h e person born will plomoie quarrels and rvill be forrci of sexual union. s'oitk{r
qqqd{ tl zqfaeq sf,tqFh(r<i) s"z'rrqrt eu:qirdiq{gqfadl;iisfiqqrr: et (a-11 ll e+sfiadt irlrilsrt 1si) sa,il diltd tl qrslsrfr qrqffanr{tl (n) qrtqq,flF{nqfRqrqrfi fi.q.f,tgi{I;qE(Uii sf?rgqq6ldlg{Itsf}t: l,
! n \ \r
frrllqqfril{d zd+.4qqt61qq(gfi) ll
tl il srgT{q
q*i{{rql $ou{iutr q{qqe{ q {fi q Eflr I
1 A
Rfrfrnwqw{R* qalgqnftqgissq0 n cl tt
560
qrdscdtqrt
Adh. VIII.
Slyfa 83. The pereon at whose birth Mars occupies the 8th bhava will be plain in attire, rich and possessed of authcrity over a multitude ; if the planet stsqlrrEf (Ashtama bhava) at a person'$ birch be in the Mercury, the person born will be renowned for his many good gualities, the most notableof them being good breedingand will have much wealth.
sl. g6
cgclsqrq.
661
Nores. Brihat Jataka. If the Sun, Mars or Saturn should occupy the 8th house,the person will have a limited number of issues and will have a defective eyesrght. If the Moon be in that position, the nativc will have a fickle mind and will sufier from diseases. Mercury in the Sth housewill causethe native to be widely known for his good qualities. Jupiter or Venus in the 8th bhava will make him base. r6-6?.1fr{r
fiqnEEfiqqrr: ll {dtlntg:gqqq+}
at (q-4) {Fqefig: ll
\ z \\ \
gmnnfrFqa: rr Sds{q;rseqEfr'rq
queiartt fipflilrcqf)rug: gierF&qftilset
il lrt{Ts-qll
smERI ;HqRQIIITq{geffiT F{tIITtT?til!
A\A\A.l-rrn--Ca
H{6{ftrdqspft
gep}iIEII
Sloku 86. When the Sun is in the 9th bhava, the perEonborn betraysantipathy to his parente and cpiri, trnl preceptorsand betakeshimself to a religion differe.nt from theirs; when the Moon occupierthat bhava, tk person born will be devoted to his duties towards the 7l
qfdTcrQqre
Adh.vI[.
Manes and the Godsand bestowliberalgifts ; the pereon at whose birth Mars is in the gth bhava, will be associated with something wrongand untowardtowards parents hie while enjoying renown in otherrespects ; whenMercury occupies the lrfrsra (Dharma stthana, the fth bhava), the person born will be in possession of wealth righteously acquiredand will be learnedand virtuous.
sI.89
qgfr5tq7q:
608
NotBs Brihat Jataka. Varahamihira unlike some Astrologers gives good efiects for the Sun being posited in the 9th house. The person will be endowed with children, werlth and happiness. The effect of Mercrlry in that bhava is similar to that of the Sun. The Moon is very good in the 9th as the native will possess sons, friends, relations and wealth. Mars in the 9th housewill causethe persn to commit sinful actions. Jupiter or Venus in that position will make him devout aud philosophical. q'cdft-dr
Rqqds} flHflfig{ilqfgtqGqqat: tt
ll EdFTq rl
qmRqtffi fffiddogeisEftqroaeq !| ftqrqqiFu
qi co firqt qElffiqEq-
qvnqeaftumwrffi'os ll cq ll
Slola 89. When the Sun is in the l0th bhava, the person born will have hereditary wealtb, vittrre, learning,fame and strength and will be a king's peer; when the Moon is in that bhava, the person born will
684
qrdlFtrRil*
Adh.vrn.
eageilyseekand obtain wealth, corn, apprrel, ornaments, dalliancewith women and skiil in the arts.
-qrTrdq;tgt wwi{qrq{fritr{ii{iErftgl u 1o ll
Sloka 90. Those at whose birth Mars occupies the 10th bhava, will be predominant in valour and wealth and will become famous; when Mercury is in that bhava, the person born will engagein pursuits promoting the advancementof all kinds of knowledge, fame and wealth.
\tutts*frt
g silil! roqRiltoqftqn t
Sloka 91. When Jupiteroccupiesthe 10rh bhava in his undertakings, at a person'sbirth, he will succeed be of virtuous conduct and steadfastly adhering to his of wisdom and wealth ; own religion and also possessed bhava, he will get wealth that in is when Venus through a tenant of his land, or through some women and will be powerful.
qdr{tqREssd rQ u.o'
st. 93-94
BTgfrss{r{t:
665
S/oArr93. When Kctu is in the 10th bhava, the personborn will be wise, strong, skilled irr the arto, self-knowing,loving the peoplebut acting in a contrary wise, phlegmatic, foremost among brave men and continually wandering.
NorBs. Rrihat latalia. If the Sun occupies the lOth house, the person born
will be happy and powertul. if Nlars, Mercury or Saturn be in the same position, the effect is simil,Lr. The Sun in the lOth I r o u s cg i v e s r n r . x i r n u r nl a b o r a n d m i n i r n u r n i u c o m e . I t i s b a d f o r X'Ioon should occupy the l0th If the financc, lrccause the Sun there is s,luare to the Lagna, hcuse, the person concerned will Jupiter or Venus in
r:onrplc:te to perfection an-vthinghe undertakesand will be endow' ed n'ith virtue, wealth, intellect and valour. the l0th house makes the man wealthy.
n{fR(q;e)gqansfrqq+r: tt
qsr{nqFgd: q,rfH (Fi) q,ifi: *,il qrdr ll Q ti) rr ffiqqrq:gfiatearfagq=rqqqrflla: TqI(:gqilTqqsfn{a"t fi1 qQlni}q:tt qg{ tl n{qf|r1{f:U'gfbaZfrgtr qdi {r zqfilq;ft rr sfiqr: ry: dhdtso+\ 1wa}; Frrrfl: nc+i{lilsqq:tt e tnti) seqgdls;qflifira: tqfH ilfH (*n]) rriiqfiqfRqq rt ne*fifiawgfq.qqqqus
il or}tuilETq tl
{rii or{qa g rEdgotiigrqrtd}rar
wrq|ftqrl
Adh. VIII.
qrqeisqrqftfr mo{iHaqnnrril qil 6mat Ugi AStr{{qdroisdrilr ftqn{ t qr* *rRrnrdi {ofiroFrt qfr qfker n q\ tf
Sloha 95. The person ar whose binh Jupirer occupies the llth bhavawili hrve a srrong intellect; his name will be celebrared and he will be wealthy When Venus is in the labha(llth) bhava, the person born will liva in comfort, longing for women other tharrhis own, with wanderingpropensities and p.ssess. ed of wealth. When Saturn occupies that bhava, the perscn born will be voluptuous with large wealth got in a king'c service. With Rrhu in the llth bhava,the prrn born will loee his sense of hearing, win fame in the battle-fieldand become wealthy and distinguished for learning.
sqr;elqttfrrR{l?rdr{t qfrqqr;smilf\Fqr I
tqnsftqr{u(arq\qtgftq-{rm: {ilqr I qq tl
sl. 96-9?
qu*strnq:
Sloha 96. When Ketu is in the penultimatebhava the personborn will be valiant, [,ind to other people and honored b)' them, he will be of a contentedframe of mind, possessed of power, with lirnited enjoymente, delighting in works of beneficenceand the practiceof virtue.
Brihat Jataka. Norrs'
The Sun, Mars, Mercury or Saturn in the I lth house will make the person born wealthy. If the Moon be in the llth, the personwill become famous and will acquire wealth and the like. Jupiter or Venus in the I lth will make him prosperous. qa{flc-dr
qqqtsfr qgqqgffqdaifrr qrqfA: rr qnql {6rg{n?rnq{*: sq {t (rrfirfi) n qqgqgfrsfit:qii irr g{d: gfr 11 q6E: HilFn+Rsouagrfi (i) ilSr: rl orq+ eTT'{Ft (fri) qfr*sqdtseqnqri} rTT;r{: }qrq.r,} 1g rnrffi6nsqr{dqi{H}u .ri ugirqfr tl q6rg: ftqrsqqrqsQn; (afr:){i} fihr} qfl tl aftrrarftgofhrrgrg\ ofi snqlqq: rr rq (hfi) sEdqqqingq gqlriqqtqfrqrqHnrQfr&q tl
I e{eT6rr{FT U
Eqqfrqi {yfr S{ildi q5r g{tq:qlt*sqs trr{ | qrtsvni GRiqEr{t qh Rt{ tnffi{rrr n qe fl
Sloha 97. When the Sun ie in the tZth bhava. person born will possess the sons, will be maimed,but very energetic, and will blecomean apostateand a vagrant. When the Moon occupies the last bhava, the
568
qrfiqrRwt
Adh.vln.
personborn will live in a foreign country. When Mars is in that bhava, the effect on the person born ie that he will be:ome odious and be without wealth and without a wife
g* u;gRir{ru\s;s{dqrfrqqrft sqil
q't itlqUt rri ftqq{tdtott
Sloha 98. The person at whose birth Mercury occupies the tZth bhava will be odious to reiatives, poor and senseless ; if Jupiter be in the last bhava, the personborn will be scepticalin regard to religioo, irre, solute,of wandering habitg and evil-minded. When Venus occupiesthe last bhava, the effect on the perEon born is that he will losehis relations, become a professed rake and grow penurious; if the planet occupying the .rs (Vyaya, llth) bhava be $aturn, the person born will be deficient in intellect and turn out a dolt, a pauperand a cheat.
$. rm
{tTlstqr{tt
669
will suffer degradation. The l{oon iu the l2th is also bad. The native will be wickedly disposed and defective in some limb. Jupiter in the l2th makes the person a villain while Venus iu that position urakes him rich. q-dElftdr
Sloht 100 When the Sun is in exaltation, tbe wealth and commandan army; perEon born will possess if the Moon be in the position of exaltation,the perEon born will have rich food, clcthing and ornamentB in but will be cursed with bad sons. When abundance Mars occupies the exaltation sign at the birth of a per6on,the latter will be valiant. lf Mercury occupy the personborn will raise the the position of exalration, family, will rule over men, willbe of (advance)his Etatus talented,victorious over hi*foes and live in happinecc. 7L
6?o
ilrrTdtq
Adh"v[t.
If the planetin exaltation be Jupiter, titrepersonborn will be the founderof a long enduring family, will pooEeEs moral worth, will be clever, learned and in royallfavor.
gh ffi furq{frilrqf,{ilUsffq} qti mq$ndqtRfrqftqfin: t Uqrftrill *ft qlmq atqlrrqffiq] qrqt n lot tl
Sloka 101. If the planet in exaltation be Venut, the perron born will be fond of the compaoy of gay women, mugic and dancing; if Saturn, the personborn will have jurisdiction over a village, town or Eome forest region and will be addicted to unmarried girls ; if Rahu, the person born will be a robber chief, the chosenman of his tribe, heroic, addicted to evil deedr and possessed.of wealth; if Ketu, the pereonborn will associatewith thieves and enjoy the lavor of Eorne petty king. cf. *rorr+tr?r+t
qo<hQ*r
U{ dqrrt qra: frrn-ssqtlqq I qiq rr Rt dq.rt qrdl qqq;qr&q\ qli dq,Th qril qi ilqT rrficqfA I n]* drqqirqrii {i;qf}rqqqlnqr( rr gil ellqnt qril qfi il;qrGilqi( r gh e'lqlt qrii rrqfhqqqrnqr( tl n* elqqt ildl wqftqed qqs rr
sl. 102
qtdfsrnrrq:
671
,ilr, {F: motf}fE4rq{: {f1:qqusg;{d I rrrFi[.(: grt rt soscftqTgc, sqFq) froqqqgifr qrqrf+iq *rfqfiRt r q$ffdr sm+gq sqF,ilRqrrr uti rr sqearqrt $ ae nawgfrElqr ZrSoa-ergi eqrq)qga,greirr frq] gRqfrd qaRq{: fr,qro*R}.,r eTftqfrfrt{i qlrfagoar *^;i tsrr: flftq: tt
Ftl{I{: U,r3tn:W{{q{{a qo-sdgRa: t a gu{t sq,il qq tt .q-d 11g{tai hilri srd q{t ffi q rrrq;n: +fin: r qqilfr-orrrflfr fugFqrr:{i tl gsrtfigRf{pqnsmar$ {f, r lfr urq*d qrqrql vari: fifi 11 1ir gwfru: uqwfiiarqqfhqiUr; r wq+orqfllqfreaeqfgq: gpi 11 wf+r: F,{ffi atqrilit fq"qrqiqqwi} a: 1 qmqftarqo]'qrmgqn{: f}fra. 11
SloAa l0Z. Even one planetoccupying its exaitation aod aspected by friendly planets can makethc *rr*, born uader its influence a lord of the carth, eaioent and honorable,and secureto hirn alliee.
672
qrF.vII-56 1upra.
qffifiilrt
Norrs'
Adh. vlil.
Sloha f03. When a single planet occupiesits etalplenty tation in strength, the person born wiil possess of conr and wealth. When two planets are in their strength,the person born will be exaltationand possess a feudatoryor tributary princc, When there are three the pelsonborn will be a king; whert four suchplanets, such planetsoccupy Kendra positions, the personborn will become a pou'erful king of kings. When five planetsoccupy their exaltation signs in power, the person born will becomethe lord of the whole world. cf. floc-df{r*r
ll {uffiqq6so{
11
ilrrri qffi q{i g{gt rir.ii ilrcftqr gh rrqgfli\qurftt q[t{gufr qal ll I "8 ll
SloAc 104. lf the planet in the qsB*lo (Moola Trikona) be the Sun, tha personborn will be wealtby by the people; if it be the Moon, the perton andrevered
sl. r05
qfr3qs:
673
born will be rich and happy; if Mars, wrathful and ruthless; if Mercury, rich and devoted to religious prayers;if Jupiter,voluptuous and liked by kings; if Venus,ruling villagesand towns ; if Saturn, brave; if Rahu,the personborn will ba poss:ssed of wealth. cf. qr(sh
qH frnq{iFwRrggfi+,}qq' od rr
ffq' gqo*tq<ntqqfaigqltaq. r
qqaq qrsg{}Tu{rqqfigqqq qTil{g{ft 1 gTr.qRfrq enffi: '{q{FdSgd q{q ll
Also flasr.riiqaitr
qtgft frqgF.il qq+qir6qf}figorq t q'rfr'riqnq;dfiqqrfi {rdt Rdurrr:grq( ll q( t+gfr{q qrRr Er,)sR dFnqfH
tl
Sl.ka 1t15. If the Sun be in sRs (Swakshetra), thc person born will own a fine mansion, leada de-
674
qrir|rti?Et
Adh, vI[.
it** qte person the born (Swakshetra), Moon that is in will have power, beauty and wealth; if Mars, he will be famed lor his agricultural strength; if Mercury, he will be learned; if Jupiter be the planet occupying eba (Swakshetra),the person born wili be devoted to poetry, the arts, traditional doctrines and the sacred and wealthy; Ecriptures l if Venus,he wilt b: intellectu'rl by distinguished b: rvill if Saturn,the person born fierce prowessbut bereft of happine. ; if Rahu be the planet in q*a (Swakshetra), the person born will fame and wealth. possess
c/. 'flaqTq{qqit:
ll ff| sqrn:rrg&qtGqEInfr
q{qrfi | ewrt g+........qqd gt an*urfi1' frfeil qaanft11 qfi 61;tr: grffia.qu' qTt gil r
eq,td; afi{, g* nfl fi-q: gAqa: tt
qqrRqraflftrqtsqffi qrrfuqirtrlrqftger{qt I
sL l0T
cf, g{sckT6
rrl$slap;
NorBs,
n6
l_l_r_l
rt.
u piter
l":,.i-",I'.,, |
'"" _! i-':":: I
I
|
u fhetrqoqrr
qrfirgi qrgfurerwnRrr{rng{ftrqr
qt Ttrdrsrrt ffi frETds ftfr gtgtqt rr I oefl
Sloku 107. When the Sun' is in the house of a friendly planet, the peraon born wiil have firm. friends and will be liberal and famous; when the Moon is in such a porition, the peraon born wiil be esteemed, live in comfort and have wealth ; when Mars is in a friendly houce the person born wifl enjoy the favor of ricb friends; when Mercury is in that position, the person born will be most witty ard jovial; when jupiter occupiestbe house of a fricndly planet,the person borc will delight in the society of the learned aad the virtu. ouo ; when Venus occupiessuch a position the erfect ir that tbe perron will be h"ppv in the society of hra
r?6
ql-drqrRqrt
Adh.vln.
birth, the latter will be fed by another as he will have no wealth. cf. rntsrrffi
tlruf,: qFqfrq:I df fnflt r"{TId: q;A qft qrqgtragii qtqrqfr tt q}} mdq{{t a gt 6eq{Tfh6: 1
fleqtst: eqmftqdez.q{qril(qI
sl.109-110
. v w v v v v y v - - . - - -
qg*sgtlr{r:
dI7
If seven planets are in friendly houses [or+ri]+ (Tatt atika) and rtq,i (Nisarga) combined], the native will becornea King. The following chart seemsto be the only possibility.
c/, nrcre-di
qrqoftErwiq{agfrfit-q1, fr16,11
73
678
\\
qrilfqrRtf|i
Adh. vIIl.
sHfr*i'ft{gqrqTs srqi}Trqr I
wrftrtrt
Trt$qr ti ltt tl
Sloha | 11. If there be three planetsin their exal, tation eignsat a birch, the person born will be a king. If three planets occupy eha (Swakshetra), it is "a minister that is born then. If three be eclipsedat a lrrson's birth, he will be a glave. If three be in depres, uion eigns,the person born is an idior. c/. srwd
aEqil qiqiii qfi,i +lslFqdHEr $q( I ilrawTrTldiqwft q trq: qfril{ ll a} *TQro}$edrgp,66 q;gxfid q-qq I q{r6{TEeRo rqrqqil}Fre*fiqrn: rr
fffu1p
{rmr.itftdi{rrftq\qTKr
\9
Sloha 112. When the Sun is in an inimical houee, the pereon born will sacrifice the convenience of his father and engage in the serviceof others when the ; Moon is in eucha position, the person born will studi, ously cause affliction ro his mother and will suffer from heart dieease; if Maro be in a houseowned by an eoemy,
sl. 113
qgltsrqrq:
679
the person born will be defective in somelimb, ungrate, ful and unclean; if it be Mercury that occupiesa hostile house,the person born will be mrserableand inclined to evil; if it be Jupiter, the person born will be speculating about the future; if Venur, he will be a hired laborer; if Saturn be in a house owned by an enemy at a person's birth, the latter will have to b: way-faring and suffer sorrows therein. d. qrail.Rtc-qk
.A,lso sr(rqdl
gt fisG gtil ar<srit{:qftGa: t frl q qrqtFJ+?Rrdtdufr1: n qs: qt' gh {3G sgf}t,fqdi r n* "qruqirirtq fldfrqfAiiqlq rr
qffEI 5tt agqtrsdft:i fiqqq'itRd gft eirfiqqfi'It qt ffird{tl gftarqi+: qFqlfiqs{Tn fri fi*b q g,i,i,iiq: r sTanqfrfrala g*sfit i'rg,cnfd{taq rr qqfrSn q rq{ti r fri unffiqil qah tl gslsR$ {d{ sff1qfrg:fhn qrptrgdisR gd qfri ;qiEqffedlrff.rTa{ I tT{ trs.qil ftq-qr ftgtttl t alqfTqErl
Sloka LL3 If there be five planets occupyinghostile houses, they will be productivc of mixed effects(good and evil). If there be six such, comforr will diminish and misery will preponderate. If there be eeven of
580
qrilTqfiilt
Adh. VIII.
them in inimicrl houses their effect will be misery and that wholly. If the planets in these positions be eclipoedalso,they work evil. c/. VII-56 (latterh^rfl:;?. Also srcr+dr
qeffiqtfiernqe-waf{rnnanqI
g:crai \q qoqflt, n n$qrQaagqi
u ftRrftso{ rl
g qftirwgt {ilt tes flTA ffi q* t Si 5dH} rftdfi wfrftqguqqrEr{
Sloha IL4. If the depressedplanet be the Sun at a person'sbirth, che latrer will be an abandonedperson without friends or relations and bent on going into exile; if it be the Moon, the personborn will be ailing, with little religious merit or wealth to help hin; if Mars, the person born will be ungrateful and indigent; if Mercury be the depressedplanet, the person boro will be base and hostile to his relatives; if Jupiter, he will be under censureand disgrace and turn out to be wicked; if Venus, the person born will be intent on
sl. 115-116
qg*sqrlr
frl
what leads him to sorrow; if Saturnbe the depresred will b: wichborn underits influence planet, the person and mischievous. out wealth,without wife, unfortunate qr<r+Sr cf. -
q tl frq qfralgaf hq qt-srqnn{d ilfiqqfQg'rit olh r RrrRrreqgoq dtqrq:fl{fraq ]sat-qrilqdgqfrdtqq ll get Rq*tge:g4 qtrfrq'St q t qqeErt ergr<ftilsen=e fiqqrfto{t
q ll +)q] fiqadte fi{farqT(qq{f*i
qo wi frfrq*qris6{{r*g I dfqqT+g
utz..
U{ qr{M{Eatqrff{frs5oqll ttE ll
oCaS
S'oha 116. The good influenccof planetsis at its maximum, three quarterc,half , a quarter,at its minimum
qTdTctRilre
Adh. VIII.
or nil according as the planets are in the exaltation sign, Moolatrikona (toh+br), Swakshetra (e&a), Mitrak, shetra(fuTte = friendly sign), Satrukshetra(aa*l : inimical sign), depression sign, or (combustiooi "oo, junction with the Sun.
NorE,s. This sloka is the same as VII-58 sunra.
'Ihe Sluku 118. severaleffects due to the coming togetherof six, five, four, three or two planets and to their being in their exaltation, qoilolor (Moolatrikona), i*e*a (Mithrakshetra), ng'fia (Satru<&e (Swakshetra), ksheira) or fts (Neecha) have been treated of in this chapter, under the benign influence of the blessings obtained from the Sun and other deities presiding over the nine planets.
ffiqrqtsqrq:
uqffirr
Adhyaya IX. T l t r - u r r p c r o F GU L IK T Y \, e e n ,E rc.
f+{Rifrq.ngilsarr{: aiutgtrorr*q
qrrrilqqdlqt nnqirftqrftd*srrEr u I tl
Sloka l. I am ro cJescribe the infiuencesof the time of gfuo (Gulika), of the yerr, the month, the day, the hour of birth, upon the person born. If gfuo (Gu, lika), be in the lst bhlva, the person born will be dull and sickly; if gib* (Oulika) in the Lagnabe associated with malefic planets,thc persori born will be deceitful, lustful and depraved; ii .gi}-({Julika) be in the Znd bhava,the person born will have a craving for sensual enjoyment,be o[ wanderinghabits and indulge in scurrilous language; if gfuo (Gulika) be aseociatedwith maleficplanets in the 2nd bhava, the effect on the person born is that he will have no wealth and at all eventswiil be destituteof knowledge. Nores.
The merhod for finding the position of iJb{ (Gulika) and other Upagrahashas already been describedin detail (rzde notes to II-6 and V-57 supra).
583
ffi4
fftrTttlfrqrf
Adh.rx.
In this and in the next five slokas, the author gives briefly the effectsof Gulika occupying any one of the l2 housesin a nativity. As these are given in greater detail in r-o41i*t (Phaladeepikar, from that work have been extracted in their relevant passages appropriate places for the information of the reader. Ilesides a full aspectcast on the seventh houselike other ordinary planets, Gulika has a futl glance over the 2nd and the l2th houses reckonedfrom it.
fuaq{qEGfiar qgrd}qqmr*qs.Hqr t
Sloha 2. When gfu+ (Gulika) is in the Brd the personborn will be distinguished bhava, by aloof, nesr,pride,drunkennesp andsuchqualities, will dieplay of ill te mper and burtling activity in an abundance to the acquisition regard of wealth,will be exempt from distreusand danger and will be without brothersor
sigters' NorES. q6<tq+r. This sloka appears in
q.rrlagqq;gQfqrfrsaar aTqI
qsqRrqffifcr-<g{iftrqt{ft uI u
sl. 3'6
qqfrssqrqr
Sloka 3. When Gulika is in the 4th bhava' the person born will be devoid of learning,wealth' houses, happiness, lands and vehicles and will become a When Gulika is in the 5th bhava, the *rrrd.t.t. personborn will be immoral, irreeolute, evil-minded, have few sons and will be short-lived' nodfr+r
q s+ rr gufenftgi q6;g{rqliflaaoqfai+gfealeq;itft
qgiorft ga;nr 5ia wiiai<t qft ftg'&qti ffEgi g wr I usauRqfiifiIq{i irqrtl q;qgRt 6ff{f ll I ll {soqaiaftdi
SloA,r 4. Wh:n Gulika is in the 6th bhava, the personborn will destroy hosts of foes, will dabble in i"monology and will be brave; when Gulika <-rccupies be the ?th bhrrrr, the personborn will be quarrelsome, and enemy, public a cursedwith a bad wife, will prove will be scupidand ungrateful' q-o{fc+r
Hfl(: ll s"i^Bge: egfiurrnq;ar laGarfiai{t figqagfU* gfth *odt qgqTq{: I 6-{.aFFt efl:eeqdtql:ll e.]mifiEnqar
nq$offifrfrqrqr
ll \ ll
S/ofra 5. Wfien Clulika is in the 8th bhava,the born will be deformedin his face with weak person 74
iltnfifiqe
Adh.rx.
impairedeyee and will have a slight body. When Gulika is in the 9th bhava,the person born will engage in vile deedsto such an extent as ultimately to become the murdercr of his parents and preceptors. When Gulika is in the l0th bhava,the person born will abandon all reiigiousduties and observances prescribed for his caete and beingassociated with hundredsof shameful deeds,will become deadto all senseof honor or selfreEpect. ,re-alfta1
sL g,-g
qr*sqs:
tion in respectto Gulika, and aleo in the sameNavamga or Dwadasamsaas that cccupied by Mandi, and the planetassociatedwith Gulika anC the lord of the sign occupied by Gulika,all tend to b:cone always malefic, q,qtftor
ql tl gfa+&{,}'{\ qi q=qnqTa{ir.t
Sloku 8. lf Gulikr be associateC wirir" ti:i: Sun, the personborn will hate his father; if witir tlre i'.{oo.t, rnothcr, if the perscn born will cariscdistress to l-ir,; w i t h M a r s , h e w i l l h a v en o y o u n g . r b r o t h e r ; i f w i t h : if with Ji:piter, he will be Mercury, he will ba insane heretic; if with \/enus, the personborn a blasphemous will be afflicted witir vert.:r.:rl disi:rsrs :rntl '.vill b,: the n. favourite of brsew()me q-oaii+r
qrrt r utfu ilqr{Uiuiimr qi}aqE} itgr urftirrGgil'&i qqru-*fi yi qrddrqqrrrFqm qrT;rrrr: $fi,sfrf Eo{ il q ll
Sloku I. When Gulikr is associrted wirh Saturn, the person born wi.ll be devoted to pleaaure and enjor,"
588
srdr$Rqre
Adh. Ix.
Rahu, the person -* tr"t *r-" "tt**ttoc*, a poisoner; when Gulika is associated born will become with Ketu, the person born will bacone an incendiary. When Gulika is in a houseaffected by Vishanadi, the person born, even if he be a ruler of the earth will undoubtedly become a beggar. In fact, the major pla' nets united with minor ones (Upagr,rhas)proCuce a maleficeffect. NorBs. q-t-{itw
n eTqqffiq ll
by com' The narnesof the 60 yearscan easily be retnembered slokas' following mittiog to memory the
eiftn: 'itgqi rrril gri qIdT dt1 q tt $+rt ag*"qa qfl"ft f]+q] w, t ilqnr qrfti arq: ll fraur1:H,iISat
I Hifr( qiqrfrq fail{tfiafr: GR: q-cqgiel rr a-qi ftqq& q+ tqaft Rtql q Rtrft {rdfrsq: t
st. 10-11
qqqlstrrFr!
689
gqa( alqaa +,)'frfiqrqgrn,r* tt grs' fior' q}'q, grfltnrfitq-5( t qftqrfrqqdtq qq=q]ntdtsro' tl fiso: ifiIdgsa fkqpff rlqg,iiit r
q{oqqst* q;gRumrditt I o u
Sloha 10. The person bcrn in the year Prabhava will be daring, truthful, pcssessedof every virtue, proficient in astrology and pious. The person born in the year Vibhava will be lustful, pure, constartly cheerful and will have prodigiouewealth, relatives,learning and fame.
cf, ffiqqrtrfi
Sloha Il. The person bcrn in the year: Suklawill be an adulterer,effere,but liberal and intelligent; the perron boro in the year Pramodutawill be clever in
590
ilrd.qrPqre
Adh" IX.
a whose birth is in the year Prajotp;r"tti will be virtuous, bounteous,rich in sons and of a tranquil rJisposition; the perscnwhose yearof birth is Angirasawrll be rich, and ever compassionate. experietrced sagacious,
cf . {{ditd+
t qf*l'i'tqq' t r{qlf;lliil Rfqqldi tqoirrfln: gr{t ndt qiiE qrqd fu{, ,l qcrqiqtzit qrif aqnernqilqri: t
tqqlqqq.fial mtlfarlg'qq: ll
ii'{ee?q: t gc{ts qt;itI riinrra. +,rr1 qqatt ',llqlgiqgea caflsilarq? qRI! qlurqq.qt qqqqdrolgiqi{iqtq q\ql nsmfi qil'Iqqoq"{tr qqlt qE: I E{tqqilg: drui gqlaef}qq Sdqqg.dqi! qrdi qrgiTqls;qqnfirf,: {I'{riqKt {61 ll tR ll
b o r n i n c h c y e a rS r e e m u k h a ll. Tire p,:rson S/oArr l o n g sf o r w o m . - nr r o t l r i s o w n . i s h o n e s t a n d w e a i t h y ; whosc birth is in the vear Bhavawill be an the person a s c c t i ca , k i n g ' m a k e r ,a n d r e n o w n e df o r h i s v a s t w e a l t h and strength; the personborn in thc year Yuva will b: a gc o n ' , ossessin c o v e t o u sf,i c k l e ' m i n d c d ,i l l ' t e m p e r e d p w i t s t i t u t i o n ,l i t t l e l i a b l et o i l l n c s sa n d a c q u a i n t e d [ t i r e healing art ; the personwhose year of birth is Dhatru will be addicted to other people'owives and a crafty lawyer.
sl. 13
cf" {fiflird
|ltFfrsqFT!
691
dieQs4qlar: u "lqtgqggaa qrniqir .u6 slqqqrT qrqqqFgi t qrcit qnfin: nfroernugn, tt *tffimig'iltiir I flqlg.iqd?s(: qiq rr g{eft: qilc}ger"tgr,q} 111;tr:
nf\\-
Sloha 13, The person born in the year Easwan will be prosperous, steady.mindedand a good judge of merit; the person whose year of birth is Bahudhanya will be a rich merchant,beneficentand voluptuous; the person born in the year Pramadhi will be cruel, addicted to evil, hot tempered, friendless but living in comfort; the person whose birth is in the year Vikrama will tte wealthy and valiant and commandan army.
cf , qEilcr-qi
6VL
ErrcTcdtEre
Adh.rx.
{rertr: flq{t +q qqritqffft q*q. tt qttrsqfiq{*'t gqqnrq{itaa qrq+rlqa' qi\ fi*nr.t qlar: tl
Sloha I'1. The person born in the year Vishu will be a paupcr,lost to all senseof shame and engaged in doing what is wrong. The person whose birth is in the year Chittrabhanu will have the energy and the beauty of the lord of day. The person whose year of birth is Subhanuwill have the learning, conduct, and virtue characteristic of his tribe or race. The person exceeding wealth born in the year Tharanawill possess and etrength and will be a philosopher. cf. qqirqrtr{
r di fiqrnfEfiio. Ra.nrngqd\
.rlfiqrt gfrril attf|q]fiqo: fitinq:11
Hqlgqi\qiei +tFaqraftg.it.tt
s. 16-16
iadtsil|r'
ts
{qqr.fr {rqfl:g{oHul: I TEqrfi q(: u figiauzea qrfti qFrit arrqflqrrt ilaa\qrqrftlh rr q+ffita: {RqrqftrrFqq{ut: I
FFf; FTdif{: T{Irl: g{fq:g{il q{: lt
Slokn 16. The person born in the year Virodhi will be afflicted, delighting in the company of the wicked and addicted to sinful deedsand cruel. The
7s
604
ltcrrrRtlrt
Adh. Ix.
perEon whose year of birth is Vikriti wiil be full of guile, love,eick, and devotinghis mind to magicformu' laries and their practical application in ceremonies. The personborn in the yearKharawill be unattractive, sinful and mischievour. worthlecs, depressed in speech, will delight The personwhoseyear of birth is Nandana every body, enjoy the favor of kings and wilt be with the meaningof the sacredhymns in converEant ocripture.
d. qqiTsTRrd
qil frtfia'ir, 11 fqaeqqkq{a{ qfr.fqrudtil {tqtg' qTflsft I oriatar ftdqr t+{flqR ;R: tl Hqrqti nEe:wt6rilsrqE( | ordqtdt grite*r qi} fiqnq'{q:t
ffiqffrsdqffi
rc+tftffiilq;qnqffiSloka 17. If a person have his birth in the year Vijaya, he will be virtuous, and will aboundin real excellences. If the year of birth of a personbe Jaya,he will be either a king or like a king. When a peroon has his birth in the year Manmatha, he will have a craving for seneual enjoyment and will be victorious over his foes. The perEon who ie born in the year
gl. 18
mqlsrqrq:
696
t q(: Hrrrgqq: qlirfrffiq'ri\F+c: *'ft fi'rqpt qt qiq tt sr*qmi+t I ftmn*t d+qrfrrr{rnafrnrq: qsrqrfrfflsir qqqtsqrqt tt
gcrdil$il:fl q firfi q mq: t qt( qi\ rTaTt ll gurwrrh,rrct: fi6d qqdqh:t na:aqqft&) 1
4rdrqqqqrq)gWr.t qiar: tt
Sloha 18. If a person havehis birth in the year he will be ill'natured and will ardently Hemalambi, pursue agricultural and other operations. The perEoo recorted Lorn in the year Vilambi will be prosperouE, to by the Brahmanacommunity and diainterestedly benevolent. The personwho hashis birth in the year Vikari will be sickly, cowardly, indigent, irresolute havehis birtb in and of an ignoblenature; if a person the year Sarvari, he will have exceedingwealth and andwell'behrved' honest and will be cbeerful, enjoyment
cf. q"Frflff
t grdxavrarRrgeaetRrR
effilnilg({r@a tqvqggEq: tt
696
qr6{rRca
Adh. I)L
rr.i lp*safr g:tft*"q4n i{efi:I ewqfftro'n{t M +.g\fug, rr qRtfr qFr{Frfte:!s{ro: $o. I q-4:noltq{R qem: fimrREitit r
<Fqq1:ge*fr frfr,avascqr r
fiqrEffinarri&qsgaq:rr
u=+qnuqffi(t sqw trr qeqhTfr qrdrmel $ruft llls grrtl g{ll t g,ikft'TrErr{r Tsqltr*"q.cqr iliqT{ n lq tl
Sloka L9. The person who is born in the ye r Plavawill be tranquil, generous, compassionate, brave and devotedto his own duties, The person who has his birth in the year Subhakrit will be the dupe of women, but learned, handsome and intelligent i the perEotr whosebirrh is in the yrrrrrSobhakrit will be vrise, pouessed of royal virtues and fo4d of learned purruits. The perron born in the yrar Krodhi will be an adulterer, addicted to evil ways, crafty and of an angry temperament. cf. qrrmkrn,
qaoqqQf: 6rfr Tft{Rd:w I wxrdr qeilgqtfrqqgqTq+ rt q gry1: gqffi ftqrqicilqq: r flqtghg{T,ifUqua'$riqq' rr qh fiqfi *t qIfrgwFqa:r qrfr T{ft q'q: ll n]t{SAq Z'lrrg:
11.20
@ v t r r Y v
qa!6r{Ftr
8l
$ot{llfit I
q{rqqFgqd: qqqFqftqFn, tt
{tnr:ffisffiq+{rt
To I il{nnq6{rdsft{ofr3 qrqqonq
5e8
srdrqrRqri
Adh. Ix.
Sloha 21. The person whose year of birth io will be tranquil,universally popular,exceedingSoumya and firm,minded. The person born in the ly wealthy yearSadharana will b: versed in the variousbranches of rnd will possess a soundunderstanding.The learning rse person birth is in the year Virodhikrit will be li ^ll,tempered, indigentandgivento wandering. credulous, The manwhosebirth is in the year Paridhavi will be harshin speech, and possessed of wealth. ill,behaved,
cf , ?FFTGnirn
qFsil '{q'frqlq {qflftfif,nfi: I ilrqH: 6{Fed il' n}'} qqrqt tt qttntr: t flqgR, {fr: {,Ir{{Ra: ll tqre*fit' *,)fr ntqrtorggql:
Sloka 22. Th: personborn in the year Pramadee';'..ives, his and will long for women cba will eEtrange year of birth ic person The whose own. his not Ananda will be of a joyous temperament, will be devo,
gt, 2f)
arr*sqrql
699
ted to the study of traditional dirctrines and gacred scriptures and will be acquainted with the real nature of all things' The qan whose birth is in the year Rak' shaea will be sinful, indulge in vain talk, and will injure the virtuous. Ihe person born in the year Nala will be a donor endowed with many liberal virtues, tranquil and well.behaved.
cf, ffidqrtr{
6m
q|lffiAca
Adh.rx"
Iigent. The p:rson who has his birth in the year Roudri will be a rake,prverse, proud and wicked.
cf . ?FrTnffrm
wmg{iffiqsqfr: ffiwrqsr
fieilcnnl frfrqfndqraqtfta: r
sI. 76-|26
rdlsrrr
,,
6r
gfia'mrr+g*rtl$+ifr ?R: Il
ll 1\ ll
Sloka 26. The person whose birth is in the year way6' a hater $rodhanawill be a rake addictetlto evil of lir relatives and devotedto brigandage. The perron born in tbe year Akrhaya will be vittuouo, cheerful, handsome,endowed with a high seose of honor and o(emptfrom foes and ailments.
ct. *FTqfirr
qt+t: t ilrqfr fidq' At qrCqrE] ll +fir4 {t qr* qa{: qngfrirTR w I 36tr[6qq v1tqrfiT: qril qt qfRqftt: rt arqfrqdt
n sFFt$gII U
gqr{{T{trrforilq+ftGs t sq{rqqug${s
qftonfiws {qtrtqF*RdtqFlffitt(s ll tE ll
Sloha 26, The personborn in the Uttarayanawill be devotedto knowledge and contemplationand u/ill life. The personborn in the Dakotrinayana leada chaste wilt be confident in hic speech mainaininga distinction between rpirit and matter and will be full of eelf,conceit. 78
WA
cf, qfirqkFh
fitcwrftnri
Adb. IlL
il Tgs-dq tl
qlqfg{fud}wailTrrt qrdr grt;qfr{il
ffimffiqqgtffiu'{n*rgrffr
*rfi UmW: UfrEqffi t*.*t*rTEs {rdr I riihqrflilil sqfr nd q{t fritniqr qrq
Sloha 28. The personborn in the winter season, will be a contemplativesaint, of a opareform, following tbe buainess of agriculture, possecsingthe means ot enjoyme't and capable, The person whose birth ig in the cool dewy season,will be devoted to ablutions and gifte, of great capabality, with a high rcnae of honor and of great frime.
gr 29-30
rqcl$crcr
ffi
lr qRTsoq rl
** duurqqqi?qtffiqqr ffi
Sloko 29. The perEon born in the month of Chaitra will devote himself to tl1e study of every art, science and the scriptrrres and will be perpetually in merry.makingand delightingin the company engaged of women; if in the month of Vaisaka,he will be con' versantwith every science,independentand hold eway over Eomeregion; if in Jyeshta,he will be blessedwith long enduring wealth and sons and versedin magicfor' mulariesand their practical applicuion to ceremonies ; if in Aehada,he will be very wealthy, compassionate, perpetually h"ppy but betraying an aversion to other people.
NorBs. (Chaitra), (vaisakha), tcrrt{ etc., are the names of lunar fu mouths (qrqqtn-Chaandra masa), and are sotnamed after the star occupiedby the Moon at FullrMoon (qjoidl-pou.tami), d.e., the end of the bright balf. Each lunar month consistsof thirty tithis (ffi) commencing from S5c$trqq-r (Suklapaksha pratbarna the first day after the New Moon) and ending rvith the following qqr4rgr (An.ravasya' New Moon).
qKq{qRd n*mcu-qq arErtqneq 1 qrt qwgfr qstqwiitqt ERfrr rqor gsrsr ffirtr {Tft*ll lo ll 5R* |MI
Sloka 3A. lf a pereonbe born in the montbof
qrilsil$ilu
Adh"rx.
Sravana he will devote himrelf to the worship of Gods he will take delight and Brahmins; if in Bhadrapada, be full of tbeorier and in visiting several countries, inaginative;if in Aswija, he will be hostile to his own people,indigentand base-minded ; if in Karthika, devoted to agriculture h,ewill be f rt.limb:d, broad,eyed, in wealth. and surgaesing
qRfr{gqriliq,regi {mo}o:ll lt ll
S/o/r4 31. If a person b: born in the month of he will show reverence'to Gods, hi! Margaseeruha elders and his parents and will be virtuous ; if in Puohya,he will be possessedof wealth, virtue and strength and will havea prominentnose; if in the month of Magha, he will be mischievoualy inclined, though very attentive to his duties and well'behaved; icence and be daily benef he will practise if in Phalguna, fond of music.
il qqrssTltl
Slol;a 3?., If a personbe born in the bright half hc will b: distinguished above others by a month, of the fact of his being blessed with sons, grandsone and richesand will be virtuous and compassionate ; if a dark half month, of a be born in the he will be person urging his own interest8, reverent towarde his mother but inimical to his relatives.
sL &3-84
q-Rsqtc!
606
il $Toqeq tl
crftrs {i$tft cq{ftq(r qisfrfifl g(ft qrdiTG qff t qtqrt qR uwgFquonr1 ct{qrow*rgnamiiarcJu: tlorqrs?fr
Sloka 33. Tbe person born in the early morning ic attentive to his duties, leadsa life of benelicence and is happy; the personborn at mid d"y will have princely virtues ; the person born in the after-noon will be wealthy ; the personbcrn in the evening will be fond of fine scents and lovely women, base,minded and of wandering habitg; the person born at rright will have the samecharacteristic as tir. on" bcrn in the evening. The. person born at sunrisc will enjoy abundant comtorts.
n ftftrq,q tl
qAtdrft wdr{itqR ft'fi i'qqftot
ffiqrqi tqrqgqoqatftrqor I
Aelqrqtgoqxq6qqrior{qg{r{ qguqiql{E1iqeTqgri q;er?goTf il iB tl
Sloka 34. If a personbe born in lfrrq (Pratipada) or tbe first d"y of rhe Moon, he will be very industrious and lead a virruous life; if in frf,rqr (Dwitiya) or in the 2nd day of the Moon, he will have abundance of splendour, cattle, strength, fame and wealth: if in qaier (T'riteeya), he will be virtuous and very timid and will have a sharp clear voice; if in aguT (Chaturthi), he will be credulous, accustomed to wandering and conversant with sacredtexts.
606
qrffiqrRid
Adh. Ix.
qwrqeqqot ittoiooq,qr{itmflf}mr t
Siofra 36 If a personbe born in qEn? (Navami) or the 9th day of the Moon, he will b: known ro fame, have a charming person,but a bad wife and bad sons and will b: iustful; if born in gttdt (Dasami),he will be virtuous, with a clear,voicedwife and sons, prosperous and wealthy; if born in {rrfift (Ekadasi), he will revere Gods and Brahminsand will have many servitors and wealth; if brrn in Er{rit (i)wadasi), he will be engaged in very beneficent works, will be liberal, wealthy and leprned.
sl.3i-39
qc*sqrq:
Stoka 37. If a personbe born in afrqdl (frayodasi) of he will be covetous, very libidinous and possessed much wealth ; if in sgt{ir (Chaturdasi), he will be of a fiery temperand he will b: ever wishing in his heart wealth and women; of other people's to becomepossessed sTffarqr (Amavasya), he will be credulous if born in and devoted to the worship of the Manes and the Gods ; if in g$er (Poornima), h" rvill sustain the reputation of his family and will b: weahhy and cheerful.
608
qrdrwRqrt
Adh.rx.
Sloka 39. If a personbe born on the week day dedicated to Jupirer, he will perform sacrifices, be popular with kings, have noble qualities and become celebrated; if on the day sacredto Venus, he will have corn, lands and wealth and be universally popular and devoted to gallantry; if on the day of Saturn, he will be for the most part dull-witted, living on food and money supplied by others, indulging in inconsiderate utterances, assumingan attitude of hostility and cleverly boycotting the whole body of his relatives.
g{qriqst$qug{{or6ggq | |
Sloias 't0-44.
rTwrq ^ 4U1
q?nq{Ir{T:
qITiT
p
+ o
\r
-tz nrlrnir.
l qiH As w i n i 2 wo?r Bharani 3 aR+r Krittika 4 ftAoft Rohini
Presiding
lJefty qllFiT
Synonyms
${F: Turanga. {n!
Caste Vaisya
F Arietis
(God o{ death) erlii: Agni (God of fire) rqrcft: Prajapati (The creator)
zr{r:!46x. ZttilrR: Kritanta, qrlrrq Yamyabham ERrfli Hutasana, wFr: Agni, cgor Bahula
Sudra
o)
z N"tli"'r'"
qq{tt{ Mrigasirsha -Tr4t Ardra
d{Tq
^ ry t';'.11f*
q{rqaaqr: Synonyraa
o:
*la 5ou.ya, qFqChandra &rving dq: (The Moon) enltrroft Agrahayani E:gc caEte Udupa, q{n?r{qMrigasiras
QAI
tr Orionic
(Rudra)
Coral'like red
s{+g
Punarvaru(The mother of the Adityas) iftTrft: (The tutor of the Devac) sct: (Serpents )
Gfr'
sc
hya Pus
Kehatriya
ThreeStars
like au arrow
d Cancri
cnBc Aslesha
Six Starslike
a serpeDt
, Hydrae
Cl. V
?4
l0 cs Magha
Sudra
Five Stars. Rod of the Patki Two in each joined form a square
CA
D
tr{wr: Aryamna, {r{rirq ft qdsqdt Brahmin "i* Pu.rv.a (Aryaman) Bhagyabham phalguni rrrT 12 a<r,qii (Bhag") Uttara sii Uttaram, rrrrq Bhagam Kshatriya phaiguni 13 !F Haeta fa !-er Chitra 15 qnir Swati 16 fr_ar<sr Visakha eft"r^ The Sun 3E Tiashta, (the architect) 1 Vayu, the wind q-q & oriir Indra and rrg Bhanu,srwt Aruna, rr*' Arka qer Thwaohta, gnrift: Suravardliak-i qcq Marut, ?riT: \,/313, sqtwt:Samlerana. s,g,' Vayu, n*t, Sameeri fr?qa Dwidaivata brrft+ Aindraenika. urpab"ba Vaieya Serving caEre Butcher casre Lowest
caSte
? $
A
F Leonig d Corvi
A pearl-liLe Star
{ e gt
Aqr:FI
. ESTT lJefty
N.irlir"
Presiding
qqfcq6qr:
o
F)
d Scorpio,
ntE
gft*anr Kulisatara, fimq: Serving grffi Suraswa, caste Satamakha, mee ugr Asura, Brlggq Akratu, Butcher bhuj caste v<: Payal, eftaq Salilam, Brahmin woq Jalam,diqr(Thoyam Rrq Vls\r.t Krhatriya
Three red Stars resemblingan umbrella Six Stars like an elephant'sgoad Two Stars like a danda
Mula
ft*ft
Nirrity
qir
z0 qltqrcr
Purvasha, dha
'Water
( Sagittari
zl
Bed red
3 $agitari
't',
qftk{ Abhijit
ilTr Brahma *un Srona,Rog,Vishnu 6ft: Hari, xlt Sruti ?rqorqq, Siavinabham
Vaiaya Lowest
caSte
a Lyne o Aquilae
cl2
z3 rTEror
z4 xiqw
t<
drum.like
F Delphini \ Aquarii
4 { {
cr+di: Prachctas, {lainFFq Butcher Red. atorrq Varu, Satatarakam, caEte nabham
A hundred Stars
7, a^ 3
o Pegaai
q+*qrE: Ajaikapada,irTsrqr(Brahmin 7 6 q*urgrqr rqqsqrE Purvabha, Aja,Eka,pat Ajapat, gFi'idcEr Purva, drapada proshtapada
z7 snRrlrr{Tqtci}d."q:
Uttarabha Ahirbudbnya drapada
s1trciCCEr Uttaraproshta- Kshatriya . Of the4 Stars y Pegasi rD a square two pada, uft{u;<: in tbe east Ahiibudhnya
Likeafish (Pisciun
o! cp
z8isar
Revati
qq Rrshan
614
ilrtf,qrRqre
Adh. Ix.
st. 46-48
q'+qlstqrq:
616
sTrArir widtflil kdtt qqiifrfl il Bq tl cntt qi*qril qR qffi qgrib t q{t qrd(qqfqUrriRraruutn Bs ll qflt {tTq$o-tqsi .innuqq I
The verses are elliptical ; we have to piece together the various portions as we best can to get at the sense they are intended to convey.
Slokas 46-48. Make ten equal divisions of the ghatiLas which the Moon takes to pass through the asterism slur (Jyeshta). If there be a child,birth in the lgt tenth of the star, it will cause the death of tbe mother'smother; if in the Znd tenth, of the mother'e father ; if in the 3rd tenth, of the mother's brother ; if in the 4th tenth, of the mother herself; if in the 5th tentb, of the child born; if in the 6th tenth, of cattle and wealth ; if in the 7th tenth, of both the families; if in the 8th tenth, of the whole race; if in the 9th tenth, of the father,in,law (in prospect); if in the lftb tenth, of every tbing. cf . T((r{d
616
||'F TTRilfr
Adh Ix.
wi gil{rfl: srqet sffiqt{ 11 rai algt Efu s,i<ignt nqrr qoqrq,*ifiR.ch rr Qgi RqFq
sT{Rr(iriTdewsi8*atqr
ilg{r(Rfrta qgwrEsr ET(il 8q tl
Sloka 49. A girl born in eisr(Jyeshta)coupled with a Tuesday will causethe removal of her eldest brother from the world, while the girl geln irr lf,r (Moola)happening on a Sunday will cauteher father,in, law to depart.
qrQ *$qqR"{q{e q;qrq ftetqqTa effiiig{ | n \o tl Eftqni fH litfk qt qgt ft\it silRrf
Sloha 50. The person born in the first quarterof will soon cause tbe star Jyeshta the death of hie eldest person brother; if a be born in the Znd quarterof the he occasion star, will the death of the youngestamong hrs elder brothers; if in the 3rd quarter, he will lause the deathol his father; if in the 4th quarter,the perEon born may himselfdie.
Norrs. The following ve{ses contain similar and some more details about the bad effects of being born with the Moon in Aslesha, Visakha, Jyeshta and Moola.
rortt
w tqt {-flfrqwr frilEsqt qa&q fi"it"gqtg qrngfr ffffi h.fiwg,11 I xrqr qgt qFnwow q dEsqrq
gl. 5l-66
qq*$qt{It
6r{
+snr qt${)
#
da
";"
tt ** hi ERtqar
qnnfitrqrg flt-t *qq, gqq I q *quBqrt e fa<Atgqffiar rr qlilr EsrghfHtqH atft r *qqr{ t dffgh GiqF qrnr(Fa ntqq u
sfucsrd*
utfuatr t Wdftftrdr ;ilEn itiqqs:Sqtfr qr} fril f\U'{rdr qititqftr qatt ll \R lf g qnr qrqlt qat t ftarqaqg{ qBg qriltTirrat unt uqoRaII ll \1 ll
618
arf,{cTftqre
Adh. Ix.
ghatikas which the Moon takes to paasthrough the aeterism Moola. If a person be born in the lst l5th portion of the star, he will cause the death of his father; if in the 2nd t5th, of the father'sbrother; if in the 3rd 1Sth,cf the sister'shusband; if in the 4th l5th, of the paternal grand-father;if in the 5th 1sth,of the morher; if in the {rth 15th,of the mother's Bi$ter; if in the 7th l5th, of the mother's brother; if io the 8th 15th,of a paternal uncle'swife; if in the gth l5th, of everything; if in the 10th 15th, of all the catrle in the house; if in the 11th 15th, of the servants; if in the l2th 15th,the person born will die; if in the l3th 15th, his eldest bpother will die; if in the l4th l5rh, his sister will die; if in the last 15th,his morher'sfather will die.
A'\
Slotrr 57. The person born in the first quarter of Moola, Magha or Aswini will lose his father, but if the birth be in the last quarter of Revati, Jyeohta or Asleoha,there will be loss of the mother,the father and
sl. 6&60
lqqlssryq;
619
the child, it being immaterial when the birth happens, whether during the day, in the nighr or at the two junctions of day and night. This slokai,.; alsoquoted *"51i,"*.
Slofra 59. There is G;rnda at the conclusionof a Gandatara such as Revati, Asleshr or Jyeshtaat night and at the commencement of a Gandatar.r such as Aswi, Magha ni, or Moola during the day ancl, at the junctron of a pair of (landararas in tfre junctions betrveen d.y a n d n i g h t . T h i s i s t h e d i s t i n g r r i s h i nm g a r ko f a G a n d a period.
S/oAc60 The person born in the Dhanur Lagna when the Mccn is in the asterism Poorvashada will lose his father ; again the person born in the Karkata Lagnaand when the Moon is in the star pushya will likewise cccasionhis father'sdemise.
qrQtrRctt
Adh.rx.
Sloha 61. The child born when the Moon ia in the star Poorvashadaor Pushya as describ?d in the preceding sloka will cause the loss of the father, the till then or the mother's Loth"r, the of fspring generated brother, accordingas the Moon rt tbe birth in que$tion, the first, se:ond, third or fourth quarterof the occupies lateful star referred to.
dRIqertEwi qit t rfisrqll ll hRll ftEqrffiq'qsqlEirelrqiffa qlt ildit ftrrqtr Ktd qq,Tqq t
ilffiirs*ilRlql{gqi}1rewr
q ll El ll
through Slolas 62-63*. If when theMoon passes the 1et quarter of the star Uttaraphrlguni or the two middle quarters of the star Pushya, or through the 3rd quarter of the star Chittra or through the first half of Bharani or through the 3rd quarter of Hasta or through the fourth quarter of Revati, therc is a birth, the father as it or the motherof the child born will die according is or the male or female sex.
ll ll rIUgifiTO:
qqril qTgitruttl I frsqrr.qrcg{sr}
affi8 rilrfaRHt n(q l(t(qlg,taq l. h Q B l l
qfr q{r'i iq iqsriinEi{rrI * ,nfi qlmrirqr w{ g i{qr{s{ ll q\ ll tq t rqt qlft ttat qqtqrimq}
ll qE ll 6d qii qrdqlftqt arq{r-6E*
sl. 6,+-69
qirqtsErrTs
62l
ll ll TFiletqtq'
822
aril{qrrfqra
Adh.rx.
piciouo; if it be in the 2nd 6th, there will be loss oJ the father; if in the 3rd 6th, there will be loss of the morher; if in the 4th 6th, it will causethe deathof the mother'sbrother; if in the 5th 6th, it will remove the brothers from the world; if in the last sixth, it will the death of the child born. Tl'rus the :vil of cause Gandahagbeen mentioned af, +ilox-+t|n{t.
ll +gi wrEe dln qet qgqpl{q. qbq aqqtFc qEtrqinii fig: 1 qsrTnt iliitt ilil | 3r{r'{r;g {E[IiIr;Tt
young of of SltrAas1O-7I. The abandonmen[ horses,cows, buffaloes and more especially elephants, oi the human kind, if brought forch on the day of the new,moonwhen a <iigit thereofis faintly visible in the of the young of theseani' morning-the abandonment mals is laid down as a rule. lf they be brouglrt forth on the neq' moon day when no vestige of the Moon visible, expiatory rites should b: gonethrough becomes in accordlnce with the prescrib:d rules to avert the is absolute evil of such births ; the rule of abandonment of born is a specimen except when the creature womankind.
gl. 72-73
qtclsqtcr
Norr,s.
6n9
ffiqr;ii " The real meaning may be, the day on which the Moon rises with a thin crescent of light scarcely visible." The term appears to apply to the first 6th Monier Williams. portion of the New Moon, while the period covered between the second tth to the sixth Attr is designated .rd (Darsa). The seventh and eighth $th portions are termed 5R (Kuhu). According to qrocflF<rfl (Kalaprakasika), $R (Xutru) occurs when the Janmanakshatra or either of its l'rikona ones synchronises with 'fhyajthe New Moon, the ending moments of which coincide rvith yam. Kuhu signifiesan evil yoga. Various expiatory rites are ordained to ward off the evil arising from births during these periods. \\
q;qqidmdg{silitfr* qftr<f lt el tl
Sl,tka 7?.. The child born under the samestar a$ the father or under the 10th star from the father'a (oee sloka 78 for the meaningof Janmarkeha and Karmarkehai will occasion the loss of the father; the child born in the sameJanmala;na and the sameNakslratraNavamsa aEthe father will causethe father's death on the very day of its birth. cf , <fts
fiit*r ffr{;rrr+qtitFgfQgrrqqr t
ffqqlTt q ds* qTd:fl+ ftrq: 11
Sloka 73. 'I'hechild born under the M"rsalaor will bring about the lossof what is good Mudgarayoga or auspicious. Birth under the Vishtikaranabetokenc
git*swR*anqn'sa tl fterqiEfirqqnt
irr(tsqrRqTt
Adh. IX.
Sloku 76. If a personbe born in a Vaidhruriyoga, he will cause the loss of the father; if in Vishkambf,a he will cauoe the loss of wealth ; if in the Sulayoga, hJ will suffer from colic ; if in Gandahe will get a goitre.
31. 77-81
eqrtlsrqrq:
Stoka '17. The child born with teeth will caute of the damageto the family from the commencement secondto the conclusion of its fourth month ; the rie ing of teeth at the time of birch may cause tbe death of the father in the 6th month of tire child. When thir critical period is over, all may go well.
rl vf*ldlt|{{l
fl
I
lt 51oqgpffif{r tl
wisqrRqft
Adh.rx. g.* 1 dR tl
,Slokas81-82. The Ganda in the months of Vai, sakha,Sravana and Phalguna is such as relates to the sky; in the months of Ashadha, Pushya, Margasirahaand the Gandais suchas affectsmen; in Aswija, Jyeshgha, Kartika, Chaitra anclBhadrapada,the Ganda is such as relates to the P.rthaia or the nether world ; in the month of Magha,thc Gandaor risk to b: run is death" The evil of G'anda which relategto pathalaand the sky Pusbkaradoesnot conccrnthis world and so does not reallv exist for us.
il qq TqIT60TI tl
qtq;qmit gtqiiffi mq{rq1rds({t qrqfr Rrdrs;qEnfnar fil uarirqdl I qurfrs{d{ hqrfii +qdtagdreql
frfioqiqrcHlqiladirgfi{t qrdwr l dB tl
Slcla 84. The person born under the star qfffi (Arwini) wrll have a greardeal of intelligence, wealth, mcdesty, saeae rt! and fameand will be h"ppy ; if at a perscn'$ birth, the Moon be in thc star rtqit (Bharani), he will hiivc a clefective limb, be addicted to another's wife, cruel, ungrate{uland will posseEs wealth; if in g6s
st, 85-86
qrriisqrqr
Etar $Rsr (Krittika), he will be energetic, lord-like in statuE,not dull but with some valuablelearning; if in iiltqft (Rohini), he will know the weak points of others, be lean, enlightened but addicted to women not his own' NorBs.
Compare the etlects given here in slokas 84-90 with those given in Brihatjataka ch. XVI.
qr;i firqrr;inn: Srrdsqin,rqEn tnr*rq sTKtqrqqaryo\siqmo I Ud)6qrqfto{r{ r r6{tt(: *Rl mgml Wrflr q gdfr qqqss
Sloha 8l't. If a person be born in q.r{ir,i (Mriga, siraha),he will be soft-hearted,wandering, squint,eyed, lovrsick aud ailing ; if in ar4i (Ardra), he will be des, titute of wealth, f ickle, with much physical strength and addicted to baseactions ; if in gaafg(Punarvasu)he will be dull.witted, strong in wealth, lamed, learned, and lustirrg for women ; if in (gca;Pushyahe will love Gods and Brahmins. possesswealth and intellieence, enjoy royal favor, and lrave a large circle ol relations.
Slcfta 86. If a person b: born under the star qttcr (Asleoha-i.e. when the Moon is in th:t asterism), he will be silly; betraying ingracitude by his speech,of haety temper and depraved; if in the srar rTEtr lMagha), hc will be lustful but devoted tc virtue, indulgent to
628
qrCrqtftcri
@ v v r v v v v v u v v v
Adh. Ix.
hir wife, proud and wealthy; if in t{qeg* (poorva, phalguni),he will be restleas, practising evil, liberal t:r:og and longing for women; if in vrmegdt (Urtara, pbalguni)he will be voluptuouc, with a lofcys"nseof honor,gratefuland intelligent.
Sloha87. lf a person be born under the star itr (Hasta),he will be devoted to love and to virtue, be, friendthe learned and rivein opulence; if in ftlr (chittra), he will be very wary, goodnatured, and endowed with e high Eense of honor, thoughlooging for othermen.r wiver; if in <rtr (Swati), he wili try to pleare Gods and Brahmins, devotehimself to enjoymentsand will havemuch wealth but little intelligence; if in itqrrrr (Visakha), he will be proud,but uxoriouo,overcome his enemies and betraymuchirritability.
Slofrc 88. If a personbe born in the star qgrtwr (Anuradha),he will be very affable in epeech, opuient, ease,loving, honor.rble, famouE, and powerful; if jo ,fui flyeshtha),he will be very ill.tempeied, addicted;; _;, men not hir own, Iordly and juet; if in qF, (M;L;,
sl.89-90
q{TlssqFr:
689
marred, ungrareful and iudigent; if in glercr (Poorvx, shadha)he will be uniformly well,behaved, endowed with a high senre of lronor, well off and calmminded.
q;:rigrsorfrT{frfr qrilsftKft{tr1 l \o tl
.S/oArr 90. If a person be born in qinruvqr (purva_ proshthapada), he will be bold in his speech, mischievous. cowardly and weak; if in the star sntcigcrqT (Uttaraproshthapada), he will be gentle in his nature, liberal, opulent and learned; if in ien't (kevati), he will have a broad mark in his person,rvill be love_sick,lovely, clever in counsel,will have sons, family and friends and will enjoy steady continuous prosperity.
630
ErawrRcri
Adh. IX.
rrtrRruoq ri
qlqflgr gtilqqngndr uel]{i gnq*
(sl) qft'rrq,iil' tqQ qR dil,fr q qlu.{ mrql uornqi q\.ri t ilar qir;(qirqir'qwr gtqqa;} sdRrQin qt n u'nqrufi'f,{-tea:
Sloka 91. If at the birth of a per-son, the Moon be in Mesha, he will eat sparingil', long for rvornen and have enterprising elder brothers; if in Vrishabha, the person born will be liberal, lovely, rich in fame, of excellent behaviour, and have his chilclren all daughters ; if in Mithuna, he r,vill be blesseci with iong life and skilful in ministering to love during amorous pleasuresand evincing a fondness for jest and merrirnent; if the Moon be in Kataka at a person's birth, the latter's heart will be impassionedwith love; he wiJl lead a rvandering life and will speak eloquently. XVII-I c/. gqeqra+ Nores. to 4.
@ sgdq?rgrr{i qrfie&r gr{r {FqrftRrqrCfr oitaqrFqqrft*ift.rqr{t rriil{rfi ff gd}qif*wrI fr ib&sqdiq d6A {ftrii {qrc'ir iirrt q gafrvar n qRtl
Sl tk s 9?. If a person be born when the Moon is in Simha, he will have broad eyes,a beautiful face,grave looks and wiil bc h.ppy; if the Moon be in Kanya at a person'sbirth, the latter ivill be afflicted with a craving ior sensual enjoyment, of graceful address, eminent in learning and prosperous; if in Tula, the pgrsonwill view with reverence Gods and Brahrnanas, shorv affection
it. 93-94
qqglstrtFt:
68.r
torvardshis relatives and will be opulent: the personborn when the Nloon is in Vrischika will be heedless.ailing, avariciousand given to wandering.
c/. Eqswaq XVII-5 NorBs. to 8.
Slukit 93. When the \,{oon occupies Dhanus, the person born will have handsome limbs and bright eyes; he will be the choicest specimen of his family and conversant rvith ttle arts; if the Nloon be in Makara at a person's birth, the latter will be acquainted rvith music, broad-headed and addicted to u'omen not his own; the person born when the Moon is in Kumbha will be without virtue or morality and inimical to Jearned men while surpassing in knorvledge; if the Moon be in Meena at a" person's birth, he will have :r handsome person. be learned and become the lord o[ m:rny rvives. Norrs' .Jticwrc+ XVII-9 to 12. c/.
il {r{qil$so(
itarrqa{i iqi{rt tarddqqr{
ll
8t2
silgtslllTllE
Adh. IX.
army, opulent and distinguished by reddish eyes and destined to become a freebooter; if the Moon be in a Navamsa orvnerl by Vrishabha, the person born will have his body, the face and.the shoulders fat, but his frane will not be cornpact or rvell knit ; rvhen the Moon occrupies a Navamsa of Mithuna, the person born rvill have a lovely form, rvill serve under a master as a scribe and will be learned; if the Navamsa occupied by the N{oon belong to Kataka at the birth of any perscn, he rvill be black and rvill be withou.t the joys of having a father or a son.
When the-Moon is in a Sirnita N:n'artsa, the person born iviil have a fat body and a lolty nose, and will be famed for his wealtir and strcngth ; if the aain (Navarnsa occupied by thc Nloon bclong) to if;at (Kanya), thc person born rvill be distinguishcrl for his sweet words, leatr itr l)crson and clever at clice; whcn the Moon is in a rein (Nar':rmsa) of qvr (Tula), the person born will be a g:rllant, in the service of a king ancl rvith lovely eyes ; the person born whcn the Moon is in a qfbo aniu (Vrischika n;rvamsa), r.r'ill h:rve a defective limb, will be poor, lean, rvandering in quest o[ service and diseased.
g, 9?-99
qcrlsrqrqr
Sloka 96. If the Moon be in a cst{r (Navamsa) owned by qq (Dhanus),the personborn will be lean and long-arrned,liberal, devout and wealthy; if in :r trqiv (Navarnsa) of rrnt (Makara), the person born will be covetous, black in personal appearance and rvill have a (Iiumbha wife arnd if in sons; a i$rrreit navamsa), the personborn will be hypocritical ;rnd henpecked ; and if the Moon be in a ri}rqeiTr(N{een:r nav:rmsa), the person born wi,ll have a soft voice, but speakspiritedly,will visit holy placesand be blessed with sons.
ll qrq$'orT tl
R.t$t fuurcfqgqq qifr qr*r{Tr
qal ffi fiqnqhrfr qqei\qirlsitqut
qqiqrcetg{{qffi qrgsqr{$r;rqttgrlrql finrqqrilr gd I Eet qil*q(r n q\etl
Sloha 97. A person will be victorious over nrs of rvealth and cattle if born in the enemiesand possessed (Vishkambha yoga); subject to the will of ffiq other people'swives if born in frit (Preeti); long-lived and healthy, if born in tnlfnq (Ayushrnan) ; happy, if born (Sowbhagya) yoga; in the Srt"q voluptuous if born in drrr (Sobhana); murderously inclined if born in qrtqqs (Atiganda); wealthy and devotedto the practiceof virtue if born in gn$ (Sukarma) ; and taking away other people's if born in and money sfh (I)hruti). wife
Errgss I Efl qeil{rq *sftrqffir{ 5qTqTil-fr sdqil r.ir qff fitgss ilil E{qnrqqs
834
qtlw|Rcri
Adh. Ix.
SloAa 98. If a personbe born in the {Ffr.t. iSula yoga), he is wrathful and quarrelsome; if in ws (Ganda). he is addicted to evil practices; if in Utt (VriddhD, he is able to discoursewisely; if in n< (Dhruva), he will be exceedinglywealthy; if in .qtqt? (Vyaghatha), he will be ferocious; if in 6iur (Harshana), he will be wise and farfamed; if in rs (Vajra), he will be wealthy and lustful ; if in ftFq (Siddhi), he will be the refuge of all and lord like ; if in scdcre (Vyathipatha), he will be deceitful.
effirtwrt B dwrlqErtqRar
Slofra 100. If a perEonbe born in ttre f,ui (Sukla io epech, wrathful, Ioga), he will be virtuouc, eloquent rtr (Bnhna), he witl fichleninded and learned; if in
sl. 101-1@
q6fr5tqf{r
636
retlY kePt wealth' t. *". " of forming soundjudgments;if be liberal, and capable baneficent; in i=-t (Aindra), his life will be universally ha will and t,i, inr"tt..t wiit be all comprehensive; muchweaith; if in tuR (Vaidhruti), he will be possess .rrnning, sa[umniating othere, powerful, liberal and opulent.
ll
iFFFtqmranflo6'Ftt *Itfr
ffifr
qr\ flsrtqr I
ll 1.1 ll
Sloha 102. It a perEonbe born in q{wrwl (Garajakarana),he will be without foes and powerful; if in <&q (Vanij) or qftwotq (Vanijakarana), he will be a a .l".rL, speakerand intrigue with mistressesindulging guilty paasion for him; if in ftfuowr (Vishtikarana),
686
*rlqfnd
Adh. Ix.
he will be hostile ro every body, addicted to sin{uf deeda, under public censure, but honored by his attendantsand self-reliant.
srill[su$*gql frKgd qrmqfrsrwr qWqisftofteq{rq*ftTqq I _ *daq qc{r{ M wqraiitE flqrofii nr.r+ ftKi q{sr{uqqd*{heqi Erqtn t.i tl
Sloha 103. The person born in fiSqewr (Sakuna karana) will be an astrologer aod enjoy oteadypros, perity ; the personwho hashis binh in the urq (Karana) called sq6q{(Chatushpada),will have a multitude of miafortunes, will be acquainted with every b'sinese, very gentle,intelligent, famous and wealthy ; if a person be born in amao.or(Nagavakarana), he will be dignified, rich, exceedingly strong and boastful ; in etgsq*"r (fim_ otughnakarana)is born a person who works for othera and is fickle,mindedand fond of mirth.
lt uflrsoq ll
rglwrlszrTr 6{agf Tld RqKffi
Sloha 104. The person born in the lqorc (Meaha lagna)will be hostile to his rerarives,or *"od.ring habits, lean in peroon, hot-tempered,q*rrtuor"] proud, weak.kneed, poesesaed of unceftainwealthai heroic. The person at whose birth the riaiog,ig" i, gw (Vrithabha) will owrr many cor.r, pay dilignt
sl, 106-106
qrrqlstllfi4:
will be fond of homageto eldere and to the Brahmanas, iearneddisputations,inclined to wanderirtg,fortunate, and with but fcrv sot'ts. lustful.calm.minded
fruqrrnwfr ofril{rEmrqaqlddErq
qrilqcse{trqwaCitt;W'fiirEt u t o\ ll
SJoAa 105. lf ftga (Mithuna) be the rising rign at the birth of any person,he will be voluptuous,fond of relatives, compassionate, exceedingly prosperou6, worthy, acquainted with the real nrture of the world the spirit, contemplative, liked by the virtuousr and very beautiful, but ailing. The person born in the .Fero{rr (Kataka lagna)will have sumptuousmeals,cloth, ing and jewels, a soft voice, and a mind inclined to {raud,but will be virtuous, bulky and takirrgdelight in dwelling in the mansious of other people.
qrnlfraiMserfiTqs wguffimr ''stdi iqht nnr t ut qrqq{rttti}ofigr i6;rTTotTiFr! gdtrffiefr f*qTg frgurldtqrq q.gilqrwr?{ss iqrqlqiimiEoTqift*i ut,Etl
Sloku lil6. Tire pcrson born in the fiiasrt (Simha Iagna)has but few sons,is hostile to people contented r themselves), w i t h w h a t t h e y h a v e( b u t w o u l d n o t b e t t e kings, foes, overcome iong for women brave,will charm place person foreign the to a at whose birth and repair ; the rising sign is o;qr (Kanya) witl be skilled in varioua talented,of soundjudgment,taking works, prosperous, pleasurein the blandishmentsof loveiy women, fond of relations and sincere.
638
t v v g ! ! r v v v v v v w
lnittFlrnEltf
Adh. Ix.
Sjo,fra108. The person born in the {|**vn lVriy chika lagnawill be silly with cruel looks, exceedingly d' learne f ickle'mlnded, proud, long'lived, wealthy, (pensive). hostile to good men and nuroing sorrow is 'r-gs The person whose Lagna at the time of birth (Dhanus)will bc wise, the best of his family, prosperous porrrrsing famcand wealth; the man born in the "nd (Makara lagna) will be fond of lovely women' rr6{as perfidiousand will speakdejectedly' Norrs.
Englandwasdeclaredbysomehistoriantohavebeenthemos learnedfool in Christendom'
I3eingsillyisnotinconsistentwithbeinglearnediJameslo
qewfikffiol sr-(!tr61
qzoqqTils I wioqdi6rryaqq
51.109-111
- - v - - - v v ' - - - - v v v
qqrnstqrq:
tt ilnq,eq tt
s*qrrfr rrcinnrqms 1 rt qrit frq{r{ rrwq;qs qR erq tt. ilrCtqrm qndn qqeqfuffsqqi{r
be an odd sign, and the S'oka 110. lf the Lagna tn (Hora) be owned by the Sun, the person born will be of a cruel disposition,lustful, rich and honoredby kings. But if, the Lagna being an odd sign,. the da (Hora) be that of the Moon, the person born will be but will compasoionate, liberal, ltandsome, eloquent,. havean intriguingwife.
640
ffiarcdtqift
AdS; IX.
il {spr6o( lr
*qTfbiWrrFellrilI qHIf I
*dffiqfr
qt eqroti *argarqflEtq"qfi
sl. 116-11?
itE$tsrqFt:
84L
and *ao (Kataka), the first of qtrr (Vrishabha) and qgq (Dbanus) and the middlemost of frga (Mithunal, gvr (Thula) and ika (Simha)are termed mixed Drekka' nas, say the astrologerswith one accord.
Sioko 116. The personborn iria maleficDrekkana will b: evii-minded, of wandering habits, addicted to e v i l d e e d sa n d i n b r d r e p u t e ; t h e p ? r s o n b o r n i n a frqwi*rq (Thoyadhara drekkana)will be libcral, volup, b;nt on agriculcure and irrigation, conpessionate, tuou$, a n d v o i d o f m o r a l i t y ; t h e p c r s o nb o r n i n a n a u s p i c i o u s D r . k k a n a w i l l h a v er i c h a n d h . p p y s o n s ,a l o v e l y f o r m , w i l l b e t e n d e r - h e a r t : d ;t h e p e r s o n b c r n i r a m i x e d to young women addicteci will be ill,behaved, Drekkarra and fickle'mind:d. not his owo, of cruel aspect
]t ilqErfioTTtl
I tril{r SrqurslqQ{ftttl qiHr nirqqra: qlqit Tqsqi qoqfitail fq{irft q gps: qltql 11 { lu ll irrrft dft g'lih ofuregqqqrilfidr
Sloktt 1t?. tf a p.rson beborn in a qiaait (Sutyastrong, prolific, rich, he will be evil'minded, navamsa), and lustful ; if in a Navansa owrit'J by the tars.rny,eyed to youngv"Jmen addicted Moon, he will be voluptuous, and rich in cows ; i{ in a Na'ramsa not his own, learued of Mars, he wrll be addicted to cruel deeds, fickle' 81
6+2
witrSqrGrre
Adh.rx.
ninded, of wandering habits, afflictedwith bilioullcom, plaints and avaricious; if in a Navamsa belonging to Mercury,he will be liberal, impassioned, handsome and well.known for his learning and goodname. da<c rnq: {idrg&rqdfr enagrilir rrrtrr tqdt grfircqrns: qrqrllrin;qEr I R-q. qrEfdrRqsus-it r*.rqqd; gdf 6{: atqntq{irswdi{i'rwiriai* ct: u qrili q: gr& r r rrai* +qs'srFaatftqtfnwi : tit roag{tr q$*ricRwilqdfrdr gwtr;itvagt*glr: cftdui*sth u *v& +fro; lps.lzlr! gtaftRn-d.1 rilrr*: g;rd ssn{kilhn 6rc?sd cieit I rri'rseeu{: gdf Xti; *uairisfigro: a't: flsficdq'rsfiscq, qrrfcaiir cr: u
, orirrJd=a : <eagHdrou!*d,
fl eielbaq*irii qmziloiifirrrdftr: r rr?orig: xafrrlg gnroiu?il una: g<ft
G.qqqrq-tqlq{qoKit: vrvaqoii m: l
qtqiirqR tqhffigru *g: grfi uqnq q;dt qio-wqru {qqq(fr trqdWdql I ffii't qqilfifiqatawr{ft Sdr qfisfi
Slola 118. If a person be born in a Navamra of he will havegolden hair in his person, Jupiter, and will be eminent, talented, beautiful,clever in counsel, speak, ing learnedly, of a cheerful mien,and liked by emperora; if in a Navamsa owned by Venue,he will delightin the society of womennot his own, be liberal, comfortably phcedand learned; if in a Navamsa belongingto Saturn,
sf. 119-120
ififtsqFr:
6f8
he will be evil,minded,.indigent, with large teeth, and afflicted with ailments. ur.r<a { rtclT: ltrrail{r: gcq3i {rs}rqor}qqr: ctg: qfr{c{tifisfifrqo; cld'r gi<rkd; r
ll er{{EI$qII ll
ilil lqalEqtt trfltqr *tr qtqnnwlgmr r
Slola 119. If a person be born in a ilqdn (Dwede' owned bv *s (Mesha), he will be a mischievcur aamsa) robber and take to the evil ways and practicesof a\rch a vicious class of people; if in a twelfth portion of a rign owned by wrr (Vrishabha), he will haw plenty of ; If in women and wealth and will su{fer from diseases fug{ a flq{rin (Dwadaramsa) belonging to {Mi$unr), but gambler well'conducted. he will be a
(Utl I g$imt u,,{-sth cvdl ftt Tnt{rqlrnrs trnqns*m FTdn 6qlqr{qrfifuqtt T{rat ll
qnsqrRqre
Adh.rx.
samsa) of u*z (Karkata), he will be addicted to bad practicer; if in a erqtritr lDwadasamsa) owned by {ka (Simha), he will b: virtuous,engaged in rhe business of a king and will be attendedby brave men; if iu a eF{r (Kanyadwadasamsa), Arq{ri?r he wiil be a gamblerand addicted to wom3n; if in a Thula dwadaramsa, hc will be engaged in trade and have abundanceof money.
Sloku l2l. If a perso:l bc born rn a frT{rtfl (Dwa, daramsa)owned by qilr (Vrischika), he will be a murder-loving master of rogues and robbers; if in a gtqcrtT (Dwadrsamsa) belongingto qlt (Dhanus), he will diligentlv pay homage to the Manel, Brahminsand the Gods; if r'n the rr{{rirt (Dwadasrmsa) of rlt (Makara), he will be the lord of growing corn and wilf have rcrvants ; if in a grrr 6rqtitr (Kumbha dwadasamsa), he will be a mischief maker; if in a qt{6rqqin (Meena dwadasamra), he will be rich and learned.
lt R{ri{fsuqtl
qibaqtfrqiq* rr;Ea{rarftqfr drr{ r fut gtq{fhfrwr{rgi}q}q;gnE
f{qtt vtdigeq qqorffi;qE1q {t{r
Sr.tzr-rz4
mrtssqf43
portion owned by Mars in eny sign, he w ill be ficklq stiff,voiced and cruel,minded; if in one belonging to Saturn in any aign, he will be addicted to wandering and of a depraved nnind; if in a fl*cria(Trimsamsa) of Jupiter in any sign, he will be wealthy ; if in a thirtieth portion owned by Mercury in any sign, he rvill have greatrespectfor his preceptorsand the Gods, delight in the societyof virtuouu men and be attended by relativee; if in a &qrt{ (Trimsamsa) of Venuo in any sign, he wil_ be loving, lovely and happy.
u irT$r{tl
{rdi ftrsrqr{qqifrd6*t6 iidoi ffTnlor r
t*fqilsqil{ ffiq'{rEi {tmrfir qeorqqmrntRltl
Sloka LZl. The person who is born in the i{tar (Satvavela)is eloquent, conforming to the duties and practicesof the .riEe, devour, constantly persevering, pure, bountiful, possessed of lustre,learningand beauty, truthful anrl without enemies.
qqltsrqmgr*qrqdsq{oErE ftenrr?rilqrgrqfuq;gfrTrnlfI
etr|ilqnt ltvfiqti rrc1rctl
{a*il{irgffitqt
qqo}fir il tRBtl
Sluku 174, T'heperson brrn in the dttor (Rajovela) will have happiness, weakh, flme, beauty and strength he will overcome his foesand will be love; eick at heartI his mind will not be kindly disposed towards his relations. The person born in the a*tor (Tamovela)will try to securethe wealthand women belongingto others and will losehie happiness thereby.
846
ilATctfrfi*
Adh.rx.
tle will be a master rogue,at variancewith his relationr and venerable superiors and fickle.minded.
ilqtsiirtqJ+or(Iqf Ff Gffiqs I
v*ftq*flEqrdilq{ffiqgnqrE u tR\ ll
Sloha 125. The times pervadedby the qualitiesot fn< (Thamas - darkness),eea (Satva- purity) and tqq (Rajas-passion) are to ba reckonedby semi,yamas(half, yama:an hour and a half or lslGhatikas) regularly in the order eru (Thamas), ert (Satva), {at( (Rajas), wr< (Thamas), eea(Satva), rart (Rajar), &c. from Sunday forward through the other days of the week. Norns,
According to this sloka, edch day is divided into 16 halfyamas; the first er*crq (Ardhayama) as well as the last of a Sunday is a nitiot (Thamovela); the first and the last of a Monday are Satvika ; of a Tuesday, Rajasa; of a Wednesday, Thamasa; of a Thursday, Satvika ; of a Friday, Rajasa; of r Saturday, Thamasa.
\ il rFtuERtqo{ ll
Cr\ ril-rrrtwnerc:gilfl;gffTq(rs I srRrrT {Ril em {r* rTtIHrGr! il lRq tl
Sloka 126.Jupiter, Mars,the Sun,Venus, Mercury, is theorder theMoon,Saturn-this in which the lordsof follow in auccession.The Hora in any day the lloras with that day i e. ics beginning of the weekis reckoned lord. The Hora on the night of the week,daychoren therefrom. ftom the 5th week-day ic reckoned
NorBs. For example,the first Hora of Mondayis the Moon's; thr noxt, Saturn's; the one after that, Jupiter's; and soon till the be'
sl. 12?-129
qr*stqtq:
Einniug of tbe aight. The first Flora on Mqnday nighl is to bo reckoned from the 5th day.from Monday d.e. Friday. The lord of the lst Hora on Morrday night is Venus; the 2nd belongsto Mer' cury, the third to the Moon, the 4th to Saturn, the 5th to Jupiter, tho 6th to Mars, the 7th to the Sun, and so on.
?nrtis,ffirorfr qrfru*titarfrtRueqqu{Kr(
life upona person'a Stoka 128. ;The variouseffects due to hir birth beingconnected(1) with tbe preeeoce of Gulika in a certainbhava,(2) with a particularcyclic year,(3) with the formeror latterhalfof the came; (l) of the year; (5) with a particu' with a particularseason half-month;(?) lar month thereof ; (6) with a particular (8) day of the Moon in the half,month; with a particular with a prrticular ctar in coojunctionwith the Mcon on that day ; (9) with the particular cign occupied by thc yoga prevallingat Moon than; (10) with the particular for the day ia special the time; (11) with the Karana (Drekkanalgth (12) with the half (Hora),3rd question; (NavJmsa),l?th (Dwadaeamsa), or 30th (Trinsusa) Sstvr portioo of a partkular rign; (13) with a Thamasa, or Rajovela, and (1a) with a certain Kalahora-tlrc lev"
d48
qriltrq,Rqrt
Adh.rx.
ral effectsdue to the birth bcing viewed from various atand,points have been treated of effectively by the blessingand graceof the Sun and other planets. Thus endc the 9th Adhyaya in the vrork weuqli{ct" (Jatakaparijata) compiled by Vaidyanathaunder the auo. picesof the nine planets. Norss.
It is worth while to know when and how the various ellec ts treated of in this Chapter will come to pass in the life of any per' son. In this connection, the foltowins slokas of sta{trl(q lfaraka' bharana) will be found interesting:-
csrft t{rqiorqi qsrft atcrfdftft csa"qr r qiqrsi rrrq'{q'ler vrisn{*rri'qdclr: n r I qrceH: udqqao*{ v <q vrq r crstf;i q q-qltais*a qmiau,i ,, a ,, frfirrqn fi(uirrt q-mitqi{ee*qorF{ilq I ar{t{4 srr& *fiis'd osl-di orqc*iarqi rlrr{gqrfirq}{qlsq rr 1 11
The eflects of the year and other division:; of tirne wherein a b i r t h t a l < e sp l a c e h a r - e l ; e e n d e s , : r r b e d . T h e o c , , u rr r : u c e o f t h o s e c f l e c t s s h o u l , l b c s r , t l l e d e s f o l l , . r w : i ;\ \ ' l r , r th ' r s b e e r r s t a t e d f o r t h e d u r i n g t h e r i l r e r r i n go f t l r * i d a s a o f t h e l o r d o f Ueor, will talie Jrl:rce the I.ra (S;tvarrir) s , e a r( i . e . a y e ; r r c , f 3 f r 0 . l a l s ) ; t l r e e f i e c t f o r t h e h a l f - y e a r a n c l t h e S t o s o r r ,d u r i n g t h e d a s a o f t h e S u n : t h a t f o r t h e m,onth, during the dasa oi the lord of the rnonth; that for the h a l f - m o n t . hq { ( l ' a k s h a ) : r s r . , , e l i a s f o r t h e o s t e r i s m , d u r i n g t h e (liadasa of the l\Ioon ; tliat for the feiir (.|l,ittri) and the :+,r.q ranrt),in the sub-lieriotlof the }{oon rn the Sur:'s tlasr ; that for lhe uteek tlq!! EI{ (Vara), during the dasa of tlre lord oi the week. q)q iYoga), shoukl be <:onsiclered lvith reference ,1ry; that for. the t o a h o r o s c o p en ' h e r e i n t h e S u n l n c l t h e M o o n a r e s t r o n g ; t h a t f o r the Lagna, during thc dasa period of the lord of the l.agna ; thal for the Rasi rvhich has a planetary aspect on it or is the seat of a bhava should be deduced in this wa1'-f. e. as iikely to occur during the dasa of the lorcl of that'Rasi.
cTrilffirfr q{rfrsrryqt
n stEl?FTrtfqrqf tl
Adhyaya X.
AsnrexevARGA.
The following eleven slokrr frorn dtttqq1;1(Horamakararda) are rnrertodhore, because they form.an appropriateintroduction to this Chapter.
rrlt Rra: r*cqri {(tgri grqr{rfnr ag?rerf}a t qrff aqr \ lqr, trwifr: lser c t egoir 11apen r u
Astrologers declare that to be the :r.ri-nttt (Janmarasi) of a prson rvherein the Moon was at the time of his birth, The severai places in which the planets and the Lagna rnal, be in all possible NBtt cannot consist ol seven.
rtisurrRrdg'iise qii: ffise irra gvtgrrlfr | qFi qr( u 1 fr sorfr tqi s fit'rqfrrrr qqrss{rr'ii?rt6d
Hence every person is decla,red to have eight signs as the seats of the seven planets and the Lagna and it is with reference to these eight places that ali thc good antl evil eflects of a person's life due to the drsjoined or conjoined states of the planets and the I-agna are calculated-a process which when completod, the qtr{-{.i (Ashtakavarga) result as it is called will become revcalcd.
82
649
650
qrF.clftEft
Adh. x
gicerq r gfirqcrftfi r*tsRcaqafrqnrcdt qtargrrrrR+.d iag rrRrw'{nsrqqqkqig gmrdt'ucrt}qtt u rt i*t orrrq 6{qtrrFqqT(Ira:
(Ashtakauarga) the Sun is deWith referenceto its e{Eei'itl in the lst, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th' auspicious claredexceediugly Iilars altd Saturn ; in the 6th 7th itself, places from I lOth and lth t h e 5tb,6th, 9rhand llth places i n e n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m V e r r u s ; from Jupiter; in the 3rdr 6th, lOth and Llth placcs from thc I t { o o n ; i n t h e 3 r r , l ,5 t h , 6 t h , 9 t h , l O t h , l l t h a u d l 2 t h f r o m M e r placee cury ; and lastly in tlre3rd, 4th, 6th, l0tb, llthand l2th from thr Lagna.
qcmlbltru ifgdtE nsqqftTeg qrqgdrrrq qe$q' t lrrq {nrrritg qck qcEnqfog ;<reu?lq1X !q trnrqriqqrsDg frgtrgilt o;qtxrcsor* m<t: tl rr ll gsr$qiqtgqtqf,q;ririlrrTrr
placer Tho Moon is euspicious in the 3rd, 6th, 10th and llth llth a n d l 0 t h 9 t h ' from thcLagna; inthe 2nd,3rd"5th,6th' p l a ces I l t h a n d l O t h p l a c e sf r o m M a r s ; i n t h e l s t , 3 r d , 6 t h , 7 t h , fromitsclf; inthc3rd, 6th, 7th,8th' lOth andltthpiacosfrom in tho t h e S u n ; i n t h o 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e s f r o mS a t u r n ; p l a c o r f r o m l t e r curv; l l t h a n d l O t h l s t , 3 r d , 4 t h ,5 t h , 7 t h , 8 t h , f r o r n p l a c e s J u p i t o r *; in the ltt, 4th, 7th, :th, l0th, I lth and l2th gth, loth rnd llth placrs and lastly, in the 3rd, 4'h, 5th, 7th, frorn Vcnusqafisti *rlr rcnfrt: qtqdr{a*q*l: irrrttt[ | qlil: rrrrq(qqsqufqrt$'tg :n*rririi:
IUersisaucpiciousinthelst,2nd,4th,Tth,8th'lothendlltb placesfron places from itself; iu the 3rd, 5th, 6th, lOth and I lth + t h , 7 t b ' 8 t h lOth and llth placo from "In the let, Znd, Jupitrr, eccording to some'
qtrslsqnr
061
thc Sun; in tho 3rd,6th and llih places'from thr Moon; in thc f st, 3rd, 6th, l0th and llth places frorn the Lagna; in the 3rd' s t h , 6 t h a n d I t t h p l a c e sf r o m M e r c u r y i i n t h e 6 t h , l 0 t h , I l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m J u p i t c r ; i e t h e 6 t h , 8 t h , I l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e s from Venus; and lastly, irr the lst, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, lOth and I lth places from Saturn.
u: gfF( {rsvr}ttsn;Is{ga c&g} gmrrlT: qr{r{ttsq dtarqtaqfigfavarig trdr ft+{flq t q{rrftt'rt{tqql'uiRur* &ngq{rgi qarq
eircrruftr![tr]sRtrgeelilag6il{CIrig rtllF( ll e ll M e r c u r y i s a u r p i c i o u si n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h , 5 t b , 8 t h ' 9 t h gth' a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o n r V e n u s : i r r t h e l s t , 2 r r d , 4 t h , 7 1 h , 8 t l r , f r o r n\ { n r s a n d S a t u r n ; r n t h e 6 t h , 8 t h , l l t h l0th and llth places i; n t h e 5 t h , f i t h , 9 t h ,I i t h a n d l 2 t h and I2thplacesfrornJupiter p l e c e sf r o m t h e S u r ti i n t h e l s t , 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h , 9 t h , l 0 t l t I l t h , a n d f r o r ni t s e l f ; i n t h e ? n d , 4 t h , 6 t h , 8 t h , l O t h a n l l l t h llth places D l r c e sf r o m t h , M o o n ; i n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 4 t h , 6 t h , t j t h ' l 0 t h a n d I lth places from the Lagna.
diEi trq,q q$*ryrrregRg t*: qftlriltqq qrq (rrqfugstq vs.tlagtlaga'iiqqqitlt, sr,, r( trI*S EFfl?ttlfQr'laqfiqrfdita'i gqr{. ua u tfrva3reE grtir. qr1lagirq*cmftA&tg
Jupiter is benefic in the lst, 2nd, 4th, 7th, 8th, l0th and I lth places from Mars; irr the lst, Znd, 3rd. {th, l7th, 8th, 9th, lQth and llth placesfrorn the Sun; in the lst, 2nd, 3rd, {th,7th' 8th, lOth and llth places from itself; in th,: lst,2nd, 4th, 5th, 6 t h , 9 t h , l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c e s f r o r n l v l e t ' c t r r y ;i n t h e l s t , Z n d , 4 t h , 5th,6th,7th,9th, lOth aod llth places fro'n the l-agna; in tlre 2nd,5th,7th,9th and llth places fronr the Moon; in the 3rd,5th 6th, and l2th, places from S'tturn; and lastly, in the Znd, 5th, t enus. 6 t h , 9 t h . l 0 t h a n d I I t h p l a c e s f r < - r r tV
'pfrslcr Rtg aqiiq{d{}i, ;&g orarq rtrdr j3srrilrffig Fnq rlqiaqqr{ffifi itr*dt
a6r,
{nfi'ltft|||
Adh.x.
I qu
Venus is auspicious in the lst, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, I lth and l2th places frorn the Moon; in the lst, Znd, 3rd, 4 t h , 5 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e L a g n a ; i n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 3 r d , 4 t h ,5 t h , S t h , 9 t h , I O t h a n d I t t h p l a c e s f r o r n i t s e l f ; i n t h e 8 t h , l l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e S u n ; i n t h e 3 r d , 4 t h , 5 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h , l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m S a t u r n ; i n t h e 5 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h , l O t ha n d l l t h p l a c e s f r o m J u p i t e r ;i n t h e 3 r d , 5 t h . 6 t h ,9 t h a n d I l t h p l a c e sf r o r n M e r c u r y ; a n d l a s t l y r r r t h e 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h , 9 t h , I l t h a n d 1 2 t h p l a c e sf r o r n l { a r s . t '
rq difrrTqr?gerfigwihgcir{ 6{qrig qqi{ |;4eruzg rrg aaqgf;<rtTqr{rRqdg sr4r{ | .q{rqrqir fiorcrgcqqfig+r*g qcrii ft :* gsr{rq$Tezr qri{flR: il Io tl 6{qa;tqr{irr{r{tg
Saturn is beneflc in the 3rd, 5tb, 6th and llth places f r o n i t s e l f ; i n t h e 3 r d , 5 t h , 6 t h ,l O t h a n d l l t h a n c l l 2 t h p l a c e s f r o m M a r s ;i n t h e l s t , 2 n d , 4 t h , 7 t h , 8 t h , l O t a hn d l l t h p l a c e s f r o m t h e S u n ; i n t h e 6 t h , 8 t h , 9 t h . l O t h , l l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o m M e r c u r y ; i n t h e 3 r d , 6 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e M o o n ; i n t h e l s t , 3 r d , 4 t h , a ) t h ,l 0 t h a n d l l t r r p l a c e s f r o m t h e L a g n a : i n t h e 6 t h , l l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o r n V e n u s ; a n d l a s t l y i . t h e 5 t h , { r t h , I l t h a n d l 2 t h p l a c e sf r o r n J u t ' r t n r .
?Trfis'fi'ocErft ant +ftrar;q:qrii Tsr;.ld: Eri aiaqi aiirsiq+nd {q: ffif,r: I ft*drcqqfteftr gr$rfr WrFd il{riln.i iirae{icsqi}rq6rrdr: l1r{: %q .ir g'.{q. M
1 (gorrfi:)
The benefic positions have hccn cnurner:rtcd; the rest 'I'lrc are to be understood as 'ralellc. i \ ! ' , r . f o 1 ( l c l i s t i n c t i o n st i z . of benefic and malefic should be clearly s,,.t forth. T'hc r;lanets produce the effect of whichever of these tw-o preponderate in the
and
qqt*gqrqr
668
Ashtakavarga calculations made from the Rasi they occupy at the time of birth (vide previous Slokas). In their own, friendly or sqqq (Upachaya) places, the planets invariably advance the beneficeffect revealed by Ashtakavarga. In their depression, ini. inimical or srqqq (Apachaya) places, thr y generally fail to sustain whatever good effect may appear from the Ashtakavarga process.
6E*gst
{riEr aqFd{q?rrilnaq I
The several places detailed above are to be reckoned with respect to the Rasi (and not the Bhava) occupied by each of the 7 planets and the Lagna at the time of birth. These pracesshould be understood as benefic and the rest marefi,:, As each Rasi happensto be counted 8 times (once for each of the 7 planets and the Lagna) for ascertaining the bonefic as well as the malefic places, the: maximum number of countings cannot in any case exceed8. If after computation of a planet's 3red{i (Ashtahavarga) it is found that a particular Rasi has more countingson the benefiic side than on the malefic, it means that the net result is beneficial to the native. If we should denote a beneficplace by a <lot(.) and a malefic one by a vertical stroke (l), we can at a glance understand tho difierenee between these two kinds of countings in any sfE{T{
664
ilrflTqriisri
Adh. x.
(qFr) (Ashtakavarga). The eftect of a planet's arrivat in any bhava (Goch:lrr,), i. bene6c, rnixed in its progress throrrgh the orbit ftet benefic dots in ,the ttasi of the nurrrber as or malefic accordinq (ghinnashtaka'arga) of the fr{afSq;qfi representing the bhava in of t h e p l a n e t i s g r e l t ' ) r t l t l n , e q r t ; r ll o o r l e s s t i t a n 4 ' D o t s s h o r t theprescribednrinirrturnindicateuntowardeflectproducedbya planet belying any favourable position it may occupy; while dots of the prescr rbed mininru:tr betol<en good' notwithin "*."r. planet concerDed. For standing the unfavolrreble position of the result exanrple, if all the 8 hairpen to be benefic it maans that the is fully beneficial. the result tt ?r* lt only 7 of the 'n are bcnefic ancl I malfic, *ths beneficial. If in any' Rasi the number of
be 2, the '"'u1t itC? beneficdots be 6 and that of rnalehic strol<es or * beneficial. If the nuurber of benehc dots be 5, we should say 5;! or lth bcneficial, lf it s5ou1dbe 4,
that the effect will U" the result is and so on. ror 4 -4 t o
0;
qic c: grT: grrrlrg: tqrn: 'i crcer rrcit I q({ cqifTds:ntqi tilInlcaqq u (at(I{a:)
llrihat Jataka,
l.i 1u"""$:,1;';l,,rl
ldl,r
strores_ss rr r 1 l
l',,,f
'Ihe 3 benefic dots neutralise with 3 of the nralefic strokes. strokes. The net result is 2 malefic strokes which means that l\fars when passingthrough tbis sign will be productive of ] or tth e v i l . S i m i i a r l y f o r t h e o t h e r s i g n s , t h e r ei s o n e p e c u l : t r i t y t o be noticed in the qc{'{ri (Ashtakavarga)of lt{ars. In sign Kumbha i n t h e e x a m p l e t h e r e a r e 3 d o t s a n d o n l y 4 s t r o k e r si n s t e a d o f 5 . t h e l 0 t h p l a c e f r o r n t h e N { o o nh a s b e e n d e c i a r e d This is because to be inefiective,that is, neither beneltc nor malefic---a;4liqrEqtg Chandraddigviphaleshu-for the qs{iri (Ashtaliavarga)of Mars. T h a t p l a c e h a s t h e r e f o r en o t b e e n t r k e n f ; ' t h e c a l c u l a t i o n ' T h e 4 3o, *th' net evil arising there is thusonly .' In the case of a planet n'ith more benefic tlots, the benefic i n f l u e n c ew i l l b e a l l t h e g r e a t e r a n d m , o r e n r a r h e di f t h e p l a n e t (Upachaya) house concernedshould also be posited ilr an sq;{'-{ ( w i t h r e s p e c tt o t h e L a g n a o r t h e l \ { o o u ) , o r o : c u p y a f r i e r r d ' s h o u s e ,o r h i s o w n s i g n o r h i s e x a l t a t i o n l i a s i .
(?srtFfr)
If on the other hand the planet though getting more benefic dots should happen to be in an 3Ir4r[ (Ai;aclruya) hou''e (reckoned either fronr the Lagna or the Moon), or in his depressiou sipn or inimical sign, the good eflect will be considerably reduced. If in the above case there be more malefic stroires instead of dot:;, it will worsen the bad ef{ect. benefic
qqg sdiq rRgEiqrfutfi ilrii girsica$eili: r qilra{Fnq-ir su(t q s;cfr qru{sdi fitu:
tt
666
|rlrrrfrt|i
Adh, X.
These autbors have in their turn specifically stated, by the words srqfitA /Janmakale), qft (Sutau), wm? (Jaumani)r that good and bad places havo to be determihed with respect to the positions of planets at birth-timc only. But at the time of producing the ef,ects,all pl4,pets excepting the Moon will cause their full good or lrad efiect to come to pass provided they are strong and not otherwise. In the case of the Moonr even if she is benefic (r'.e., placed in places such as gq-{q (Upachaya), etc.r and the Rasi cbntaining the Moon happeningto be associatedwith bencficdots) if she does not possessstrengthr she produces only evil effects ; (Devakirti) says for icffi
qqrfrsqrq:
66?
particular planets in their orbit in the zodiacpass through particular places from the Moon, they become auspicious and so on. It will be seenthat theseare sirnply the benefic positions of that particular planet with respectto the Moon in that planet's Ashtakavarga and do not cornpletely representthe entire benefic results of that plariet The Ashtakavargasare usedin connectionwith transits. For e x a m p l e S a t r r r nt r a n s i t t i n gt h e 3 r d 6 t h a n d l l t h p l a c e sf r o m t h e Moon is good provided the benelic dots in those places are above 4. Supposehe is transitting the 3rd house from the Moon in a nativity wherc the benefic dots are beloiv4. He will not be very g o o d . H i s c o m i n g i n t h e 3 r d h o u s ei s n o d o u b t g o o d ; b u t m u c h c a n n o tb e e x p e c t e d of the srnatl numberof benefic of lrim because dots, The oosition in the 3rd housethough good, the smal1 num. ber of beneli,: d o t s t h e r e i nd i s q r r a l i l t e s hinr to do gocd. I t i s a f a c t i n d i s p u t a b l et h a t p l a n e t sw i e l d a c e r t a i n a m o u n t o f i o f l u e n c e ,w h e t h e rf o r g o o d o r e v i l r d u r i n g t h e i r t r a n s i t s a t t h c t i m e o f c o n s i d e r a t i o ni n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e n u m b e r o f b e n c f i c dots which the planets gain to their credit in their respectivo Ashtakavargasbasodon the oosition each of the planets occupy et the time of birth. . h - oe r xarnpie, l e t u s c o n s i d e rt h e i n { l u e n c cw h i c h t h e p l a n e t s nrey proJr-rce on the sample horoscopegiven under, say, about thc f i r s t w e e k o f l ) e c e m b e r1 9 3 2 . Rahu Moon
lladix Horoscope
-83
668
qRFFqmqrc
Adh. x.
It will be seenin the abovethat the Sun is occupyingVrischika end the Sun's Ashtakavargafigure in Vrischika is 5. Mars is in Simha and the number of beoefic dots iu Kujas takavargais 6, Morcury is posited in Vrischika and the number of beneficdots undcr Builha's Ashtakavarga is 5. Jupiter is in Simhr and the number of benefic points in Jupiter's Ashtakavarga is 3. The planct Venus occupies Tula and the number of benefic dots there in the Ashtakavargaof Venus is 6. Saturn is in Makara; and in Sani's Ashtakavarga; the number of benefic dots in Makara is 4. Thus, the sum total of benefic dots for the said week for all the sir planets taken together comes to 29. Norv 48 beneficdots are the maximum fixed to pass a nativity for good in all rtispects. It rnay however be safely predictedthat !.he native will be free from worry loss, etc., and his situation will only be of a normal nature if the sum total of the bene6cdots of all the six planets taken together come6 to 24. In this speci mcn horoecope, as the number of benefic dots comes to 29, it can safoly be said that the native will bo free fron, anxiety and worry in the said period. The less the number oF beneficdots. the worse will be the eftectsto be experienced by the nativc. Bhattotpala adds : Varahamihirahas stated (Brihat Jataka, Chapter VIII, Sloka 23) that when two similar effectsbut contrary in naturc are producedby one and the sarne planet (owing to its owncrship of two houses,or ownership of one houseand occupationof another house), the result will be nil when the two effects referred to are equrl in degreeand that it will partake of the nature of the preponderating effect in case they are not of equal degree.
rrivsli rq tr
A questionmay now be asked whot the author's objcct was by making a similar doclaration again through the words " dR qqqRrr {q:." Thc rnswer isffidtuq;qkt{Ki}q$-oRcffi " No, it is no repetition at r,ll. What was* statadbrforo without thc aid of Ashtakavarga Table relates to the canccllation of two tdsilar effects but of a contrrry charactr. For cxample, a plemt in one capacity msy be a giver of woalth ; the rrrno planet
, both the effectsare similar in character and become neutralised that the native neither acquires wealth nor with the consequence incurs cny losses; But if the planet's capacity to give wealth be in any way stronger for more realons than one, the same will of course predominateover the opposite current (of ttre other effect) and thc result will be an influx of some money. In the present verse it has beer.rstated that there is cancellation in the caseof good and bad effectseven if they are not similar in nature. This view is further supported by ql(qqq (Badarayana) and ffii (Yavana) as they ha'r'e admitted this principle while speakiug antl their severaleffects' Thus, for example' about Ashtakavargas a certain planet may be the giver of gold on account of a certain reason, The same planet may on account of some otber reasoo causeloss in silver- Though the effects in these two casesare both are not in respe:tto gold,nor to silvef), not similar (because (one m e r e l 1 ' o n a c c o u n to f t h e e f f e c t s b e i n g o p p o s i t ei n n a t u r e b e n efic' i s n e i t h e r r e s u l t t h e givingand the other tal<ing away), a c c c unt o u R a s i of each nor male6c, After such ccnsiderations of its 8 countingsrif it is found that benefic points outnumber tho malefic, the eflect of the planet on that Rasi should be declared beneficdots as already stated. as beneficto the extent of the excess Now the following qrestion may be asked: lVell, if Ashtakr' varga then is so important for ascertainingthe natureof the effects, wbat was the necessityfor Varahamihira treating separately iu his Brihat Samhita the i'rstrq-s (Gocharaphala) of planets with intenrespect to tbe Moon's place at birth ? The answer is, tbe not have which tion of Varahamihira is that such of the effects been stated in connection with the Ashtakavarga should be stated in the rilsK (Gochara). Further, as ftqK (Gochera)is wide-known to all, and as it has been treated of by many authors in thoir works, it has to be inferred that Varahamihira too has adopted tho in his same course followed by his predecessors. For he has said (Yatra), qtTI work 'r qr I qq dl=sffiu{qtgtdt eq iqssleqqf
660
qrffi{rRcrt
Adh.x.
Yavaneswara too, after describingthe offectsseprrately, ha6 acceptedthis Ashtakavarga systemalone as of prinrary importance ; for lre has said
$ata(lT qrt: r rsii nFqda? c,S iq qrdi ardTr sIE{r cf*qTsftfiucir: qrE tqri tqr} otrii saer rt
and has thus accepted only the Ashtakavarga method.
THE
ASHTAKAVARGA
PLATII.
The processof 6nding the benefi: dots irr the Ashtakrvargas w i t h t h e r n e t h o dg i v e n i n of the several planets in accordance time p a g e s6 5 0 - 6 5 2t u p r a i n v o l v e s h e a v yl a b o u r a n d c o n s i d e r a b l e cspecially when it iras to be done for several hbroscopes. Some in the past, methodsof simplifying this work have been suggested but a new contrivance has now been devisedwhich has several n c r i t s . I t n o t o n l y d o e sa w a y w i t h t h e p a t i e n t l a b o r i r v o l v e d i n the dull and routine process, but also shows the results in such a way that one can see at a glance how the benefic dots irl any particular househave been contributed. The sqieqad (Sarvashta' ka varga) figurescan also be very easily read from the plates at a glance. The Dractical uses to which the results cao be put are, as is known to astrologers,several. The more important of these useshave been explained in this Adliyaya in tbeir appropriate pleces. The construction of the Ashtakavarga plate and the metlod of readingthe results from the same will now be explained. The contri vance consists of nine circular plates (discsof zinc, copper or brass), of successively larger radii placed one ever the other in the order of their size, the largest being placcd at the bottom and tlre srnallest at the top. A radius of one inch
q{tq'lstqr{r
661
for the smallest and three inches for the largest, the diftereace betweenthe radii of successive plates being *th of an inch will be fou'd suitable. The bottom-most plate has an axle with screw a r r a n g e r n e n tf i x e d t o i t s c e n t r e a b o u t w h i c h t h e o t h e r p l a t e s revolve. By rightening the screwat the top, the plates can be fixed up in any desired position. Each prate covers the central portion of the next bigger plate, exposing to view only a circular strip or rim. The top plate is of course fully exposeC. The top plate and the narrow strips of other plates are each d i v i d e d i u t o 1 z e q u a r p a r t s . T h e d i v i d i n g r i n e sa r e s o d r a w n that thev fornr a straight 1i': when the plates are-adjusted for any horoscope. f-'he twelve divisions of the top prate are assignecr to t h e t w e l v e s i g n so f t h e z o d i a c . I n t h d v i s i b l e r i r n o f the next bigger plate are arranged the figures inrlicating the benefic dots counted from trre Sun in the severar Ashtakavargas. r.'he next plate contains figures of beneficdots counted from the Moon; and t h e n e x t o n e ,f r o m M a r s ; a n d s o o n i ' t h e o r d e r o f the Sun, the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus, Saturn and the Lagna. one of the divisions of eachof these plates contains a dot denoting the position of the planet to which the plate relates. Thus the dot in the largest plate indicates the position of the Lagna. T o a d j u s t t h e p l a t e sf o r a n y h o r o s c o p e k , e e pt h e b o t t o m - m o s r plate in position aud rotate the 'ext pl:rte (relating to Saturn) until the drvision containing the i|ot is as rnanydivisions removecl from the dot in the Lagna plate as Saturr is removed from the Lagna in the horoscope under consideration. For example, if Saturn occupies the 8th bouse from the Lagna, move the prate relating to Saturn till its dot comes to the gth divisionfrom the dot in the Lagna plate. Then hold the two platesin position firmly and proceeci similarly with the third plate. Then hord the three plates in position and proceedwith the fourth and so on. when the Sun's plate also has been thus frxed,rotate the topmost plate untir the name of the particular Rasi representingthe Lagna in the horoscope under consideratio:-: is brought directry above the division containing the dot in the Lagna prate. lt will now be found that the divisions containing the dots in the several plates are
662
cril6crRqrl
Adh. x.
by the directly below the signs of the zodiac respectively occupied radix the planets in planets at birth, so that the positionsof the up Fix plate itself. of the native can now be rea<l out from the the top' Tltey are now the plates by tightening the screw at ' 's indicate benefic dots I ready for reading the results' The '2's i n d i c a t et h o s er e l a ' r g a ;t h e relating to the Sun's Ashtakava ' 's 'fhe in the several number of I ting to the Moon's, and so on' ' dots in the pt"1". in the Mesha' division representstl're benefic ' 's in I of nurnber the i.httk"uorga of the S:u in that division; 'Vrishabha' representingthe benefic tbe several plates oppositeto Similarly, dots in the Sun's Ashtakavargain vrishabha an<lso on' ' plates opposite to the number of 2's in the divisions of the 'Mesha' represents A s h t a k a v a r g ao f t h e r h e i n d o t s the benefic ' ' the number of ' 2's in the partsof the plates M o o n i n M e s h a; 'Vrishabhr,' the benefic dots in the Ashtakavargaof oppositeto ' 's 'fhe ' ' number of 3 will tie Moon in Vrishabha; and so on' ' 's ' for Mercury' 5's for 4 similarly yield the results for ' Mers' 'f ' 's he figure in the for Venus and 7's for Saturn' 6 i"oi,"t, positions of the for next page shows the plate properly arranged given below:the planets in the sarnple horoscope
i sun M I ercur)'
I
| I
of the plate relating It will be seen that the dotted division Kataka as the Sun occupies to the Sun has been brought against (W=dl): the dotted p:rrt o[ the plate Kataka iu the Kunrlali
Qtrqtsrrrr{r:
663
7/"r,
er;\-l.-:-. ( /
Lo\t
. \ c
,gv
1 \
o\
\J\
\e
i\\t
-1^\
r 1[r"'
w
t,1
\) |
Lt
:/1*s))
the relating to the Moon has been arrangedagainst lvlithuna as M o o n o c c u p i e s M i t h u n a ; t h e d o t t e d p a r t o f t h e p l a t e r e l a t i n gt o and Mars has been brought against Simha as he occupies Simha; ' 's in the I six are there that so uD. It will further be observed Vrishabha' against divisions against Mesha, four in the divisions ' '2's against Mesha, four 2's and so on, Similarly, there are five 'fhese representbenefic dcts in the against vrishabha, and so on. etc', in the several houses' Moon, Ashtakavargasof the Sun, the (irrespective what planet they relate to) of The numbei of figures in the ssveral divisions against a particular house indicates the in that house. For exatDple, Samudaya Ashtakavarga (q1541qlgq1fl}) in the divisions against figures 31 are there that it will be found dots in Mesha in benefic of Mesha. 34 is therefore the number the Samudaya Ashtakvarga. Similarly for other houses'
6M
drffscrftqre
Adh. x.
q* frfuaqr{ orfrilstrir
qrEqr gsiqqaquififr tiertWifiwrt;$tffIfirrimon{ |
ihqreq,iqiiarioiq;E* tgr u I tl
qs{tqRtE* sElerr|lqgErqi{mr1 R tt
S/ortirsI and Z If a diagram of the zodiac with the rising sign and the positionsof rhe Sun and other (atthe time of any perscn's plancts birth) &c.bedrawn, if all and the benefic dots produced by the separare 'Ashtakavargas (8 fold groupsof figures) be set down according to the directions co^tainedi. the Ashmka. vargaformulas eachcontainingeight divisions in respect of the eighr sky,rangers beginning with the Sun and ending wirh the Lag.a or rhe rising sign we should then obtai' the figures48, 49, 39, 54, 56, 5: and 39 to represent th: bcneficdots of the Sun and other planets. fhe tigure 337 wiil represent rhe aggregate beneiicdotc of the planets. sale+ari (sarvashtakavarga) or the sum of all the Ashrakavargas is called s{1qrc ("samudaya) r.r. aggregate.
tqrftqeaqil {gdqqilqr-
sl.4-5
{rrfrsqftll
665
prosper. Houses containing 5, 6 and 7 dots become beneficent. Those that have 3 , 2 o r I dot are not auspic ious.
ffi6
qmecrRare
Adh. X.
qA(| +ri qrt+terqi Apqt{qqrq} rTf,I U fift: $i fiqr{tqt(eqft' flI{dT .ritr t qef\: q{qn;q:vEruitr,i}
qsfq: q{qln<Frqs{l:g{n'qq: tl
I k{K tqngqnEdq-*tqr-qTsa{iqfd
' Sloka 6. When the number of dote are three, it many bodily privations and discomfortsdue to a cauces wandering lrfe as well as much mental uneasiness' The planet with four dots yields a mixed kind of fruit conand pain, expenditureof money and sisting of pleasure of wealth. accession
gt*rgfi&qqtqdolq$or(s qrrnilFgssqq ||
(eqerrrTgito gqrTtGt1
q{i.gutg qqdifisqntit-
RqHiTftoft n$qqftgr I
frfiq{iqqqtiiEaqmiTftll s ll
Sloka 7. Where the dots happen to be five, it leadsto the attainment of good apparel,fondling of children, association wich the good, acquisition of learningand wearuh. A planet that has6 dots securec a form fresh and fascinating, excellenceof character, victory in war, wealth, {ame strength and fine vehicles,
sl. 9-11
q1tfrlst:qr{rt
667
sessionof horsesand other meansof transport' ln arny and ouperiurriches. When the maximum of eight dotu is reached, it opens out a prospect of kingly glory adjuncts(errlerug6toiatr(gti' gracedwith its seven-fold roft). Nores.
n'hich would Some books read aiglriu'l{ g r a c e d w i t h e v c r y o n e o f i t s a d j u n et s . nrean kingly glory
S t o k c 9 . A p l a n e ti s i n v a r i a b l y b e n e f i c i n . h i s own vargain any sign which has f ive or more dots. If otherwise, it yields no good effect. In its rangein a sign which is without dots, it becomes positively hurtful.
!| r *qrRqot$dr dmfuerft*.ter
qiqssoEtlqt qeqfuggil qR tt lo ll
Slofra 10. All planets without exccption, standi n g , i t m a y b e , i n t h e i r e x a l t r t i o ns i g n s , i n a f r i e n d l y I'lso of the sign or other b:nefic places and possessed position gives, strength which a Kendra or similar untoward e{fectrif thcy happcnto b: associated produce ,vith dots short of the required minimum-
qr(ffqrRqrt
Adh. x.
samewill invariably yield good if associated with dots which are in excess minimum. of the prescribed
il qSsoq tl
on ft fffi ftgfflini
nonRf{-'gqm{{i Rin
Sloha 13. When the Sun is in the rising sign and in that part of it which either belongsto an nemy or forms his depressionpoint and when he happens to be aasociated 3 with or 2 dots, the person born is sickly. But if the sameSun should be in . thc rising sign in which 5 or more dots appear and which happens to be his exaltation sign or his own house, the personborn becomes a king and'is endowedwith long life.
Nores' Parasara adds
eilfiilenqii q fifrcqr{raqlfig I qffi6q qqq)trRr:fie'It Fud{ tl i{{f}"a}':q fto 6ffi q66eqTf s{,{ | wHa)qii ii qqr{{ili {rgq: ll
sl. 13
{Tl*stqrq:
q fl{rqr dfu{ ilt ftqb{ilqqiiiR rr qrfr rFxrlqqt ftil fiqrrlsfQ er r nq ilq wfrmqu ftqg neqlqrt u{nk ga} rrS qt qr qfiq-qt r gqlnwet ftoqrqnil qr, tl qrt q{gt +t r onr=l:qrfrGqri ftahltr i{r +tAfifht qrqsgt rr
8{ltg6666o,i}q}errEfitq: t
*et] qrqg:erfi q rr qlqqR qqFd $rft fio flr.qrqrtrqf?r sqrq\t r sn)"qfire q,ie Fqqna qtlq rr etqttGenr"ili tqrfaqq4.gq' r qfi fr.qrnfrElqqfrsfQ dfr-.qrfr qr tt
ilfu fQEmlflr mntar?F{r{: I qr,larrt qoqarffrGfrq-a. gQi rr frq1-.;q nwgb qra,frqrilErl:I iri< Rgaulqimfiii qqrqlqrr qK' fQg+arfla: ftnqoqndtqii r fign*'Jtf,rd:fiqgpquqrFqnr tl
670
qrd6crliine
Adh. x.
a Kenlra or S l o & 4 .1 4 . W h e n t h e S u n o c c u p y i n g T r i k o n a p o s i u i o n i s a s s c c i r t e Jt h c r e w i c h 6 , 5 , 7 o r I beneficdots,the personb.rrn or his father will have his deathin his 22nd, 35th, 'J0thor i6th yelr r'$pectively'
ll utrdc6'oTl
Elirilqdatilmi{ir{d di'i I qr.i iriir ffiogqi s{ih eilGqr{rgl qsqrci {ri{ri{ agirtfiojrslf\R-<i qqoi qufrdr"stR i}Hterilqt q tt tR tt
of the S/olir: 16. If, in the Ashtakavarga-whether of benefic sun or of the Moon-there be a housevoid and the dots, the (sol,rr)month corresponding thereto purposeof every rign i$elf are to b: avoided for the person's life' If the ,u-rpi.io". undertaking in the with l' 2 or 3 occupyingthe Lagna be associated M;t
sl. 17
qltrcistqtq:
671
and debility. If the Moon in the above position be aleoin conjunction with 2 ot 3 planets,the person will meet with his death in his 37tb year'
Norrs Parasara adds
qlfllqqllTfr.dn{ | l;qmgtil qTq: ?;ilsq{ llii q {Fqtrhqfr f?ql rr f,aQrrqfis;q ulr'nqifulfi(q( | q'qut{qtaRn}5 Gqqa'tt erTqlflqlfEl:eriq eqi qie nlu' 1 ffel.gsdiqo qd*"iit;q d.t ti iqfr q qtq]qrh riqqrfi fifq.iq t
erqt il n*: tqd lilh +ieutrt tt q.i z.gdqrl;dirffiq ql I ?Tqqr+ tt l.qirgQen ilifbtlol f)..qqi{qb
672
\-
qffiilt
aa \ \ qilTEFr,S$dilqqggri {r
Adh. X.
fqqrrdr*la{arqirfl trqrr il ld ll
Slufta 18. If the Moon posseesed of strengthbe in a Trikona, Kendra, or the l lth bh:rvaand if the number of benefic dots in the bhava in question be 4 or more than 4, the bhava becomesadvanced, Jf the Moon in a Kendra position becomesassociated witb g benefic dots, the personsborn under this yoga will be eminent for their learning, fame, wealth and etrength and will become masters of men.
ll gNTssqll
dfqq* wgtiqqnqtt
Sloha 19. When Mars in exaltation or in s&e (Swakshetra)occupies the 9th, the 4th, the tst or the lOth bhava, and is associated with 8 beneficdote. the person born will be lord of wealth to be counted by the million. If Dhanua,Mesha,Simha,Makaraor Vrischika be the rising sign, and Mar-soccupy it and be associated with + beneficdors, the personborn will be a king.
NotBs. Parasara adds
sI.20
{trfrssqrq:
6?3
qh r fifr qefi-{trdfl'rfgutu*}
nsrf<qa q{tq-tar iftan: FITI: lt
iqqqrqr+qrt urqcrfififrfiilq rr
Also
nqrfdqogda qqiqi"q qa t
ft-ee*wNsftogfhfiril
tirqqrTiimiitzwaEdill 1" ll
Sloha 20. If Mars be associatedwith I benefic dots the person born wiil become a petty prince ; if the above be in the 10th or in the tst bhava,the percon born will be a king. If he be alreadya scion of a royal Iamily, he will become lord of the whole country. If Mars be in exaltation or in s*a (Swakshetra)in addition to the above, the person born will be an emperor. 85
874
qKrTqrR!rt
Adh. x
il $u5sq 1,
Sloha 21. When Mercury in a Kendra or Trikona becomes associated with 8 benefic dots, the person born will be pre-eminentin the learning peculiarto his caste and will have great enjoyment. If Mercury in exalta, tion be associatedwith but one, two or three benefic dota, the bhava occupiedby the planet is advanced.and not impaired.
cf, parasara" NorBs'
ffi
sl. g{}
qqtcl$qtrt
616
ll ll {re$'ss(
oil fttur gd g.nft, +t*rr+rrttffi-,gtrfi
eilRrfrFqrq.ltffi fiRrffirfr rAF q tgslllltl
Sloka 23. Note the house that has the greatest of Jupiter. numberof beneficdots, in the Ashtakavarga to the housefound, impreg, In the lagnacorreeponding purpo$e rasulting its in an offspring. answer nationwill Cattlg wealth and vehiclec located in the direction indicated will beginto multiply. by the siSnin question
Norns' Parasara adds
uMg
d"q ilmuft q r
616
qrfficrftqti
Adh.x.
qft'erqSurafi:r <rrtgaesra
gilre-*rrig ganlnfFqn Hqq. rr qr de.r g*rl wrrfcid tt mitnq).re} $igmrta *efi.mrofinq: I *gorrorniii nqrafe( Hqrfai(rr
sl. 26-28
(ffirsq1g3
617
positions above namedbe asecciated with 8 benefic dots,the personborn will becomea king by virtue of hig own fameand glory.
ll Rqll umfrgoqrqqqftqgR{ilqrRwrdtilqr
Sloha 76. When personsof Brahmanicalextrac tion come under such a yoga of Jupiter as has been lords of describedin the precedingsloka,they become great beneficcnce equal in status to kings and admired for their conspicuous intelligence, energy and other great qualities.
ll Uiffi(aq tt
qldil g irsi{Eilftqs I qffisoultr*qt qqrdqftilrr*{rqr{ ftdmR{rfiF{rgh ll le lt
Sloku 78. When Venus occupyinga Trikona or with 8 benefic dote,the Kendrapcsition is associated ot anarmyandtransport personborn will be at the head animale;if Venuc in the above position be associated with 7 benefic dota, the person boro will be lord of
6?8
qtllTqrft{tt
Adh.x.
*" unfailingenjoy-
q ftlh'qrtr{qTfig I .z.il{emfi E qrqaRafiqem{ tt Bfron:tqq tg tg ssrfeFg.fqiftflo ae g t {ft me*fl< q aR fif{*zqTq tt t gstalfqffil oFqqRarFqn&rqil de {ilq-qd+ Rg' 11 srtrftqfr{d qr hfrfE.of}anBq' t ndqdtqtrqr\ q'q sqt( u neinqFdt qrqrqtqr gfrRnn: t oir.ilqttqt qa{rqqFd
l eftqhprfr qrftqs"q qqCIq{ufq gdiilfr{il e'F+RdorluRt fqq: ll Er;q{srfr<Er r ERr ffitfu ll eruffirRffiffiqmR: .rrJqli{gofrqffFqrffi ftg' I aat rr m*q{qs Ggui hffi ufi t FEii q-qflfir q'qfrlsqqr tt ftqd{ffi ffii qrqng+ t tRfieqq{Frfr{rfr}RfrqqfErqgs: qt$nqga: frc<rElssng;qfiilffnrc1: ll *qiqtnt gh frqMsR il r
sI.29
{Ttfrsrqrq:
8Is
dt" gdElq r{d+rfusft ll ql{rqftq;efit $qifr r-q(Iuqiflfri qq $s: r qrftufr srndRr sqoril hqr qrdterfrsdtqFdt rt qrf,{}qrq,r}qiil a.ii'i qrS$q} r tflr il qrRrft edqns ,{rqlq nwr tl qnroaintqt qrfqx qr "qqisft t vrvaqrhat gh dtil: gqqrqt(rr g*in*uurard aoiolgurf:<cr t qrqitrts guil}<ar .ri"sar$.oen tt sqnqnt fi* "qlqarqtsfttt gqrqqr,iaswnrftf{na: t UqtqEq ffraifl*qqrft+r' lcdl qqFa Rfrqr:
{q{i{fliqitT: FrnrrtQ?irH(qr: ll=
ffitlqftqffigsr"i wTfffiiffiqndeqt
Sloka 79" But if Venus be in depression or occupy the 7th, the t2th or the 8rh bhava, the aforesaidrrq{Fr (Rajayoga)will be destroyed; in the direction indicated by the house with the least nurnber of benefic dotg in ghsgtrEta* (Sukraehtakavarga), it is best to have the chamberwhich is to contain the bed by means whereof women are to be won and kept in willing bondaga
680
qRrFnrrqra
Adh.x.
{qaliftqnfqrqKsli ffrttqt
ft+ii+,rfiqsfr{ilqn Rrq.qs tl
SI. El
qr*srrrcr
6g1
gqiemqeqi:sil | ffi tFryrcq wHaftE.il T+ni ut*u, tt cpred q qr1qtfu rs qt r qrfr qilqr, tt dr ;ilfr w aq {rEr
qt *tat qt atut.rUgftqt( rr
RE ifi gerfi *lF fiqrqFn I
Efrntr{ilqqil R gq fiugfiqrf}qftfosq{F{11 errn Fqr;Hq{qcrrr+{q tt?dsgqr-stq r il+ftd wfiq qrU"qrft yft ErqG{rqrqq rr
qnfffiqqnihd
n lt tl
Slola 31. When Saturn with abundanr Etrength occupiesthe lrt, bbava and is asgociated with 6 or 5 beneficdots,the perronborn will suctain losaof wealth accompanied by mucheuffering from his very birth. lf tbe planetin depressionor in an inimical house be arcociated with 5 or more beneficdots and if the Mcon occupiea an auspicious Varga, the perronn ill have loog life. 86
082
rceqffi
Adh.x.
qdrftilquat rrffr*
ql(gqftqqQnftilit a-gQt
Srirei'qqfire w;rffr-
Sloha \2. When Saturn occupying the 5th or the lst bhava ie in an eclipsed stateor in the house of an enemyor in depressionand is associatedwith 5 or 4 benefic dots, the persons born under the above y.rga will be possessed of female slaves,camelsand property. If Saturn in the same position be associatedwith I benef ic dots, the personsborn will be lords of townohips, pooseseed of administrative machinery characteristicof cities ; if the number of benefic dots be 7, the peraons affectedby the yoga will possess abundant wealth.
n qRfRtEqqri: tl
q* q{KiiT{rqrrimqar ETq Rcn t snP{aq q6rdi qourEftqsld qqfqgusrs{qrl*qr( ff il tl
S/o[a 33. If you draw up a diagramconoistingof 9 parallel lines at equal intervals from East to West croaeedby 13 parallel lines from North to Soutb with the cameintermediate space as before,there will arice a table containing 96 squares in I rowE compricing tbe results of each of the severalAshtakavargao.
qnfuilRdqrggrrr dnudtqlqrusq{ft r
sr 84
qqlfrsrqrq:
688
y one of theo, the bcnefic dote appearingin the 12 housasof its row. Nores.
Note tbat the planets here have been mentioned in the order of their orbits round tr.e Zadiac. Let us now draw the rrKr(tSi6ili (Prastharashtaka Varga) Table and set therein the benefic dots for the Sun's Ashtakavarga in the sample horoscopereferred to in page 657 supra, The 48 benefic dots will be distributed as shown below : There are three benefic dots in Mesha, and it will be ssen that thesehave been contributed by tle Sun, Mercury and the Lagna. While the other {ive planets have each contributed a
malefic one. 'When the Sun transits through the sign Mesha, he will give a benefic results only during three periods uda., the 4th, the 6th and 1 the 8th portions, that is when he is passing f r o m ( l ) l l + " t o 1 5 ' ) (2) lsl" to 221" and (3) 261' to 30o of that sign ; the remaining I five periodswill prove malefic. Similarly in the case of the restJ
c
! q
E
8aturn Jupitr
V6
I
3 I
_1,_
rll
ttl
I
=J
:l
6d+
qnrecrM
Adh.x.
n l\ ll
SIofra35. If a planetbe associated with benefic produces its full beneficialeffect; if it be oot dotc, it ;onnected with benefic spots, there ir no beneficial effectproduced or inimical ; a planetin its depreasion sign or in an eclipsed state causes sorrow evenif it be arcociated with benef ic dots,
11 ffiqa1
11
qq{rtcqqt${qffi qrqltr-
{qqeqdctr-ffir
st 97-88
(ct*sqrqr
685
ft151gffieffiuilqflilr
Sloha 17. In the Ashtakavarga of any one of the Sun and other plan-ets, take the sig-ns by th. tri.nguiar Simha, gloypr (l) Meeha, Dhanus(Z) Vriahabha, Kiya, Makara(3) Mithuna, fula, Kumbha(4) Kataka, Vriscii, ka,lvleenr; and examine rhebeneficjot, in the 3 eignr composing any group. if in one sign of a group, "ny the numberof benefic dots be reasthan that in .ior, ot the remaining two, or equal to that in eachof the other two, or !s 4ero, the same will have to be subtracted from the numberof beneficdots in each of the three signr of the group chosen.
n fr{+rqtsr uYRilft
,iit.i+rq*q, n
Slola 38. If a sign in a triangular group haa the leaetnumber of benefic dots, the other two signs muat have their beneficdots altered into this least number. If a sign have no benefic dots, the remaining aigne of the samegroup will keep their figures unalrcred. If all the signs of a triangular group have the same number of benefic dotr, they must all be removed (i.e. replaced by aeros).
cf . Norps. c({K
qqrffi{f+ g fiq}q-qqFE{q. ll
686
qrdiqrftrfi
Adh.x.
" " t w The conflicting views rest on two distinct interpretations $bools. (Trikona' put upon the sloka euunciating the rule for kq'rqiFTil "i?-itnrg r{ c"{d' il1vq frS airqid' which when translated ,oaU*"). one of three triangular houses contains will stand thus:-when subtracted trom tbe least number of benenc dots the same is to be rcndering is not group' This the figure in each of the triangular "a-t"i fi5 cir*T+(' means that accepted by some who maintain that group are to be altered tho figures in the three sigos of a lriangular view is advanced by latter The so as to equal the least number. in Southern India' curreut be irorq (Balabhadra) and appearsto the subjoined For the example referred to in sloka 34 above' Trikona aftgr and charts show the SuryashtakavarAafigures before reduction :
rl
lrl ll
+\ a
,_|
n@ll
{.rfti s6[ri q ftfl $qGsrq@{lF{Tlsl
ifd-qrl ffi qiiqq u{wEIqI'r+qrltqeqRffintftitTs
(gsll 11 ll
Sloka 39. Leave out the signs Simhaand Kataka' in the five pairs of the remaining eigno Tbe figures belonging to tbe five 'planets reckoned from Mrro,
sl. 40-41
qqrdtsqtrr
68?
whether alike or unlike, representedby 2,erc, -aseociated with planetsor not assoiiated with them, have to be sub jected to the pro3essof the reduction otyled qsriWrrir (Ekadhipatyasodhana), and their net value obtained.
cf. q(ta(
q{ ffiq fl{ii'rqqart+rftqflilrr srilq**q: rr *ee,i sorti FgKqT qftAq sq qr;qfu;t nlqlsdffit r qwt sa Rlt qfl'{Ii sorfr+ ll eTias ?rFqfkt*qtawffi* r sorfE*qtti+ qw{k( m{g.q$( rr
g'Fildqgh n flfrEq: {qrqi I s.rqlk{tqrr-qisqF}r+e siq tt flqflqqleq.qK. s4 mil"qq{trq I
sftffrqm rnril:sqTq+iEqts-d{ll
ilfte{ qqrt q dqtt{i a+ q'ryq.qr?nftq t sorR i*gi n sA( Sqr ilfr{rfiil{ qffi( Bo
Sloha 40. lf the two Rasis having a common lord be both occupiedby planets,no reduction need he made. If one of the two Rasis (whether occupied or uooccu, pied) have no benefic dots, then also there ie no reduction. If one of the two Rasis be occupiedand contain more benefic dots than the other, remove the figure in the latter, If both the Rasis be unoccupied and have the samenumber of beneficdots, remove both.
qtwffi.Tspt ffireqR-d
088
ltRtTTrRtri
Adh. x.
tt"t
numberof beneficdots, remove'the figure in the unoc, cupiedRasi. If both the Rasisbe unoccupied and have an unequalnumberof benefic dots, the greaterfigure is to be replaied by the lesc.
I torltrMtomr*wr{rwn{ft
thrffitrft{ ai\gq*dnfiqr?t ilqr( | nfrr qqMf trtrqftUgftdttu-
q{ "tqilni\nqgqfu(r$qrftRts n uBtl
S1.44-f6
@vvvvvvvvvvv
Ft'qnr
vvvvvvvvw%
680
ffiwr
ffisqrl qfr rffir(ercqr&{qql
Trs iliwrdqrsg*ir(g ll 8\ rl
Slokas44 & 45. Ascercainthe tum,total of .tlre Raeiproducts obtained by multiplying the figures in the eeveral rigns from Mesha onwardsby their appro, prlateRasi,multipliers.'fhese for the 12 signs ftom Meeha onwards ate 7, 10,8, 4, 10,5, T, 8, 9, 5, 11 and l2r Ascertain alsothe eum.total of the Grahaprodgctr obtained by nultiplying the figures in the signsoccu, pied by the several planetsinto their appropriate Graha multipliero. Theee for the 7 Grahao fro.m the Sun onwardsare6,6, 8, 5, 10,T and 5. Add the aggregete of Rnai prductt to the aggregate of Graha prodo"tr. Divide thc grand total by .30. If tbe quotient ohould exceed 12 years, divide it by 1? and what is left exhibig tbc Ayur or perlod oil life giveo by the planet.
cf.
Nores.
cflfi
i swr"qtrftrqfiqq'ilt r aJ*,qrqf
t'trlrg*il'uraiqrraggfiFqt: mnfrqw: r
, fiTqf
690
qftrsclftfrr
Adh. x.
S""t e-t/.
a L
-t8
I
After Rasi-
( s l . 4 4 - 4 s ,I)Rasi Gunaka
Gunaliara
:162.
30
,6 I '*i
I i .l
I
S i m i l a r l y t h e G r a h a G u n a k aw i l l b e 9 0 , [ c o r n p o s eo df l 0 + l 4 for Mercury and Venusin Mithuna, l0 forthe Sun in Kataka. 20 for Jupiter in Tula, l6 for Nlars in Vrischika, l0 for Saturn in Kumbha and l0 for the Moon in Meerra.l The sum of Rasi Gunaka and Graha Gunaka is 162*90 or 252. The Ayus contributed by the Sun is ,"t# or 8l years. Similarly for the other planets. tsut both sor+( (Balabha,dra) and q;Qq1 (Manthreswara)prescribe a methoddifierent from this for calculating the ftafr++.rigeiu (Bhi nnashtakavargayurdaya).
ssfinfuql&co-eo ffipgq: 11
Multiply the sum total of the two products (r22,, those for Rasi and Graha) by 7 and divirle the prociuctby 27. The quotient will be in years,monrhs, etc. When the number of years thus obtainedexceeds 27, subtract from it 27 or multiples of 27. The r e s u l t w r 1 1b e t h e A y u s g i v e n b v t h e p l a n e t w h e n n o t l i a b l e t o t h e reductionsto be mentionedat the foct-note to the next sloka.
sI.46
qrfclstumr
69r
Slttkn 46. If a planet be in its enltation, double the number o{ yearsobtained for it by the Ashtakavarga process. If it b: depressed or eclipsed, the number of years in its caseis to be halved. Obtain by proportion the Ayus when the planet occupies an intermediate position In the case of Mars when retrograde, the Ayus obtained is to be doubled. Nores.
Corr,parewhat q;}q( & qd.t4 say on the subject :
'it?sdq<il5"q{qu ig nr}a rr
The Ayus obtained is to be halved when the planet yiclding the Ayurdaya has another planet associated with it in tbe ssmc bhava. The same reduction is to be made when a planet is depressedor obscured by the Sun's reys. If the planet occupy an the reduction is by inimical houseor be in the visible hemrsphere, When tbe Sun in the and the Moon being nodes suffer eclipse, t. the reduction is also 5y *. Where several reductionscrop up, it will be enough if the greatest of them be made. The net years, nronths,&c. thus obtained is to be multiplied by 3'z+ end divided
691
FrirFl|r{ilftr
Adh x,
by 36S. 'I'heLfe.prriqdwill be obtainedin yaars (of IOSaarsl monthsr etc. In this way, s,scertain severallythe DasaperioJs of all the planets. l'he Ashtakavarga process ls the bestof all.
g$Tffig{qffitf*ffi*
Sloha 48" The oumberof yearcrepreeeoting the maximumperiod of life in the caseof men obtained ir by putting togetherthe figurer denotingthe yeare given by thd Sun and other plineta. Theaetatt.r, ,o.-" ,.y upoothe authority of greatteachers (like rcrn-pararara) ghouldbe supplemented by the numberof yearsfor the Lagna (deduced lrom the Lagnaashtakavaiga) in order to get the Ayua conformablywith the conditionrof any horoscopo that may be underexamination. Norrs.
Tbe fcllowing slokas from rRlir1 (parasara) give tho deteils of the orfcfi+tl (Lagnastrtakavarga).
sl.4t|
qcr*$il:
000
Enng*g{tnr drqttrrrnfr*r: tt ilqt:qirtnpsar, r trst sl*qge oqr *qry(gd s{ gifrfirr nfrrr {< g*mw a,nr $ {* il'c.1'4 qt wfHilfr fr art g*mm tl
r dq-* on R,hffi ssq ftRoq.
il o*tretlE|ifiq tl
T , AG N A R E K H A C H AKRAM.
4 5 6 7 8 9 l0 1l
In the I-agna Ashtakavarga, the bencfic placos of the Lagna are the 3rd, 4th, 6th lOtb, llth and l2th housesfrom the Sun t h e 3 - d , 6 t h , i O t h , l l r h a n d l 2 t h h o u s e sf r o m t h e M o o n ; t h e l s t , from Mars; thc lst,znd,4th, 6th, 3rd,6th, lOth and lltb houses
694
Enrcftcte
Adh.x.
8th, l0th and llth)houses from Mercury; the lst, ?nd, +th, 5th' fro:n Jupiter; the lst, 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 7th, 9th, l0th'and I lth houses Venus; the lst, 3rd' 4th,6th, f l o m 9 t h p l a c e s 4th,5th,8thand , e 3rd, 6th' lOth l O t h a n d l l t h p l a c c sf r o m S a t u r n : a n d 1 a s t 1 5t' h and I lth places from itself.
ffiqAqttqrsEllq{r
5loh.t 49. Wben the Moon occupies any bhava other than a Kendra and is in conjunctionwith another planet, it is the Ashtakavargayurdayathat should be calculated. The same Ayurdaya is appropriate when the 10th bhava is occupied by benefic and malefic planets..
t eqrRffieqfirqrm I eqitqqrifr{rfugtcurl
Stoka 50. The figures indicating beneficdots that appearin the rigns occupiedby the Sun and other planeta whe n put together in any fqqre*qrt(Bhinnashtakavarga) the number of yearsof Ayurdaya arising from represent subject to the reductions men' tbat Bhinnaehtakavarga tioned already. Norrs.
The total of the net Ayurdayas in the 7 Bhinnashtakavargas in this sloka. to the viev expounded is the lengthof lif", according
llll
sd ((csrfsr{rEfi;ggfui uJEqr*iirs fioffiqasnf\qftqdadrffitfr t
ililGqifr qAlnq* ffqi gttf d e'i
sl.61-5tl
qrrriswtrr
606
the two reductionsand multiply the total of the reoeio' (beforc ing beneficdots into the numberof beneficdoto planct ir reiuction) in the particularbhdvawhereofthe *to tX.rttka,) reckonedfrom the place occupiedby tbe planet. Divide the product by Z? and ascertrin the to the remainder'When Saturn correcpondinq asterism of the deathwill take place frr.., throughihis asterism, (Karakr)' ryto p*ron indicated by the bhava and its it is the father it,l," Sun be the qrErm$(bhavakaraka), ; if Mars, a bro' that will die; if the Moon, the mother ther ; if Mercury, a reiation; if Jupiter, a eoo: if Venus,a wife; if Saturn, it is the owner of the boro& the perooor copethat wilt die; if at the time mentioned, do not die, someothetson a par with then will named will be lort' die or much wealthand prosperity Norrs.
l-hus,intbeexampleinp.65T,thegthhousecouqtcdfrom the sun's Ashtakavarge b the sun is Meena. The figure there in total of the bonefic dots rc' 5 biile chart in p. 636)' The sum (seep' 690)' Multiplyiqg is l9 maining after tbe two reductions The l4th star countcd get l4' 5 by t9 and dividiug bv 27 we passesthrough thil fro- A.*ioi is R:n (Chithra). When Saturn of tho native or somc asterism, we have to say that the {ather wealth and prospcrity much or die may others on a par with him may bo lost. c
ll sFr gEFtlgdn:ll
exhi of the zodiac Sloha 57. Draw up a diagram dot! benefic the aggregate biting in itc severalhouses
096
I'liTcrntlli
Adh.x.
given by the Eunand other plane$ dnd arranged eppro, priately in Mesha and the other Reriu. I shell now ptoeeed to treat of the effect upon eachbhevsof the in lt. beneficdots grouped
NoTEs. The following 2 mnemobic slokas from (qiqt) Manthreswafe'b q,otfr+t (Phaiadeepika) give the aggregate of the benefic dots appearingin the l2 places with referenceto the sevenplanets and the lagna in the several Ashtakavargas; The order of the planets is from the Sun onwards,and Lagna appearsas the 8th. The figuresate indicated by the convention commonly called *zccdtq(qt (Katapayadhisankhya) given below.: (l) drk{s (Kadinava), (z) afra* (Tadinava), (:) qrftcs (Padipancha), (+) qrqfr (tadyashtow)
rnir TR* ar-{qn{rqtgt rrrfrgrr{t fir*@rrrrqi r 4-5 35 I 3l {167? 3 15t6 6 1t55?S ff rrH qgrrrs-digri.i+ohurg ffflii n
9'
3 t
3 3 |
34 53
51-r
9 t
5 9t
5 9'
'31
eif: ct rtt{*rTffi
-a.l _4 4 { 33{
t2
3 4r!21
7 3
3 A
4 42
J 4 :l 6 3
44 6r
650.
$L 6rF63
-v.
qqrdls$rm:
69?
ing to the above slokas for the sample horoscope reforred to in page 657. It enables one to find out from a glance how mrny beneficdots bave been cortributed by the severalplanets in oech of the 12 Rasis.
.l :.!)
4 4
llithuirr
37 3l
2 2
r)
'I
4 3 3
J
5 .:)
zit
z.l
37 3C
'tb
l(uhLa
I ()
I
;';;.;
Kruye Tula
5
t')
2
( ) a
4 ,| 4
il
t)
i,
;;,";,,;;
Dhanus
2
D o
I
,l 5
r)
6 I ')
r .1
() ..'
I
29 22
;;;"""
a 9m bhe
I 3
2 2 6
2+
27
I
o
4
t
lf,eena
3lz
;n
.:13 7
'6 49
qrqefit{ftsil;q$or',3 ftq-
q er${rtn \l n ilgr+dAsuqrfr
S/trft,r 53. In the trsiu+sf lSarvashtakavarga), the 8b
@B
qrisrfuft
Adh. x.
la
lq)
IFI lp
t>
tu)
lSarvasbtaka Varsa I
Mesba Vrishabhe IlIithuna Kat'aka Simhe Kanya Tula Vrischika Dhanus Nlakara Kumbha Meeoa Total
,l 7
7||,3
+
( 6
7 3
I T
'l'i
37
6 3
zl2
2l
7l6
Jl o
-i -l 3r 'l 'l 2+
sl2l
+i J
+ +
5
3 ti 5
7 3 5 5 6 3
?
?3
37 30
+
3 5 3 5
3t3
+
I
5
6 3 I .{ I
.1 T
25 29
c2
/+
sl
+t 6 2l
5t2
+ +
q
+
I T I
FFi
l'l si
-t
r+l 56
I
+9
cl. su{t{t{r
sI.64-66
Also qmfltt
qtrfr$Tqr
699
Sloha 54. Planets occupying, it may b:, tlreir exaltatron, their own, a friend'e house, a frrkona, a Kendra, or an vrtr4 (tJpachaya) place or posaesscd of such strength as is derived from being in benefir ,"'arg:ur, may do evil if associated with insufficient ber,e'frc dots (in the neluo-+rt-5.rva shtak,rvarga).
t qn{rtfrgcqgrtrrrrnr
t flqqrqftgrMsif,ls I
n qrffiilfl tr{ inqfiq
t r{geqsoErtiqftitq.{r*( u \\ tl
Slo&c 55. Planets which as occupyingportions of the l2th, the 6rh, the 8th or the Zth bhavas are considered m:rlefic; secondly,thoee that are in the vargas of their depression signs or of maleficor inimical pianets; 3rdly and lasdy, thosethat conepire in conjunctionwith the lord of the sign occupied by crflq (Mandhi) ro work evil-these three classes of planets, i{ only associated with a higher number of benefic dots, produce all important beneficial reeultsto the personconcerned.
qraTcrftqri
Adh. x.
Slohn 56. If in the scis+ilt (Sarvarhaka:Varga) the number of benefic dote in the Llth bhava be greater than that in tl're l0ch, but the figure in the lZth lower than that in the L lth and if the f igure in the Lagna exceedthe figure in the lzth bhava, the pereon born will be h"ppy with abundanceof wealth, fame and strength, cf . qodfc+r
troqx'inq.qqfigfrz{rEi
I flqirgsqrJflqq{Q;ggtrq wer{ qErrHwdftii qgif
*firyrftdla
qqqfk d* ll \\e ll
Slcrla 5?. Three divisions maJeof the 1l signs, the first commencing with Meena, the second with and the third with Vrischika and exhibitirrg Karkataka eachits own beneficdots in its respectiva t housesare madeto indicatetht first, tlta middle and the concluding portion of the life under examination. Some opine that the three grand divisions are madefrom the 6{qrm to begin with. (Vyayabhava) qa+Acr cf,
sl_68-60
qrrfrsqrc:
701
S/otc 58. Some recommend the omission of the beneficdots in the tzrh as well as in the 8th bhava fron their severaldivisions ; rhe aggregate b:nefic dots in any one division shourd be compared with the same in the other two If the figures in the three divisions b: equal, the life of the person concerned would be a mixed o:rewith its joys and sorrows evenlydistributed; if unequal, the lower figure implies diminution of com_ Iort, i.e. misery; the higher one betokens increaeed c<>mforts, i.e. prosperity.
7U2
--'-------v--''
qTlrqrfuft
A&r. X.
Sloha 6A, If a pirron have hia birth under a yogx he will, upon the expiry of greatProsperity, betokeniog of yearsindicatedby the eqls+T{t(sarvaehtakr a nrrmber Varga) igures in the Lagn4 be in a fair way to get a royal .rehiil. (such as a palanquin),riches, sons and great. surPassinglY knowledge
.Sl.rbrr 61. When the lord of the l2th bhava occu' by a Rasi baiungingto S'rturn' piesthe lst represented and when the lords of the Lagna and the 8th bhav;rare weak,th: pcrsonborn will livc as many yearsas there Lagna in the edemrl(Srrvashtaka are beneficdots in Che Varga).
Sloku (,L. When the lord of the 4th bhavr is in the Lagnr and the lord thereof is in the 4ch,and wh:n the numberof b:nefic dots in eachof the Rrsis occupieC by theseplanetsts :)3,the persons born will'brome lords of men and centresof kingly glory.
Slofta 63. When the lst,4th and the 1lth bhavas areeachassociatedwith benefic dots exceeding30, the personborn will, afier his 40th year, attain to power culminatingin kingchip' irrd protp.rity irr abundance
TIilT{iit{
r;gfuer aqqdt${hE{qt
sl. 64-6?
qqfrsqrq:
?08
the 4th bhava Sloka 65. When Jupiteroccupying dots and the with 40 benefic is associated in exaltation Lrgnr, the with the Percon Sun is in Mesha identical of a 1001000 a king and be in command born will become horse.
qiqrfrdtegh ffi qri qtt ilft ffi t *+ fit t,tir nggt q1ilc{*q{r w{Sqrll qq ll
Sloka 66. With 40 benefic dots in the Lagna, with Jupiter in Dhanus,with Venuoin Meena, with Mars in exaltation and with Satgrn in Kumbha,the ed with person born should becomean emperorblese every kind of good fortune.
'fhe Sloka 67. four quarters beginning with the East have been assigned to the four triade of Raair whereof the first are Mesha, Vrishabha, Mithuna and Kataka(Vrdc Adhyaya I sl. 13). With refetenceto a hororcope that may be under examinacion,ascertain the quarter in which there is an abundanceof benefic dotr;
't04
aftrFtmEnil
Adh. x.
t,
acceEsion to his wealth, etc.
Sloka 69. Deal in the above way with the aggre, gate of benefic dots countecifrom Saturn to Lagna,and with those lrom Mars to Lagna,as w,ll as from L gna to Mars, severally. Find the aggregareof beneficdots in the Rasis occupied by benefic planetsand the star indicated thereby. When a benefic planet passes through thie asteri$m, good things, they say, may be expected. Nores. ef. s-d-4fr{r
sr ?0
q**srrtrr
?05
tl frRqgqdi4lR*+Fqilti Er+qeifrs.qr
The following additional information based on the tr{iE6q{ (Sarvashtakavarga) figures are extracted from qa*tttr.
g,ilqtoilrr6qTerrq.firrTqdqffiFqrq{}&
q-dqlrr QQrqT{$s{rgeq qqKEiII I
amihaqwflaqqfFle{rft flq}q+( t
706
qrilTwRqrt
Adh. x.
q4e-{ii ffgq-s qqqi uftrqret r qrrqfh*oi fr{hq qart+T&qeryar{ rt qsfu( queorft+,i dqlq*qosq I
s.dfae aa'R{ ssfqdqirgq: tr ggfffiqarsl wrg:fioq: qfiqt I qrsrRqflorcn: Alq{TRgqrwq tl mqd o afroequeo alq*q flq r q(r*.{fiqf+dqr aBqs+e F-iqr
qa{q* tt nflHiTo-rtrgqtil$r-q
uail g rldhrflqtgdTrd.rfl rr
sI.72-?3
qqisrqrq:
701
tdfteK $ruelqu(Kr( ll sQ 11
compiled Stoha7\. In the work 6f Jatakaparijata of treatises and containing the essence by Vaidyanatha the chapteron on planetaryeffects suchas Parasara"s, deeignated in the Aghtakavargas benlfic dots, appearing (Samudaya) r<m (Prasthara),fm (Bhinna) and 3Erq has been treated bv the graceof the entire body of Planets' NorES.
The following from soq-( (Balabhadra) for ascertaining thc month and the asterism of the death of a person will be found uscful:\
lt sTq q{oTTTtf,FtrI11
tq rgut}dffuq*qq*fr i tr
?6
Adh K
elc{ttrarF}i qqrM r* t qt ( ug ffi ffqrffqmftx*umqrft qqtqffirftqEqrqru$fr5 r oFTqErrqE6 s{ffi3xfr1 x qfu5mor: FqroTI r fli' rgizfiorm' qnfrErecrdq qlq+ffFs\ rgt n